[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
M1ANGLE
PURPOSE:
Compute the angular offset of the M1 mirror from LVDT values.
CATEGORY:
LASCO-UTIL
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Result = M1ANGLE (LVDT)
INPUTS:
LVDT: A three element array giving the values of the LVDT
for the P1, P2 and P3 piezo electric stacks.
The LVDT values are obtained by running the LP to
for the M1 measurement unit.
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
None
OUTPUTS:
This function returns a 2 element array giving the pointing angles
in the X and Y directions. The values returned are in units of
arc seconds in the M1 coordinate system.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None
COMMON BLOCKS:
None
SIDE EFFECTS:
None
RESTRICTIONS:
None
PROCEDURE:
The equations provided by Kaiser-Trede have been implemented.
EXAMPLE:
To find the offset associated with the LVDT values (547, 603, 767):
Result = M1ANGLE ([547,603,767])
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: RA Howard, 1993
@(#)m1angle.pro 1.1 10/05/96 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
M1COEFF
PURPOSE:
This routine returns coefficients needed for computing the M1 pointing.
It is used by other routines.
CATEGORY:
UTIL
CALLING SEQUENCE:
M1COEFF,B,C,F,K7,K8,K9
INPUTS:
None
OUTPUTS:
B,C,F,K7,K8,K9: The coefficients for the M1 mirror pointing
CALLED BY:
m1wobble
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: RA Howard, NRL, 1994
@(#)m1coeff.pro 1.1 10/05/96 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
M1DACS
PURPOSE:
This function returns a 3 word array of the P1, P2 and P3 DAC values
to command the M1 mirror to a given offset.
CATEGORY:
LASCO-UTIL
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Result = M1DACS ( Alphax, Alphay)
INPUTS:
Alphax: The pointing angle in the x direction in the M1 coordinate
system. The value is in arc seconds.
Alphay: The pointing angle in the y direction in the M1 coordinate
system. The value is in arc seconds.
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
None
OUTPUTS:
This function returns a three word array containing the values
of the P1, P2 and P3 DACS necessary to move to the input offset
angles.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None
COMMON BLOCKS:
None
SIDE EFFECTS:
None
RESTRICTIONS:
None
PROCEDURE:
The equations provided by Kaiser-Trede have been implemented.
The input values are relative to the "active zero" point.
EXAMPLE:
To move to a point that is located at (+10.2, -5.7) arc seconds
Result = M1DACS (10.2,-5.7)
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: RA Howard, 1993
Version 2 RAH 26 May 1996 Deleted the various models.
@(#)m1dacs.pro 1.1 10/05/96 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
M1DYNIMG
PURPOSE:
Returns a 4 word array of the constants for dynamic imaging.
CATEGORY:
LASCO-UTIL
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Result = M1DYNIMG (Alhpax, Alphay)
INPUTS:
Alphax: The angle (in arc sec) to move the M1 in the X direction.
Alphay: The angle (in arc sec) to move the M1 in the Y direction.
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
None
OUTPUTS:
This function returns a 4 word array containing the constants
A, B, C and D that are used by the LEB to compute the DAC values
in the dynamic imaging LP.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None
COMMON BLOCKS:
None
SIDE EFFECTS:
None
RESTRICTIONS:
None
PROCEDURE:
The equations provided by Kaiser-Trede have been implemented.
EXAMPLE:
Normally, dynamic imaging will move the M1 by 0.5 pixel steps
To find the coefficients to move in 0.5 pixel steps:
Result = M1DYNIMG ( 0.5*5.6, 0.5*5.6 )
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: RA Howard, NRL, 1993
@(#)m1dynimg.pro 1.1 10/05/96 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
M1REVERSE
PURPOSE:
This function reverses the bits of the m1 lvdt reading.
CATEGORY:
UTIL
CALLING SEQUENCE:
M1REVERSE,Dd
INPUTS:
Dd: Then DN value from the M1 LVDT
OUTPUTS:
This function returns the value of the M1 LVDT reading after bit
reversal.
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: RA Howard, NRL, 1994
@(#)m1reverse.pro 1.1 10/05/96 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
alphax and alphay are the pointing angles in arc seconds
returns a 3 word array of the P1, P2 and P3 DAC values
@(#)m1tees.pro 1.1 10/05/96 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
CALLED BY
m1wobble
[Previous]
[Next]
computes the m1 wobble parameters, A, B, C, D
@(#)m1wobble.pro 1.1 10/05/96 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
CALLS:
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mail
PURPOSE:
To send a mail message to yourself or a list of users
CALLING SEQUENCE:
mail, message
mail, message, users='lemen,freeland'
mail, message, subj="Test"
mail, file=file, users=users, /self
OPTIONAL INPUT:
message - a string array of the message that is to
be sent. Either the "message" or the "file"
parameter must be used.
CALLS: ***
ARR2STR [1], Arr2Str [2], CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3]
FILE_EXIST [2], concat_dir [4], file_append [1], file_append [2], file_exist [1]
file_exist [3], get_logenv [1], get_logenv [2]
CALLED BY:
ACOPY [1], ACOPY_TEST, bbso_copy [1], bbso_copy [2], check_log [1], check_log [2]
check_oldprocess [1], check_oldprocess [2], check_oldprocess [3]
check_oldprocess [4], check_process [1], check_process [2], ckdderr, cp_fns [1]
cp_fns [2], daily_forecast [2], disk_monitor [1], disk_monitor [2], do_ads, dotar
eit_genx_cat, get_ads [1], get_selsis, get_sirius [1], get_sirius [2], goes2str
killold [1], killold [2], laststat [1], laststat [2], mk_gsn_obs_s1, mk_mo
mk_mo2 [1], mk_mo2 [2], mk_mo_disk2, mk_orbit [1], mk_orbit [2], mk_orbit_files
mk_pix [1], mk_pix [2], mk_sfc [1], mk_sfc [2], mo_patch, monitor_scratch [1]
monitor_scratch [2], nob_img_copy, nts_copy [1], nts_copy [2], rd_ydbtap
ref_term [2], search_obs, selsisi_copy, sfc_check, soon_search [1]
soon_search [3], ssw_check_contrib, ssw_conflicts, ssw_strfind, tr_build_img [1]
trace_do_data_requests, trace_special_movie [2], trace_special_movie [3]
wwwidl_server_check, xsxt_prep, ycopy, ydump, ys_contrib [1], ys_contrib [2]
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUT:
users - a string containing the users who should receive
the message. If it is undefined, it will send the
message to yourself only (can be used as notification
that a program is finished)
subj - a string that should appear on the subject line. It
cannot have the " character in the string
file - the name of a file that should be sent to the users
Either the "message" or the "file" parameter must
be used. File can be an array of file names.
self - if set, send a copy to yourself also
no_defsubj - if set, use user supplied subject only
RESTRICTIONS:
Only works on Unix machines right now
HISTORY:
Written 21-Mar-92 by M.Morrison
24-Nov-92 (MDM) - Modified not to use the subject option when running
on the SGI machine.
14-Dec-92 (MDM) - Modified to work on MIPS machines
18-Dec-92 (MDM) - Modified to have the file name in the subject on
non-SGI machines.
17-Feb-94 (SLF) - add no_defsubj
26-feb-95 (SLF) - make sure proper mail (Mail) is selected
(seperate from .cshrc/path) - avoid pipe (very slow)
if message is string array, make temporary file,
and recurse with file option, remove file...
3-mar-95 (SLF) - use /nodefsubj when recursing
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: main_execute
Purpose: execute idl 'command' file (in IDL_STARTUP format)
Input Paramters:
filename - file containing idl startup commands
CALLED BY:
setssw_windows, ssw_addmm_gen, ssw_set_chianti, ssw_setup_windows
History:
slf - 5-feb-1993 - allow chaining of multiple IDL_STARTUP files
slf - 30-mar-1993 - return to caller on error
slf - 21-apr-1993 - trap executive commands (.run, .size, etc)
CALLS: ***
rd_tfile [1], rd_tfile [2]
Restrictions:
filename contents must conform to IDL_STARTUP format
Cannot execute idl executive commands (TBD)
Uses execute function so no recursion allowed - multiple line block
commands are limited to total string length of 512 (execute limit)
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MAKE_ALL_DAYS
PURPOSE:
This procedure is an easy interface to the MK_DAILY_MED procedure
CATEGORY:
LASCO SYNOPTIC
CALLING SEQUENCE:
MAKE_ALL_DAYS,Tel,Stdte,Endte
INPUTS:
Tel: Telescope to be processed, (string), eg. 'C1','C2','C3'
Stdte: The starting date specified as a string: YYMMDD, eg. 960601
Endte: The ending date specified as a string: YYMMDD, eg, 960630
OUTPUTS:
This function generates images in $MONTHLY_IMAGES of the daily
medians for the specfied telescope, and for each day specfied by the
starting and ending dates.
KEYWORDS:
QL: If set then use quick look date, else use level 0 data
FILTER: String denoting the filter position. The default depends on
the telescope:
C1: FeXIV
C2: Orange
C3: Clear
C4: Clear
POLAR: String denoting the polarizer position. The default depends on
the telescope:
C1: Clear
C2: Clear
C3: Clear
C4: 304A
WLU: String denoting the upper FP wavelength of an interval.
ANYSIZE: Accept images with any dimensions GT 256
NOREBIN: Do not rebin images to 512x512
ROLLED: Save result in 'daily/rolled' directory; set equal to roll angle (CROTA)
VERBOSE: Print information on rows during loop
CALLS: ***
MK_DAILY_C1_MED, MK_DAILY_MED, STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3], YYMMDD2UTC
RESTRICTIONS:
PROCEDURE:
A loop is generated between the start and end dates, in which the
routine MK_DAILY_MED is called for each day.
EXAMPLE:
To make all the daily median images for the month of June, 1996 for
C3:
MAKE_ALL_DAYS,'c3','960601','960630'
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: RA Howard, 20 October, 1996
9/20/99 NBR Had to add QL to mk_daily_med call
12/1999 NBR Make y2k compliant; add MK_DAILY_MED keywords
07/2000 NBR Add ROLLED keyword
5/2/2002, NBR Add keyword descriptions
07/14/03 @(#)make_all_days.pro 1.5 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MAKE_ALL_MINDAYS
PURPOSE:
This procedure is an easy interface to the MK_DAILY_MIN procedure
CATEGORY:
LASCO SYNOPTIC
CALLING SEQUENCE:
MAKE_ALL_MINDAYS,Tel,Stdte,Endte
INPUTS:
Tel: Telescope to be processed, (string), eg. 'C1','C2','C3'
Stdte: The starting date specified as a string: YYMMDD, eg. 960601
Endte: The ending date specified as a string: YYMMDD, eg, 960630
OUTPUTS:
This function generates images in $MONTHLY_IMAGES of the daily
minimums for the specfied telescope, and for each day specfied by the
starting and ending dates.
CALLS: ***
MK_DAILY_C1_MIN, MK_DAILY_MIN, STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3], YYMMDD2UTC
RESTRICTIONS:
These routines only generate the default filter and polarizer images.
PROCEDURE:
A loop is generated between the start and end dates, in which the
routine MK_DAILY_MIN is called for each day.
EXAMPLE:
To make all the daily median images for the month of June, 1996 for
C3:
MAKE_ALL_MINDAYS,'c3','960601','960630'
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: RA Howard, 20 October, 1996
9/20/99 NBR Had to add QL to mk_daily_med call
12/1999 NBR Make y2k compliant
11/05/01 @(#)make_all_mindays.pro 1.1 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MAKE_ALL_MONEXP
PURPOSE:
This procedure is an easy interface to the MONITOR_EXP procedure
CATEGORY:
LASCO SYNOPTIC
CALLING SEQUENCE:
MAKE_ALL_MONEXP,Stdte,Endte
INPUTS:
Stdte: The starting date specified as a string: YYMMDD, eg. 960601
Endte: The ending date specified as a string: YYMMDD, eg, 960630
Lz: 0 for QL, 1 for LZ
OUTPUTS:
This function generates images in $MON_EXP of the statistics for each
image for each day specfied by the starting and ending dates for all
three LASCO telescopes.
PROCEDURE:
A loop is generated between the start and end dates, in which the
routine MONITOR_EXP is called for each day.
CALLS: ***
MONITOR_EXP, STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3]
EXAMPLE:
To compute all of the image statistics for the month of June, 1996:
MAKE_ALL_MONEXP,'960601','960630'
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: RA Howard, 22 May 1997
@(#)make_all_monexp.pro 1.1 09/26/97 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MAKE_ALL_MONTHS
PURPOSE:
This procedure is an easy interface to the MK_MONTHLY_MIN procedure
CATEGORY:
LASCO SYNOPTIC
CALLING SEQUENCE:
MAKE_ALL_MONTHS,Tel,Stdte,Endte
INPUTS:
Tel: Telescope to be processed, (string), eg. 'C1','C2','C3'
Stdte: The starting date specified as a string: YYMMDD, eg. 960601
Endte: The ending date specified as a string: YYMMDD, eg, 960630
OUTPUTS:
"Monthly" minimum FITS files in $MONTHLY_IMAGES; filenames have dates
corresponding to 3m_clcl_xx'*'.fts
Logs written in $MONTHLY_IMAGES/logs
KEYWORDS:
ALL_YEARS: Use daily images from multiple years.
FWPW: String representing filter/polarizer combination; if not
set, defaults to 'clcl' for C3 and 'orcl' for C2
INTERVAL: Number of days between minimum images; default is 7
NDAYS: Number of days used to compute the min; default is 27
MANUAL: Override automatic determination of days to use and filename
TEST: Write output in $MONTHLY_IMAGES/testdir
DOREBIN: Make output half size (2x2 binned)
CALLS: ***
MK_MONTHLY_MIN, STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3], UTC2YYMMDD, YYMMDD2UTC
RESTRICTIONS:
PROCEDURE:
IF MANUAL is not set, this procedure calls mk_monthly_min.pro for dates
corresponding to the included list of dates in between the starting and
ending dates. Gaps of more that 2 days are not spanned. IF MANUAL is set,
all days in the input interval (inclusive) which exist will be used to
compute the minimum image, and it will be named according to the midpoint
of the interval of days used.
EXAMPLE:
To make all the monthly minimum images for the month of June, 1996 for
C3:
MAKE_ALL_MONTHS,'c3','960601','960630'
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: RA Howard, 20 October, 1996
Mofified:
06 Oct 1997 SEP - Added ALL_YEARS flag
1999/02/11 NBR - Added keywords FILT_POLR, DAYS_BETWN, DAYS_COMPT
1999/12 NBR - Make y2k compliant
Jan 2000 NBR - Add NOREBIN keyword
Jun 2000 NBR - Add ROLL keyword
25Feb02, NBR - Use 3m_clcl_xx'*'.fts for dates used.
10Jul02, NBR - Add TEST keyword
17Jul02, NBR - Change NOREBIN to DOREBIN
28Jan04, NBR - default nbetween = 7
%W% %H% LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
pro make_avg_daily_roll, rollsi, timesi, rollso, timeso, C3=c3, C2=c2, NYEARS=nyears
Writes file with a median value for roll for each day in input file
INPUTS
rollsi FLTARR array of roll values
timesi UTC Structure ARR utc date,time of each roll value
KEYWORDS (1 is required)
/C2 write c2 file
/C3 write c3 file
NYEARS = number of years included in inputs (default 1)
%H, %W - IDL NRL LASCO Library
CALLS:
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MAKE_BROWSE
PURPOSE:
Generates a "browse" image from the input image
CATEGORY:
REDUCTION
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Result = MAKE_BROWSE (Image, File_name)
INPUTS:
Image = Input 2D image
File_name = String containing the File name
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
Maxpix = Maximum number of columns or rows of browse image.
If maxpix of browse image is not defined then set to
256
Noblob = Controls the output
Nokeep = Delete the JPEG file
Qual = starting quality indicator (<=100)
OUTPUTS:
Result = The JPEG compressed browse image is returned as the
function result if noblob is not set. If set the
output is the browse image without compression
CALLS: ***
CONGRID [1], CONGRID [2], CONGRID [3], HIST_EQUAL
CALLED BY:
REDUCE_LEVEL_05
PROCEDURE:
The browse image is defined to be a byte array not larger than the
optional input parameter or a default size if it is not defined. The
browse image is compressed using the JPEG algorithm. The objective is
to create a representation of the full image which is less than 3 kbytes,
in order to be able to quickly transfer the information electronically.
The browse image can then be used to determine if the full image should
be transferred, which might take much longer to transfer. The browse
image is not intended to be used for analysis purposes.
browse = JPEG ( bytscl (congrid(image,maxpix,maxpix)))
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written RA Howard, NRL, 4 Oct 1995
Version 1
Version 2 RAH 2/12/96 Changed order from 1 to 0
Version 3 RAH 3/09/96 Write image to specific directory and
optionally save. Scale image using log
Version 4 RAH 3/29/96 Changed max size to 2000 bytes, qf=90
Version 5 RAH 4/20/96 Removed "w" as second character in name
Version 6 RAH 5/15/96 Corrected error if zeros everywhere
Version 7 RAH 5/25/96 Use histogram equalization to scale image
Version 8 RAH 10/21/96 Subtract background model
Version 9 RAH 02/20/97 Correct case of constant image
VERSION 10 NBR 02/01/02 Add /SH to SPAWN
@(#)make_browse.pro 1.8 02/01/02 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MAKE_DAILY_IMAGE
PURPOSE:
This function generates the daily image for the SOHO summary images.
CATEGORY:
LASCO_SYNOPTIC
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Result - MAKE_DAILY_IMAGE (Date, Tele)
INPUTS:
Date: Date for which the image is desired, (YYMMDD)
If undefined, then uses the current date
Tele: Telescope designator, string of 'c2','c3'
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
TIME: If set use the image closest to the specified time (HHMM)
else uses the latest image
FITS: If set create a FITS file as output
GIF: If set create a GIF file as output
LZ: IF set, use level 0 data else use quick look data
SCREEN: If set, writes the resultant image to the current display
else writes to the Z buffer
ARCHIVE: If set, write to the SOHO Summary file area
OUTPUTS:
Result: Returns the byte-scaled image if successful, else returns -1.
RESTRICTION:
Only works for C2 and C3
PROCEDURE:
If the input parameter, date, is defined, then that date is used
otherwise the current date is used. Then reads in the img_hdr.txt
file corresponding to the desired date.
Finds the image that is closest to the input time if set, else
finds the latest image. The standard synoptic type of image is
selected (C2: orange/clear; C3: clear/clear). The image shold
be large enough and not have too many missing blocks.
Then the image is scaled by the background model.
CALLS: ***
ADD_LASCO_LOGO, AWIN, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], FILE_EXIST [2]
FIND_CLOSEST, FXADDPAR [1], FXADDPAR [2], FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2], GAMMA_CT, GETBKGIMG
GET_SEC_PIXEL, GET_SOLAR_RADIUS, GET_SUN_CENTER [1], GET_SUN_CENTER [2]
GET_SUN_CENTER [3], GET_TIME_DELAY, GET_UTC, HEADFITS [1], HEADFITS [2]
HEADFITS [3], IMG_HDR_TXT2STRUCT, LASCO_READFITS [1], LASCO_READFITS [2], LOADCT
OFFSET_BIAS, REVERSE, STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3], TVCIRCLE, UTC2STR
UTC2TAI, UTC2YYMMDD, WRITEFITS [1], WRITEFITS [2], WRITE_GIF, YYMMDD2UTC
file_exist [1], file_exist [3]
EXAMPLE:
cimg = MAKE_DAILY_IMAGE('960810','c3')
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: S.E. Paswaters, NRL, Dec 1997
1/31/01, nbr - Change bkg model settings for C2
%H% %W% LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO/EIT
Name : MAKE_DIFF_MPEG
Purpose : Make Diff MPEG from existing MVI files
Use : IDL> MAKE_DIFF_MPEG, '020120', '020205'
Inputs :
Optional Inputs:
Outputs :
Keywords :
Comments :
CALLS: ***
GETENV_SLASH, GIFS2DIFS, GIFS2MPEG, MVIHDR2STRUCT, READ_MVI, UTC2STR, UTC2YYMMDD
YYMMDD2UTC, mvi2gif
Side effects:
Category : Image Display. Animation.
Written : Jake Wendt, NRL, February 2002
Version : 020401 jake modified cleanup lines to remove files then dirs
030117 jake made working directories in /tmp
030205 jake switched search dirs for existing mvis
to search monthdir first
030715 jake adding PNG keyword to pass on
10/13/06 @(#)make_diff_mpeg.pro 1.11 : LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MAKE_FF
PURPOSE: produce flat-field matrix from the raw
flat-field exposures
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
make_ff,'filespec'[,outpath = '']
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
filespec - files to be processed
(e.g., 'calibration:[flight.ffraw]*.*')
outpath - directory where output will be stored
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
processed files
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2]
CONCAT_DIR [3], DETECTOR, PIXPOS, SLITNUM, break_file [4], concat_dir [4]
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
Expects data files that are decompressed and reversed.
unless 'noreverse' is specified
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, February, 2003, Udo Schuehle, MPAE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Udo Schuehle, MPAE Lindau (schuehle@linmpi.mpg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: MAKE_FITS_HDR
PURPOSE: Generate a FITS header for Level 0.5 images
CATEGORY: REDUCTION
CALLING SEQUENCE: Result = MAKE_FITS_HDR (h,img)
INPUTS: H = Header structure
Img = Image
OUTPUTS: Result = FITS header
CALLS: ***
CNVRT_FILTER, CNVRT_IP, CNVRT_LP, CNVRT_POLAR, CNVRT_PORT, FXADDPAR [1]
FXADDPAR [2], FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2], OFFSET_BIAS, STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2]
STR2UTC [3], SUBTENSE, UTC2TAI
CALLED BY:
REDUCE_LEVEL_05
PROCEDURE: Makes calls to FXADDPAR
MODIFICATION HISTORY: Written RA Howard, NRL, 31 Oct 1995
Version 2 rah 16 Nov 1995 Converted filter/polarizer/lp_num/readport
Version 3 rah 11 Dec 1995 Corrected tag name of polarizer & eit/detector
Version 4 rah 18 Jan 1996 Corrected exposure time to be entire exp &
added subsection times
Version 5 rah 15 Feb 1996 Corrected DATE-OBS/TIME-OBS
Version 6 rah 22 Feb 1996 Corrected FP WL Keywords to be 8 characters
Version 7 rah 18 Mar 1996 Added KW for LEB summing, and corrected exptime
Version 8 rah 19 Mar 1996 Corrected exposure time for dark and continuous images
Version 9 rah 27 Mar 1996 Corrected lp_num structure tag
Version 10 rah 03 Apr 1996 Modified exposure mid point names
Version 11 rah 05 Apr 1996 Compute exposure time in real
Version 12 sep 17 Jul 1996 Modified to work with new LEB header (obev145+)
units on exp[1,2,3], version, order
Version 13 rah 22 Jul 1996 Increased WAVELENG to double precision
Version 14 rah 01 Aug 1996 Modified exptime calc for new OBE version
Increased FP_WL* to double precision
Version 15 sep 18 Jun 1997 Changed call for new OFFSET_BIAS()
Version 16 rah 18 Jul 1997 BITPIX set to reflect the image data type
@(#)make_fits_hdr.pro 1.10 07/24/97 :NRL Solar Physics
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO/EIT
Name : MAKE_GIFS
Purpose : Write GIF images from list.
Use : IDL> MAKE_GIFS, list
Inputs : list STRARR List of FITS files
Keywords : SAVEDIR STRING Directory where images are to be saved. Default is '.'.
NOLABEL When set, omits time and logo on images (c3 only)
PICT Save as PICT files
VIDEO Save as 640x480 video size
TIFF Save as TIFF files
PAN Rebin image (ex: Pan=0.5)
BW Use B&W color table
NOLOGO Omit logo only (c3 only)
Calls : ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], CONGRID [1], CONGRID [2]
CONGRID [3], DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], GAMMA_CT, GIF2JPG24
LASCO_READFITS [1], LASCO_READFITS [2], LOADCT, MAKE_IMAGE_C2, MAKE_IMAGE_C3
MAKE_IMAGE_EIT, RTC1IMG, STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3], TRIM, UTC2YYMMDD
WRITE_GIF, WRITE_PICT, concat_dir [4], w256 [1], w256 [2]
Side effects: None.
Category : Image Display. Animation.
Written : Nathan Rich, Jan 2000. From rtmvi.pro
Changes :
5/9/2000, NBR, Add PICT option
10/27/00, NBR, Auto create pictprefx
3/12/01, nbr, Add TIFF option
5/ 2/01, nbr, Add /sh to spawn; save picts in SAVEDIR
5/22/01, nbr, Add BW keyword, NOLABEL for C3
4/ 8/02, nbr, Implement eit_prep
9/20/02, nbr, Change output filename for TIFF and GIF; add NOLOGO and NOLABEL for C2
10/01/02 @(#)make_gifs.pro 1.4 :LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
FUNCTION: MAKE_IMAGE_EIT, img, hdr, $
FIXGAPS=fixgaps, $
NOLABEL=nolabel, $
NOBYTESCL=nobytescl, $
FILENAME=filename, $
USEEITPREP=useeitprep, $
RDIFF=rdiff
Returns scaled EIT image with time label and sets color table for viewing
image.
INPUTS:
img 512x512 or 1024x1024 EIT image array
hdr LASCO header structure
OUTPUTS:
1024x1024 BYTARR
KEYWORDS:
FIXGAPS If set, replace gaps with previous image (in common block)
NOLABEL If set, do not put on time label
NOBYTESCL If set, floating point array with no time label
FILENAME Set to full filename if image to be read here
USEEITPREP Set if wanting to use EIT_PREP, must also use FILENAME
RDIFF Set equal to variable which will contain scaled running difference image
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2]
DATATYPE [3], EIT_PREP, LASCO_FITSHDR2STRUCT, MAKE_IMAGE_EIT, MAXMIN, OFFSET_BIAS
REDUCE_STD_SIZE, RTMVIXY, STRUCT2FITSHDR, concat_dir [4], eit_degrid, eit_flat
eit_norm_response [1], eit_norm_response [2]
SIDE EFFECTS:
changes color table
MODS:
1999/05/21 N B Rich Add FIXGAPS keyword, common block
1999/05/26 N B Rich Move case statement; make all images 1024x1024
1999/11/15 N B Rich Adapt for Mercury transit images (horiz. strips)
1999/12 N B Rich Check for allowable nz
2000/01 N B Rich Add NOLABEL keyword
2000/09/08 N B Rich Add EIT_NORM_RESPONSE and change bmin/bmax settings
2000/09/22 n b rich Divide by exptime and sumcol^2
2001/01/29 n.b.rich Change bmin/bmax after updating SSW library
2001/02/09 n.b.rich Move reduce_std_size and remove box_refn
2001/02/12 n.b.rich Add NOBYTESCL option
2001.03.01 n.b.rich Reset bmin,bmax and colortables for new flat field;
fixed hsize
2001.03.02 n.b.rich Fix ind00 again and fix call to EIT_DEGRID
2001.03.06 n.b.rich Do ind00 before reduce_std_size
2001.04.11 n.b.rich Add default box_avg values
20010516 jake Added autoscaling of images based on median to help
correct for binned image problems. Corrected indentations
on all code.
2001.06.07 n.b.rich Omit /ORIG from EIT_DEGRID call for SSW
20010724 jake began incorporation of EIT_PREP
2002.04.08 n.b.rich Change location of .dat files
2002.08.05 n.b.rich Change lasco_hdr2struct to lasco_fitshdr2struct
030723 jake rotate image if CROTA1 = 180
2003.12.22, nbr - Add rdiff keyword
12/23/03 @(#)make_image_eit.pro 1.11 - IDL NRL LASCO Library
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO/EIT
Name : MAKE_INDEX
Purpose :
Use : IDL>
Inputs :
Optional Inputs:
Outputs :
Keywords :
Comments :
CALLS: ***
OBT2TAI, READ_TM_PACKET
Side effects:
Category :
Written :
Version :
Modification: 020606 Jake Changed End of Repeat loop to check numpckts as well
03.10.08, nbr - change name of output file
@(#)make_index.pro 1.5 10/08/03 :LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
MAKE_MPEG
Usage:
make_mpeg, filename[, destdir]
Arguments:
filename string input The name of the MPEG file (if not
given, then use lasco.mpg).
destdir string input The name of the directory in which to
put the mpeg file. (If not given then
use: ${LASCO_WORK}/${USER}/gif)
Keywords:
times int input If set, then put the time on the
frames before dumping them. (1 -
bottom left, 2 - bottom right, 3 - top
left, 4 - bottom right)
scratchdir string in The directory to which to write the gif
files (default = destdir)
table int input The colour table to use
range float input The range of image values to display
(default min & max of first image)
ncolours int input The number of colours to use in each
frame (Default !d.table_size) N.B. if
this key is set, then TABLE must be
set as well.
names int input If set, put the names of the input
files on the files before dumping them
(same code as time and note it's not
clever enough to check if they are
going on top of each other)
rescale int input The rescaling factor (-n = increase by
2^n, +n = decrease by 2^n)
Method:
Saves the selected images as PPM (Portable PixMap) format
files and then spawns "mpeg_encode" to convert them to an MPEG
file (the PPM files are deleted after the operation)
CALLED BY:
mpeg_wid
Restrictions:
1) Can handle a maximum of 1000 frames
2) Must have MPEG_ENCODE available.
3) Any prexisting files called Lnnn.ppm or MPEG.PARAM will be
overwritten.
History:
Original: 23/7/96; SJT
Change from GIF to PPM: 25/7/96; SJT
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MAKE_STR
PURPOSE:
Control dynamic structure building - avoids collision of
names which might result if different modules used the same
structure names and had different numbber/types of tag fields
CALLING SEQUENCE:
user_value= MAKE_STR(ustr_string [,str_name=str_name, /NOEXEC]
INPUTS:
USTR_STRING - string of form '{dummy,T1:intarr(10), T2:oL...}'
OUTPUTS:
return value = structure defined by USTR_STRING
OPTIONAL KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
STR_NAME - (Output) Structure name created
NOEXEC - If set, a unique name is allocated but no structure
is created - in this case, the return value is the
allocated name (string variable), not the structure
COMMON BLOCKS;
MAKE_STR_PRIVATE - used to generate unique names (via counter)
MAKE_STR_BLK - track previously created structures
MAKE_STR_BLK1 - flag to enable/disable structure exist checks
FILE I/O:
NONE
METHOD
uses a common block to store counter which is incremented on
each call and incorporated into the structrure name. Uses the
IDL EXECUTE statement to dynamically create the structure
CALLS: ***
STR2ARR [1], STR2ARR [2], str_checks [1], str_checks [2], strstat [1], strstat [2]
CALLED BY:
CALL_TRIWARP, CkTimeNkey, DO_TEEM, GT_CDS_QL, MERGE_STRUCT, MK_BSC_STR [1]
MK_BSC_STR [2], MkFnMapMake Filename Map, Multi_draw [1], Multi_draw [2]
RD_GEN [1], RD_GEN [2], READ_SPFDGRS, READ_SPFDHXS, SMK_FULLDET, SS2DSET, SUM_GAUSSB
WRT_GEN [1], WRT_GEN [2], aRCHsCRPT, build_str [1], build_str [2], ccd_sunc [1]
ccd_sunc [2], extract_val, fidmap, file_info [1], file_info [2], filter_os1
fitshead2struct, genx_head [1], genx_head [2], get1doc [1], get1doc [2]
get1hk_info [1], get1hk_info [2], get_elemabun [1], get_elemabun [2]
get_hk_info [1], get_hk_info [2], getmenu [1], getmenu [2], go_get_sirius
input_time [1], input_time [2], mkdirst, nn_rd2_sxt_noaa, nn_rd3_sxt_noaa
nn_rd_sxt_noaa, rd_rasm, rd_rdb [1], rd_rdb [2], rd_sumer [1], rd_sumer [2]
rd_sumer_genx, save_data [1], save_data [2], sparse [1], sparse [2], sparse [3]
str_merge [1], str_merge [2], str_subset, strpair2struct, struct2ms [1]
struct2ms [2], sxt_uniq [1], table2struct, tar_size, tim2intstr [1]
tim2intstr [2], timeavg [1], timeavg [2], tr_decode_head [1], tr_decode_head [2]
trace_bin_struct, trace_dph2struct [1], url_decode, wdefroi [3], wdefroi [4]
wfilpck, wmkkey [1], wmkkey [2], xspr [1], xspr [2], xstepper [1], xstepper [2]
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Version 1 - SLF, 3/5/91
Version 1.1 - SLF, 10/23/91 - added call to strstat to check for
structure existance
Version 2.0 - slf, 15-jan-93 - added 2nd common block to track
defined structures
slf, 18-jan-93 - add string compress
slf, 1-feb-93 - kludge for strings large than 512
slf, 3-feb-93 add make_str_blk for
slf, 7-feb-93 improved feb 1 upgrades
slf, 26-mar-93 use systime + counter for str names
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MAKE_VHS_GIF
PURPOSE:
This procedure makes a series of gif files from a movie,
stored in mvi format for putting onto a VHS tape
CATEGORY:
Movie
CALLING SEQUENCE:
MAKE_VHS_GIF,Gif_file
INPUTS:
Gif_file: A string giving the root file name of the gifs:
It should be no more than 8 characters. It is
suggested that the name should end in gif, leaving
5 characters for the useful information. The
files will then have an extension of 001, 002, etc.
A path can be included at the beginning of the string.
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
Movie_file: The name of the .mvi file. If this is not present
you will be allowed to select the file.
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
Title: An optional title to be added to the top of the image.
OUTPUTS:
A series of gif files will be written to disk.
CALLS: ***
BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], CONGRID [1], CONGRID [2]
CONGRID [3], DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], PICKFILE, WRITE_GIF
break_file [4]
EXAMPLE:
To create a series of gif files:
MAKE_VHS_GIF,'c3j96gif',title='SOHO/LASCO 3.7 - 32 Rs'
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: R.A. Howard, NRL, 9/25/96
@(#)make_vhs_gif.pro 1.2 09/12/97 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: make_views
Purpose: make multiple multi window viewports
Inputs: rmap - roadmap vector
Outputs: function returns widget ids of top level multi_draw
viewports
Catagory: X-display and X-manage
CALLS:
CALLED BY
sda_look [1]
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MAKE_WIDG_EV
PURPOSE:
The event handler for YO_TAPE_WIDG
CATEGORY:
YOHKOH tape
CALLING SEQUENCE:
XMANAGER, 'YO_TAPE_WIDG', BASE, EVENT_HANDLER='MAKE_WIDG_EV'
CALLED BY:
YO_TAPE_WIDG
CALLS TO:
none
INPUTS:
none explicit, only through common and UVALUE
UVALUE=BUTT contains the widget ID for the buttons
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
none
OUTPUTS:
none explicit, only through commons
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
none
CALLS: ***
XMANAGER, YO_TAPE_WIDG [2], YO_TAPE_WIDG [4], yo_tape_widg [1], yo_tape_widg [3]
CALLED BY:
YO_TAPE_WIDG [2], YO_TAPE_WIDG [4], yo_tape_widg [1], yo_tape_widg [3]
COMMON BLOCKS:
COMMON EVENT, $ ; needed for the event handler
INDEX, $ ; record the status of the buttons
IST, $ ; remember the last selected button
IEN, $ ; remember the second to last
EXCLUS ; if set, simulate exclusive buttons
SIDE EFFECTS:
none
RESTRICTIONS:
none
PROCEDURE:
Handle the button events as they are clicked
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
OCT 93 - Elaine Einfalt (HSTX)
[Previous]
[Next]
Name:mapx
Purpose: hide/show map/unmap sensitize/desensitize widgets
Input Parameters:
ids - widget id(s) to map/show - longword vector or scaler
show - vector or scaler show parameter
map=map - vector or scaler map parameter
sensitive=sensitive - vector or scaler sensitive parameter
All parameters default to OFF (unmap, hide, desensitize)
CALLED BY:
get_hk_mnem, goes_widget, show_pix [1], show_pix [2], show_pix_event [1]
show_pix_event [2], show_pix_event [3], xanal_emi, xcheckip, xdisp_fits
xdisp_sci5k, xdisp_tfr, xdisp_trace [1], xdisp_trace2, xdisp_trace3, xhkplot
xread_hist, xsearch_obs, xset_chain [1], xset_chain [2], xspr [1], xspr [2]
xstep_uevent [1], xstep_uevent [2], xstepper [1], xstepper [2], xstepper_event
xsw2tree, xsw2tree_event, xswlist [2], xsxt_prep_event
History: slf, 7/91
slf, 2-8-92 - added sensitive parameter
allow vectors for parameters
slf, 31-oct-93 - added bad_id=destroyed
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME :
MARK_ON_IMAGE
PURPOSE :
Removes an old crosshair from an image and mark a new one on it
CALLING SEQUENCE:
MARK_ON_IMAGE, xpos_dev, ypos_dev, $
color=color, xsize=xsize, ysize=ysize, $
mark_only=mark_only, remove_only=remove_only
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
XPOS_DEV, YPOS_DEV mark position in device units
KEYWORDS :
COLOR the color index of mark (optional input)
xsize crosshair horizontal size (optional input, def=20)
ysize crosshair vertical size(optional input, def=20)
thick crosshair thickness(optional input, def=1)
mark_only if set, only a new crosshair is marked on the image
remove_only if set, only the old crosshair is removed.
restore if set, the old crosshair is restored.
CALLED BY:
SUMER_DISPLAY_IMA, SUMER_TOOL_MAIN_EVENT, XGAUSSFIT, XRASTER [1], XRASTER [2]
EXAMPLE :
TVSCL, DIST(200)
MARK_ON_IMAGE, 70, 80, /mark_only
MARK_ON_IMAGE, 70, 130, /mark_only
MARK_ON_IMAGE, 120, 150
MARK_ON_IMAGE, /remove_only
COMMON BLOCKS:
mark_on_image_block
MODIFICATION HISTORY
March 1997 Jongchul Chae
April 1997 J Chae Introduce keyword RESTORE
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: markplot
Purpose: highlight features on plot (default is open crosshair)
Input Parameters:
dpix - distance from marked poition to start highlinght (def=10 pix)
(for /box, dpix=box half-width, for /circle, dpix= circle radius)
npix - length of highlight from dpix (only used for open crosshair)
Keyword Parameters:
box - if set, draw a box of diameter=2*dpix
circle - if set, draw a circle of radius=dpix
plus - if set, draw a plussign of length=2*dpix
Calling Sequence:
markplot [,dpix [,npix , /uselast , color=color, thick=thick, $
/box , /circle ]]
Calling Examples:
markplot ; open crosshair at cursor
markplot,15,/box,thick=2 ; 15x15 box at cursor.
markplot,5, /plus ; 10 pix long plussign at cursor
for i=5,55,10 do markplot,i,/uselast,/circle ; uselast & circle
for i=5,55,10 do markplot,i,/uselast,/box ; demo uselast & box
History:
10-Nov-1993 (SLF)
2-nov-1994 (SLF) add keyword inheritance - add PLUS keyword, document
Restrictions:
Uses keyword inheritance which was not introduced until IDL V3.2.
[Previous]
[Next]
MASK_OUT
Determine missing telemetry blocks.
Usage:
mask=mask_out(img,hdr)
Return value:
mask byte A 2-d byte array with the same size as the
input image with zeroes in the telemetry holes
and ones elsewhere.
Arguments:
img any input The image to be analysed
hdr string input The FITS header associated with the
image.
Method:
The size of a telemetry block in the image is determined from
the SUMCOL or LEBYSUM, R?COL and the actual image size. The image is
rebinned to a 4-d array its minimum value is subtracted and
the resulting array is summed over the telemetry
blocks. Zeroes in the summed array are assumed to be missing
blocks. This is justified as (a) real data are +ve definite
and (b) the probability of getting the whole of a telemetry
block having the same value if there are real data present is
vanishingly small. This algorithm has the advantage of not
being dependent on whether the exposures have been normalized
or whether the camera bias has been subtracted.
CALLS:
CALLED BY
las_exp_norm, mk_stdim, mk_stdim_list
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MASKE
PURPOSE:
Performs a unsharp mask treatment with an image
CATEGORY:
PICO
CALLING SEQUENCE:
result = MASKE(image, level, region)
INPUTS:
image: The two dimensional array containing the
image to be masked.
level: An integer specifying the level at which
the image should be treated. See procedure
for more explanations
region: The size of the averaging region for the
smoothed image. See below.
If both level and region are NOT set, a default
value of 3,8 is supposed.
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
MEDIAN: If set, the median filter is used to smooth
the image instead of a simple averaging
mean value filter
NOAUTOLIMIT: The image will not be limited to the
same levels as the input image.
OUTPUTS:
result: The resulting image, treated by the unsharp
mask
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None
EXAMPLE:
To treat an image with a 8x8 unsharp mask at a level
of 3 type
result=MASKE(image,3,8)
CALLS: ***
RECONVERT [1], RECONVERT [2]
COMMON BLOCKS:
None
SIDE EFFECTS:
Unknown
RESTRICTIONS:
None
PROCEDURE:
From the original image, multiplied by (level+1),
the original image multiplied by level and
smoothed over region x region pixels is subtracted.
By default the IDL SMOOTH(image,region) function is
used. The MEDIAN functioon can be used by setting
the MEDIAN keyword.
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Alexander Epple, AUG-1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name :
MATCH
Purpose :
Routine to match values in two vectors.
Explanation :
Routine to match values in two vectors.
Use :
match, a, b, suba, subb
CALLED BY:
COPY_STRUCT [1], COPY_STRUCT [2], COPY_STRUCT [3], COPY_STRUCT_INX
DBFIND_SORT [1], DBFIND_SORT [2], DBFIND_SORT [3], GET_BSA_ANS [1]
GET_BSA_ANS [2], GET_PLAN_FUNCT, MATCH_STRUCT, MOVIE_MAP, MRDFITS [1], MRDFITS [2]
SHOW_SYNOP__DEFINE, SMK_FULLDET, SSEL_DATCOL, hsi_getflare, hsi_ui_flarecat
plot_bda, trace_movies_prioritize [1], trace_movies_prioritize [2]
EXAMPLE: If a = [3,5,7,9,11] & b = [5,6,7,8,9,10]
then
IDL> match, a, b, suba, subb, COUNT = count
will give suba = [1,2,3], subb = [0,2,4], COUNT = 3
and suba(a) = subb(b) = [5,7,9]
Inputs :
a,b - two vectors to match elements
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs :
suba - subscripts of elements in vector a with a match
in vector b
subb - subscripts of the positions of the elements in
vector b with matchs in vector a.
suba and subb are ordered such that a(suba) equals b(subb)
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
COUNT - set to the number of matches, integer scalar
Calls : None.
Common : None.
Restrictions:
a and b should not have duplicate values within them.
You can use rem_dup function to remove duplicate values
in a vector
Side effects:
!ERR is set to the number of matches, can be used instead of COUNT
Category : Utilities, Array
Prev. Hist. :
D. Lindler Mar. 1986.
Fixed "indgen" call for very large arrays W. Landsman Sep 1991
Added COUNT keyword W. Landsman Sep. 1992
Written : D. Lindler, GSFC/HRS, March 1986
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 March 1994
Incorporated into CDS library
Version : Version 1, 29 March 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: maxspect
Purpose: compute the maximum image size given the size of the
image and display.
Calling Sequence:
maxspect, ximg, yimg, xwin, ywin, nxsize, nysize
where,
INPUT:
ximg is the image size in x-dim.
yimg is the image size in y-dim.
xwin is the window size in x-dim.
ywin is the window size in y-dim.
OUTPUT:
nxsize is the new maximum size image with same aspect ratio
nysize is the new maximum size image with same aspect ratio
CALLED BY:
mk_movie [1], mk_movie [2], mk_ptv_movie
History:
written 30-Jun-94, gal
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJET:
SOHO - LASCO
NAME:
MB2STRMAP
PURPOSE:
Convert a missing block image map to a 'string map'
CATEGORY:
missing blocks
CALLING SEQUENCE:
INPUTS:
OUTPUTS:
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
KEYWORD INPUT:
CALLS: ***
INTTOB32
CALLED BY:
FIND_MISS_BLOCKS
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
V1.0 Writen by A.Thernisien on 18/09/2001
CVSLOG:
$Log: mb2strmap.pro,v $
Revision 1.2 2002/07/11 07:24:17 arnaud
Insertion of the Log in each header
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MC2POS()
PURPOSE:
Return Position of MC2
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mc2pos()
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
header - BYTARR(92) Image Header
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, October 7, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MC3POS()
PURPOSE:
Return Position of MC3
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mc3pos()
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
header - BYTARR(92) Image Header
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, October 7, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MC4POS()
PURPOSE:
Return Position of MC4
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mc4pos()
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
header - BYTARR(92) Image Header
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, October 7, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MC6POS()
PURPOSE:
Return Position of MC6
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mc6pos()
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
header - BYTARR(92) Image Header
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, October 7, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MC8POS()
PURPOSE:
Return Position of MC8
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mc8pos()
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
header - BYTARR(92) Image Header
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, October 7, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MCERR()
PURPOSE:
Return Error of Motor Controler
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mcerr()
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
header - BYTARR(92) Image Header
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, October 7, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MCGETERAMVALUE()
PURPOSE:
Internal Dummy Check for MCGETERAMVALUE
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mcgeteramvalue()
CALLED BY:
TKI_DO_MC_CMD
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
dev - MC-Device of SUMER [0...6]
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
TKI_MESSAGE
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, September 12, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MCGETERR()
PURPOSE:
Internal Dummy Check for MCGETERR
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mcgeterr()
CALLED BY:
TKI_DO_MC_CMD
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
dev - MC-Device of SUMER [0...6]
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
TKI_MESSAGE
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, September 12, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MCGETFREQ()
PURPOSE:
Internal Dummy Check for MCGETFREQ
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mcgetfreq()
CALLED BY:
TKI_DO_MC_CMD
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
dev - MC-Device of SUMER [0...6]
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
TKI_MESSAGE
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, September 13, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MCGETIRAMVALUE()
PURPOSE:
Internal Dummy Check for MCGETIRAMVALUE
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mcgetiramvalue()
CALLED BY:
TKI_DO_MC_CMD
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
dev - MC-Device of SUMER [0...6]
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
TKI_MESSAGE
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, September 13, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MCGETSTEPS()
PURPOSE:
Internal Dummy Check for MCGETSTEPS
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mcgetsteps()
CALLED BY:
TKI_DO_MC_CMD
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
dev - MC-Device of SUMER [0...6]
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
TKI_MESSAGE
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, September 13, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MCPI()
PURPOSE:
Return Value of MCP-Current
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mcpi()
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
header - BYTARR(92) Image Header
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, October 7, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MCPOWER()
PURPOSE:
Internal Dummy Check for MCPOWER
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mcpower()
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
dev - device number (0 - 6)
func - 0 - off
1 - lvdt & adc on
2 - lvdt & adc off
3 - adc on
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
TKI_MESSAGE
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, September 13, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MCPV()
PURPOSE:
Return MCP High Voltage
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mcpv()
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
header - BYTARR(92) Image Header
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, October 7, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MCREADHK()
PURPOSE:
Internal Dummy Check for MCREADHK
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mcreadhk()
CALLED BY:
TKI_DO_MC_CMD
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
dev - MC-Device of SUMER [0...6]
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
TKI_MESSAGE
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, September 13, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MCRELPOS()
PURPOSE:
Internal Dummy Check for MCRELPOS
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mcrelpos()
CALLED BY:
TKI_DO_MC_CMD, TKI_MC_TST_REL
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
dev - MC-Device of SUMER [0...6]
num_step - number of steps
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
TKI_MESSAGE
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, September 13, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MCRELPOSANS()
PURPOSE:
Internal Dummy Check for MCRELPOSANS
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mcrelposans()
CALLED BY:
TKI_DO_MC_CMD
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
dev - MC-Device of SUMER [0...6]
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
TKI_MESSAGE
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, September 13, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MCRESET()
PURPOSE:
Internal Dummy Check for MCRESET
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mcreset()
CALLED BY:
TKI_DO_MC_CMD
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
dev - MC-Device of SUMER [0...6]
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
TKI_MESSAGE
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, September 13, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MCSCANMOTION()
PURPOSE:
Internal Dummy Check for MCSCANMOTION
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mcscanmotion()
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
dev - device number (0 - 6)
pha - phase current
cur - retaining current
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
TKI_MESSAGE
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, September 13, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MCSCANSTEP()
PURPOSE:
Internal Dummy Check for MCSCANSTEP
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mcscanstep()
CALLED BY:
TKI_DO_MC_CMD
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
dev - device number (0 - 6)
num_step - number of steps
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
TKI_MESSAGE
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, September 13, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MCSELFTEST()
PURPOSE:
Internal Dummy Check for MCSELFTEST
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mcselftest()
CALLED BY:
TKI_DO_MC_CMD
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
dev - MC-Device of SUMER [0...6]
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
TKI_MESSAGE
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, September 13, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MCSETERAMVALUE()
PURPOSE:
Internal Dummy Check for MCSETERAMVALUE
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mcseteramvalue()
CALLED BY:
TKI_DO_MC_CMD
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
dev - MC-Device of SUMER [0...6]
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
TKI_MESSAGE
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, September 13, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MCSETIRAMVALUE()
PURPOSE:
Internal Dummy Check for MCSETIRAMVALUE
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mcsetiramvalue()
CALLED BY:
TKI_DO_MC_CMD
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
dev - MC-Device of SUMER [0...6]
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
TKI_MESSAGE
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, September 13, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - SUMER
NAME:
MCSETVARIABLE()
PURPOSE:
Internal Dummy Check for MCSETVARIABLE
CATEGORY:
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
Result = mcsetvariable()
CALLED BY:
TKI_DO_MC_CMD
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
dev - device number (0 - 6)
tmp - variable number
0 - set number of steps/ramp
1 - set maximal step frequency
val_t - value (0 - 255)
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
TKI_MESSAGE
COMMON:
@tki_common_priv
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, September 13, 1996, Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau. Written
CONTACT:
Dietmar Germerott, MAPE Lindau (germerott@linax1.mpae.gwdg.de)
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mdi_comp_eff
PURPOSE:
To simulate the compression efficiency of the MDI telemetry
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
mdi_comp_eff, img
mdi_comp_eff, img, out_struct, out_limit
CALLS: ***
SXPAR [1], SXPAR [2], SXPAR [3], ccd_hdr_info, deriv_arr [1], deriv_arr [2]
read_mdi
HISTORY:
Written 28-Mar-96 by M.Morrison
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mdi_display
PURPOSE:
To display the images as they are received by the EGSE.
The executable "mdi_sci" is used to copy the telemetry data through
shared memory
CALLS: ***
CONGRID [1], CONGRID [2], CONGRID [3], DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3]
DELVARX [4], LOADCT, STDEV, ccd_hdr_info, delvarx [5], get_dpc_info, gt_time [1]
gt_time [2], mk_dpc_image, pointing, tbeep [1], tbeep [2], tbeep [3]
HISTORY:
Written 1993 by M.Levay (?)
21-Sep-94 (MDM) - Modified to use GET_DPC_INFO and a database
file to get the data product information rather than
case statements in the program
- Allow continuous display to the window as the
data is assembled.
- Added a "-a" to the mdi_sci call if EGSE_VER is
greater than or equal to 3.1
- Added /RESTART option
- Incorporated changes made in RC.PRO
- Added /QDISP_CON and /NODIFF
25-Oct-94 (RAC) - changed /retain=1 to /retain=2 (full backing store)
- Added /retain=2 to window,7 call that didn't have one
13-Apr-95 (DPM) - Created mdi_display3; Uses R0-R9 to obtain temperatures
commented out Count and Page number display
14-Sep-95 (MDM) - Modified to show the CFFFFF25 and CFFFFF26 as croped images
- Fixed some bugs with undefined data products
- Added some info for displaying with the image
(DPC, frame#)
15-Sep-95 (MDM) - Various other fixes/options
9-Oct-95 (MDM) - Made some changes related to using the data product
size as send down in the data product header
- Made several debug statements come out only when /QDEBUG
is set
12-Oct-95 (MDM) - Modified the DPC table format (but all changes necessary
should have been in GET_DPC_INFO)
- Modification to find the min/max of the crop region only,
not the embedded image
13-Oct-95 (MDM) - Modified to use MK_DPC_IMAGE
17-Oct-95 (MDM) - Modification to rebin a 1024x1024 image down
to 256x256
27-Oct-95 (MDM) - Modified the format of the AVG and DEV string format.
Also display the average in the IDL window
7-Nov-95 (MDM) - Modified so it doesn't crash if having a problem
9-Nov-95 (MDM) - Removed setting of !order - display from bottom up
11-Dec-95 (MDM) - Corrected an error which resulted in WIN_IDX variable
not being defined.
10-Jan-96 (MDM) - Added capability to congrid 1040x1033 images down to
256x256 for display purposes
17-Jan-96 (MDM) - Protected against stdev of a single value
- Added "Number of data pixels received does not match
the NXxNY value." statement
22-Jan-96 (MDM) - Modified to have /QCENTER option to display the center
of the sun location
28-Mar-96 (MDM) - Modified to display the images which are not 1024 but are
larger than 256 properly.
Jul-96 (MDM) - Modified to work with EGSE 5.1
24-Jul-96 (MDM) - Replaced REBIN with CONGRID
16-Oct-96 (MDM) - Put in protection to never try to display a 1-D array
5-May-97 (MDM) - Removed "retain=retain"
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mdi_idl_startup
PURPOSE:
Execute the MDI specific IDL startup. It does the following:
* Calls WMENU_SEL_SET to define the x-terminal window size
CALLS: ***
get_tty_type [1], get_tty_type [2], ssw_path, wmenu_sel_set [1]
wmenu_sel_set [2]
HISTORY:
Written 4-May-94 by M.Morrison
10-Aug-95 (MDM) - Added execution of UITDBLIB
30-Oct-96 (MDM) - Removed execution of UITDBLIB
- Added prepending MDI directories if
SSW_MDI_PREPEND is set to "yes"
31-Oct-96 (MDM) - changed /PREPEND to /FULL_PREPEND
8-Nov-96 (MDM) - Added astron dir to TRACE setup
15-Apr-97 (MDM) - Added idl_lib/astron for all setups
- Added SSW_CONTRIBUTED
21-May-97 (MDM) - Removed the code which was checking to
see if we're running the SSW startup
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mdi_imagetool
PURPOSE:
Front end to call IMAGETOOL (SSW SOHO tool)
* Sets the MDI high resolution fixed field of view
* Converts coordinates to corner pixels
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
mdi_imagetool, '21-Nov-96 16:00'
OPTIONAL INPUT:
date - The date/time of the observation in the future
CALLS: ***
IMAGE_TOOL, MK_POINT_STC, fmt_tim [1], fmt_tim [2], int2secarr [1], int2secarr [2]
ut_time [1], ut_time [2]
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUT:
fd - If set, then the extract is for full disk pixels
hr - If set, then the extract is for high resolution
pixels (the default)
npix - Number of pixels in the extracted field of view
if the X and Y size is the same. Default=256
xnpix - E/W extract size in pixels (Default=256)
ynpix - N/S extract size in pixels (Default=256)
roll90 - Simulate a 90 degree roll such that the west
limb ends up at the top of the CCD where the
north limb used to be.
HISTORY:
Written Apr-96 by M.Morrison
20-Nov-96 (MDM) - Renamed to mdi_imagetool
- Documented and put on-line
[Previous]
[Next]
MDI_plots.pro
This file contains a collection of procedures to plot
MDI housekeeping data. The routines are listed below;
1. line_ok Checks if command is valid
2. check_date validates user input date in format: dd-mmm-yy
3. check_time validates user input time in format: hh:mm or hh:mm:ss
4. check_duration validates user input duration in format: hh:mm or hh:mm:ss
or with local time specifier: hh:mmL or hh:mm:ssL
5. get_input Gets plot times and items.
6. get_hk Read in data for an item for a specified time period.
7. plot_it plots data
8. plot_hc plots data to a postscript file for hardcopy
9. set_plotdata Initializes variables in plotdata common block
10. do_plot Obtains requested data and sets up plot parameters
11. do_oplot Sets up overplot parameters
12. do_average Plots averages of specified items
(RTPLOT and HKPLOT programs make use of the above routines.)
The MDI HK data is read using the read_hist utility. It assumes
that the history files are in the directory MDI_HISTORY_DIR.
To access history files from another directory:
1) Abort this program
2) exit IDL
3) Type: setenv MDI_HISTORY_DIR <dir>
where <dir> is the new history file directory
4) start IDL
5) Run rtplot or hkplot.
NOTE: In order for this program to remove the temporary files generated
by read_hist in the temporary files directory, the directory must be
writable by the user. Currently anyone in the mdi group can access
MDI data because a 'chmod g+w $MDI_TEMP_DIR' was done.
[Previous]
[Next]
MDI_plots.pro
This file contains a collection of procedures to plot
MDI housekeeping data. The routines are listed below;
1. line_ok Checks if command is valid
2. check_date validates user input date in format: dd-mmm-yy
3. check_time validates user input time in format: hh:mm or hh:mm:ss
4. check_duration validates user input duration in format: hh:mm or hh:mm:ss
or with local time specifier: hh:mmL or hh:mm:ssL
5. get_input Gets plot times and items.
6. get_hk Read in data for an item for a specified time period.
7. plot_it plots data
8. plot_hc plots data to a postscript file for hardcopy
9. set_plotdata Initializes variables in plotdata common block
10. do_plot Obtains requested data and sets up plot parameters
11. do_oplot Sets up overplot parameters
12. do_average Plots averages of specified items
(RTPLOT and HKPLOT programs make use of the above routines.)
The MDI HK data is read using the read_hist utility. It assumes
that the history files are in the directory MDI_HISTORY_DIR.
To access history files from another directory:
1) Abort this program
2) exit IDL
3) Type: setenv MDI_HISTORY_DIR <dir>
where <dir> is the new history file directory
4) start IDL
5) Run rtplot or hkplot.
NOTE: In order for this program to remove the temporary files generated
by read_hist in the temporary files directory, the directory must be
writable by the user. Currently anyone in the mdi group can access
MDI data because a 'chmod g+w $MDI_TEMP_DIR' was done.
[Previous]
[Next]
MDI_STRUCT
Return a structure containing a minimal subset of
MDI FITS keywords
Craig DeForest, 28-Apr-1997
Sam Freeland, add some soi pointing info
CALLED BY
mdialign, rd_mdi [1], rd_mdi [2]
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MDI_SUMMARY
PURPOSE
To create a file that appends the results from mdi_summary_sub1, seq_run_sum
seq_frame_stats, and cam_run_sum. An executive summary is printed a the top
of the file to give a brief description.
HISTORY
27-Feb-96 written by Dan Goldberg
V1.2 2-Apr-96 (MDM) - Modified to include the IPERR summary
- Added logging when the program was run
- Renamed variable "outdir" to "outfil"
CALLS:
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MDI_SUMMARY_SUB1
PURPOSE
to summarize when a certain mnemonic was closed or open
over a certain interval
INPUT
mnem- can be an array of mnemonics
operation- is an array of values the same size as the mnemonic array
where each value corresponds to an operation
the possible values are:
0: prints every instance when the mnemonic was not zero
1: prints the time span when the mnemonic was not zero and
the amount of time it was like that
2: prints when the mnemonic was opening and closing
HISTORY
written by Dan Goldberg 27-Feb-96
13-Mar-96 (DBG) Corrected an error for operation #1
CALLS:
CALLED BY
MDI_SUMMARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mdi_trans_uobs
PURPOSE:
To translate the user's obs frame list to a pre-load format file.
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
mdi_trans_uobs, 'dt5x5_cal.uobs', /sim
ff = findfile('/mdisw/cfl/comm/dep/*.uobs')
for i=0,n_elements(ff)-1 do mdi_trans_uobs, ff(i), /sim
HISTORY:
Written 9-Nov-95 by M.Morrison
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mdidust
PURPOSE:
Program to make dust images at various positions through
the instrument.
SAMPLE CALLING SEQEUENCE:
mdidust, '/md66/log/sci160k/940402_033500'
mdidust, '950630_214927', corr_image=[0,0,0,0,0,0,-1,-1,-1], force_nseries=245
INPUT:
seq_filnam
CALLS: ***
CONGRID [1], CONGRID [2], CONGRID [3], DISP_MDIDUST, PAUSE [1], RAD2LOCATION
REMOVEGRAD1, STDEV, WDEF [1], WDEF [2], pause [2], pprint [1], pprint [2], read_mdi
sat_obs_loc, tv2 [1], tv2 [2], xyouts2 [1], xyouts2 [2]
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUT:
obsmode - Set if the observations are in obs mode (default is
cal mode)
fd - Set if you wish to analyze the Full Disk images
(default is to analyze the high res (HR) images)
hole_man- If set, allow the user to manually select the hole
positions
hole_centroid - If set, derive the hole positions by finding
the center of gravity of the images
rad_arr - The radius array of the positions through the
instrument which should be checked in "funny" units
(see Jesper Schou)
corr_image - An array of the correction offsets to get to the
correct image (for cases when an image is missing)
OUTPUT:
pox - input images used
cpox - dust image for each radius location
METHOD:
Corrects for number of images used at each point
reads raw images and removes gradients and limb-darkening
HISTORY:
Originally Jesper Schou's DUST2.PRO
Written 4-Apr-94 by M.Morrison
V1.0 4-Apr-94 (MDM) - Made it a procedure, not a program
- Removed all of the questions and
added keywords for the options
- Changed format of output quite a bit
V1.1 5-Apr-94 (MDM) - Changed format/info printed
V1.2 25-Apr-94 (MDM) - Added /ONE_PAGE option
V1.3 26-Jul-95 (MDM) - Added CORR_IMAGE optional input and
FORCE_NSERIES
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mdifocus2
PURPOSE:
To digest and display the MDI focus data
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
mdifocus2, '/md66/log/sci160k/940402_045113'
INPUTS:
seq_filnam- The sequence number (ie: 750) or the telemetry file name
CALLS: ***
CLOSE_TFR, CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], GET_TF_REC, NIMG_IN_TFR
SHARPFOCUS2, concat_dir [4], dec2sun [1], dec2sun [2], disp_focus, get_dpc_info
get_host [1], get_host [2], mk_tfi, rdtfr, read_mdi, tfr_decom, yesnox [1], yesnox [2]
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUT:
title - A title to be displayed
cal - If set, ??
hc - If set, make a hardcopy
OUTPUTS:
img - The 3-D data (nx,ny,N) cube with the images which were used
(N is normally 73)
sharp - A 2-D array (2,N) with the sharpness for each image (except
the dark image) (N is normally 72)
norm - ??
dark - The dark image used
HISTORY:
V1.0 Written 6-Apr-94 by M.Morrison taking Igor's "mdifocus.pro" and
"anafocus.pro"
V1.1 25-Apr-94 (MDM) - Slight change to logic of when to ask if want
a hardcopy
V1.2 26-Apr-94 (MDM) - Remove the text file before writing it
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mdiiss
PURPOSE:
To analyze the MDI ISS performance
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
mdiiss, '/md66/log/sci160k/940425_213204'
mdiiss, '/md54/mdisw_idl_guide/940425_213204'
INPUT:
seq - Telemetry or series number
OUTPUT:
a - the image array
sharp - The sharpness
norm - The normalization array
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], LOADARR, SHARPFOCUS2
concat_dir [4], plotiss, read_mdi, yesnox [1], yesnox [2]
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUT:
hc - If set, make a hardcopy
HISTORY:
Written ?? by ??
26-Apr-94 (MDM) - Added /HC option
- Replaced call to RDTFR with READ_MDI
- Added documentation header
V2.0 23-Jun-95 (MDM) - Modified to save an ASCII file with
the sharpness results.
- Added some information to the plot display
V2.1 26-Jun-95 (MDM) - Finished up the 23-Jun work
V2.2 12-Jul-95 (MDM) - Reversed the Open/Closed to be Closed/Open ratios
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mdilaser
PURPOSE:
To process the LFFT "mdilaser" results for Michelson wavelengths
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
mdilaser, '/md66/log/sci160k/940402_033500'
mdilaser, '/md66/log/sci160k/940402_033500', str_ipos='0'
mdilaser, '/md66/log/sci160k/940402_033500', str_ipos='3,4,5'
INPUT:
seq_filnam - the sequence number of telemetry file name
CALLS: ***
DISP_MMAP, STR2ARR [1], STR2ARR [2], input [1], input [2], yesnox [1], yesnox [2]
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUT:
str_ipos - A string array with a list of the positions to
process
HISTORY:
Written 6-Apr-94 by M.Morrison
V1.1 25-Apr-94 (MDM) - Added STR_IPOS optional keyword input
- Changed to pass 27 images to DISP_MMAP instead of 22
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mdimrot
INPUT:
seq_filnam - The series number or telemetry file name
INPUT/OUPTUT:
mat - The matrix of cross locations
OPTINAL KEYWORD INPUT:
force_calc - If set, then force the grid calculation to be done over
even if it is already done. The default is to not
recalculate the cross locations if already done.
hc - If set, make a hardcopy
qdisp - If set, when doing the fitting of the cross locations,
display the image and the first guess
qplot - If set, when doing the fitting of the cross locations,
display the fit to the cross
plot_list - If set, only plot the plots listed in that string
String items: rawp, smoop, diff, m1, m2, pol
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], FILE_EXIST [2], concat_dir [4]
do_fit_gcross, file_exist [1], file_exist [3], plot_gcross, pprint [1], pprint [2]
rd_tfile [1], rd_tfile [2], read_mdi
HISTORY:
Written 26-Apr-94 by M.Morrison (using PLOT_GROSS2 as a start)
V1.1 3-Jun-94 (MDM) - Added capability to only do single plot
(so that we can do guide plots)
(added PLOT_LIST optional keyword input)
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mdipdist
INPUT:
seq_filnam - The series number or telemetry file name
INPUT/OUPTUT:
mat - The matrix of cross locations
OPTINAL KEYWORD INPUT:
force_calc - If set, then force the grid calculation to be done over
even if it is already done. The default is to not
recalculate the cross locations if already done.
all_boxes- If set, then display the grid distortion for all of the
boxes (not just the center box)
hc - If set, make a hardcopy
qdisp - If set, when doing the fitting of the cross locations,
display the image and the first guess
qplot - If set, when doing the fitting of the cross locations,
display the fit to the cross
zero_net - If set, then adjust the net "pixel coordinate change"
to be zero.
plot_list - If set, only plot the plots listed in that string
String items: rawp, lr_abs, lr_siz, 045_abs, 045_siz
nodark - If set, assume no dark image present and don't correct for it
CALLS: ***
ARROW, CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], DISTGRID_OFFSET
FILE_EXIST [2], MK_SQUARE2, PAUSE [1], UNIQ [1], UNIQ [2], UNIQ [3], concat_dir [4]
do_fit_gcross, file_exist [1], file_exist [3], pause [2], plot_gcross
plottime [1], plottime [2], pprint [1], pprint [2], rd_tfile [1], rd_tfile [2]
read_mdi, sgn [1], sgn [2]
HISTORY:
Written 27-Apr-94 by M.Morrison (using PLOT_GROSS3C as a start)
V1.1 5-May-94 (MDM) - Added /ZERO_NET option
V1.2 12-May-94 (MDM) - Adjusted how distgrid_offset worked (tolerance
and figuring out the map)
V1.3 3-Jun-94 (MDM) - Added capability to only do single plot
(so that we can do guide plots)
(added PLOT_LIST optional keyword input)
V1.4 7-Jun-94 (MDM) - Corrected small typo in V1.3
V1.5 2-Nov-94 (IZ) - Added /nodark keyword to analyse "dark-less" data
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mdipict
PURPOSE:
To display a summary page for each "mdipict" image
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
mdipict, '/md66/log/sci160k/940401_143902
INPUT:
seq_filnam - The sequence or telemetry file name
CALLS: ***
PAUSE [1], SXPAR [1], SXPAR [2], SXPAR [3], gt_day [1], gt_day [2], img_summary [1]
img_summary [2], pause [2], read_mdi
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUT:
hc - If set, produce a hardcopy (don't display to the screen)
stimg - The starting image to display (default is first image)
enimg - The ending image to display (default is last image)
HISTORY:
Written 5-Apr-94 by M.Morrison
V1.2 19-Apr-94 (MDM) - Added MARGIN keyword to IMG_SUMMARY call
- Changed format of comments somewhat
17-Jul-95 (MDM) - Removed "rdtfr2" compilation
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mdiprot
INPUT:
seq_filnam - The series number or telemetry file name
INPUT/OUPTUT:
mat - The matrix of cross locations
OPTINAL KEYWORD INPUT:
force_calc - If set, then force the grid calculation to be done over
even if it is already done. The default is to not
recalculate the cross locations if already done.
hc - If set, make a hardcopy
qdisp - If set, when doing the fitting of the cross locations,
display the image and the first guess
qplot - If set, when doing the fitting of the cross locations,
display the fit to the cross
qiss - If set, then "mdiprot.src" was run for one set of repeats
with ISS off and then on.
plot_list - If set, only plot the plots listed in that string
String items: rawp, smoop, diff, m1, m2, pol, iss_on, iss_off
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], FILE_EXIST [2], concat_dir [4]
do_fit_gcross, file_exist [1], file_exist [3], plot_gcross, pprint [1], pprint [2]
rd_tfile [1], rd_tfile [2], read_mdi
HISTORY:
Written 26-Apr-94 by M.Morrison (using PLOT_GROSS2 as a start)
V1.1 12-May-94 (MDM) - Added /QISS option
V1.2 3-Jun-94 (MDM) - Added capability to only do single plot
(so that we can do guide plots)
(added PLOT_LIST optional keyword input)
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: MEAN_2D_FRM.PRO
PURPOSE: make an image of local means and of standard deviation
CATEGORY: General tools high level routine
CALLING SEQUENCE: mean_2d_frm,ima_in,kx,ky,ima_moy,ima_std
INPUTS: ima_in image array
kx step_size in x
ky step_size in y
OPTIONAL INPUT PARAMETERS: None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS: None
OUTPUTS:ima_moy mapping of local means
ima_std mapping of local sigmas
OPTIONAL OUTPUT PARAMETERS: None
CALLS: ***
MOY, POLM1M2, pro_cal
CALLED BY:
POLM1M2
COMMON BLOCKS: None
SIDE EFFECTS: None
RESTRICTIONS: None
PROCEDURE:
MODIFICATION HISTORY: defined by M.B 07/12/93
SCCS variables for IDL use
@(#)mean_2d_frm.pro 1.0 07/12/93 :LAS
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME : mgaussfit
PURPOSE :
Multi gaussian fitting
ARGUMENT :
INPUT
x : independent variable data
y : dependent variable data
w : inverse square of the noise level of the data at each point
Notice . X, Y, W should have the same elements.
par : Gaussian parameters (initial guess)
1 D array with elements of 6, 9 , 12, .. which depends
on the number of lines
y(i) = par(0) + par(1)*(x(i)-par(4))/par(5)
+ par(2)*((x(i)-par(4))/par(5))^2 +
par(3) * exp(-0.5*((x(i)-par(4))/par(5))^2) +
par(6) * exp(-0.5*((x(i)-par(7))/par(8))^2)+...
i=0,1,.., n_spectral-1
k=0,1,.., nspatial-1
OUTPUT :
result fitted result
par : determined parameters
KEYWORD
free_par : the indice of free parameters
default value = the indice of given parameters
expected_free : the expected values of free parameters
weight_free : inverse square of the allowable differences
between the expected and the true free parameters.
value : if set , calculate functional values without modifying $
the paramteres.
Notice : the weight corresponding to peak values
should be an inverse square of uncertanity in the
common logarithmic values. A typical
value may be 1./0.3^2.
itmax maximum number of iteration
MODIFICATION HISTORY
May 1997 J. Chae : adapted from MULTI_GAUSS_FIT
CALLS:
CALLED BY
XGAUSSFIT
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: MIN_2D_FRM.PRO
PURPOSE: make an image of local minima
CATEGORY: General tools high level routine
CALLING SEQUENCE: ima_out = min_2d_frm( ima_in, kx, ky)
INPUTS: ima_in image array
kx step_size in x
ky step_size in y
OPTIONAL INPUT PARAMETERS: None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS: None
OUTPUTS:ima_out mapping of local minima
OPTIONAL OUTPUT PARAMETERS: None
COMMON BLOCKS: None
SIDE EFFECTS: None
RESTRICTIONS: None
PROCEDURE:
MODIFICATION HISTORY: defined by M.B and A.LL 26/10/93
SCCS variables for IDL use
@(#)min_2d_frm.pro 1.0 26/10/93 :LAS
[Previous]
[Next]
MIN_NZ
Extract the smallest positive element of an array.
Call:
val = min_nz(array[, mindex, max=max])
Return Value:
val any The smallest positive value or -1 if no positive
values.
Argument:
array any input The array whose min is needed
mindex long output The (first) location in the array at
which the min value is found.
Keyword:
max any output The maximum value in the array.
CALLED BY:
mk_minim, mk_stdim_list
History:
Prototype: 24/1/91; SJT
Improve and changes to smallest >0: 22/2/91; SJT
Add MAX keyword: 31/3/92; SJT
Add optional second argument for location of min value:
20/8/93; SJT
Add "finite" condition: 6/12/93; SJT
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MISS_BLOCKS
PURPOSE:
This function returns a list of the missing telemetry block numbers.
CATEGORY:
REDUCE
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Result = MISS_BLOCKS (Img, Hdr)
INPUTS:
Img: The image to be processed
Hdr: The fits header of the image
OUTPUTS:
The function result is a long word array of the absolute block numbers
that are missing. If no blocks are missing, the result is -1.
CALLS: ***
FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2]
PROCEDURE:
The input image is rebinned to a 32 x 32 array and then teh IDL where
function is used to identify the locations where the super pixels are
zero.
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: RA Howard, 4 Oct 1995
@(#)miss_blocks.pro 1.1 10/05/96 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MISS_PCKTS
PURPOSE:
This procedure generates a file containing a list of missing
science telemetry packets in a d01 file in same location
CATEGORY:
LASCO PACKETS
CALLING SEQUENCE:
MISS_PCKTS
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
Fname: Specifies the telemetry filename to read in. If no
argument is present then all files are read in.
KEYWORDS:
/AUTO Analyze all d01 files in $TMOUT
CALLS: ***
OBT2TAI, TAI2UTC, TRIM, UTC2STR
CALLED BY:
LZ_DISK_INIT [1]
SIDE EFFECTS:
A file "miss_pckts.lst" is generated and put into the user's home
directory.
PROCEDURE:
The input files must reside in the current working directory.
It then finds missing or out of order packets in science stream by
looking at the packet counter, which should increment by one.
EXAMPLE:
To process all telemetry files in the current directory:
MISS_PCKTS
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: R.A. Howard, NRL, 7 Mar 1996
961216 by N. Rich prompt for input on processing status, CD info;
changed variable volno to seqno; made /all
keyword the default
970131 by N. RIch use TMFILES env variable
970210 by RAHoward Determine packet length to account for TM rate
970328 by N. Rich change default TM directory; save results file
to start directory rather than home
970826 by N. RIch change default TM dir; add suff prompt
990401 by N. Rich Change default TM dir to gorgon; allow 4-digit
volume numbers
990621 by N. Rich Change seqno to STRING input
2000/02 N. RIch Change default TM dir
000630 - the Jake - Beginning modifications to provide full scripting
ability of this script. ie. remove all interaction
and set default values.
fname
seqno
vol
proc
000922 - the Jake - Changed hardcoded directories to GETENV's
001006 - the Jake - Changed write outfile in $TMOUT dir instead of 'old' directory
001229 - nbr - Changed getenv TMFILES to TMOUT
03.10.10, nbr - Write output file for each input file (each day)
051018 - K Battams - Add ,/swap_if_little_endian kwd to all OPEN* calls.
@(#)miss_pckts.pro 1.23 12/14/05 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
TITLE:
MK_ALL_MIN
PURPOSE:
This procedure generates the minimum of the all of the monthly
minimum images.
CATEGORY:
DATA_ANAL
CALLING SEQUENCE:
MK_ALL_MIN,Tel,Filpol
INPUTS:
Tel: String denoting the telescope: 'c1','c2','c3','c4'
Filpol: String denoting the filter/polarizer configuration
OUTPUTS:
None. The routine will store the minimum image in a file
named tm_all.fts, where t is the telescope number,
m is the letter 'm', and _all is the string '_all'
CALLS: ***
BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], FXADDPAR [1], FXADDPAR [2]
FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2], GET_UTC, READFITS [1], READFITS [2], READFITS [3], STR2UTC [1]
STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3], UTC2STR, WRITEFITS [1], WRITEFITS [2], break_file [4]
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
WRITTEN RA Howard, NRL, 3 Oct 96
8 Nov 96 RAH, checks for bad blocks are <= 0
30 Jan 97 SEP, check filenames for YYMMDD
@(#)mk_all_min.pro 1.4 11/05/01 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mk_ascii_list
PURPOSE:
To take a data product dump from the IP and to decipher the
list and make an ascii file describing the contents
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
mk_ascii_list, 'list_awbin.fits'
mk_ascii_list, infil, outfil
INPUTS:
infil - The input FITS file containing the list
outfil - The output file name. If not defined, it will
be the input file name with a ".ascii" exension
CALLS: ***
MARK_ENTRY, RFITS [1], RFITS [2], RFITS [3], SEA_MARK_LIST, SXPAR [1], SXPAR [2]
SXPAR [3], UNSIGN, bits [1], bits [2], data_type [1], data_type [2], str_replace [1]
str_replace [2]
HISTORY:
Written 2-Jun-95 by M.Morrison
25-Jul-95 (MDM) - Modified to work with AWBIN
31-Jul-95 (MDM) - Added TABLE_START
2-Aug-95 (MDM) - Fixed bug with IRBIN processing
6-Oct-95 (MDM) - Fixed typo in IRBIN processing
6-Nov-95 (MDM) - Modified to use TABLE_START argument if passed in
for the other lists (used to work for IRBIN)
19-Mar-96 (MDM) - Added capability to stop list processing when
reach the number of entries (for VWBIN) because
of problem with 6003 list.
3-Apr-96 (MDM) - Corrected to allow it to work with list passed in
directly (not from a file)
16-Apr-96 (MDM) - Patched 3-Apr-96 patch
[Previous]
[Next]
Project:
SOHO - SUMER
Name:
mk_atlas
Purpose:
To calculate construct full reference spectra from SUMER reference
spectra observations
Use:
mk_atlas,filenames,lambda,spec,header,SpecRange=SpecRange,$
more_info=more_info
Inputs
FileNames - Names of files containing the reference spectrum.
If there is more than one file, this should be an array of
type string.
Output
Lambda_Out - Wavelength values in Angstroms (2nd order)
Spec_Out - Spectral data summed over spectral bands specified by
SpecRange. Units are counts/s/pix
Head_Out - An abreviated header based on the FITS headers
Input Keywords:
SpecRange - Array containing the spatial ranges over which the
spectra should be summed. Should have dimensions 2 x N,
where N is the number of spectral locations, and in
units of pixels. If this is not entered the program
Gt_SpecRange will be called so that the user may
select the ranges graphically.
Splice_Adjust - If set the user will be prompted to manually
select the splice point between each overlapping pair
of exposures. If more than one spectral zone has been
selected, the splice selection plots will be made with
the zone given by Splice_Adjust.
DetRange - Range on the Detector to use in making spectra. Default corresponds
to the KBr coated portion with an extention to include Ly Alpha.
OverRides keywords BareL, BareR, KBrOnly, and AllDetector
KBrOnly - use only the KBr coated part of the detector to make spectra,
do not attempt to include Ly Alpha on attenuators
FullDetector - use entire detector to make spectra
BareL - use the bare portion of the detector to the left (lower co-pixels) of
the KBr Portion
BareR - use the bare portion of the detector to the right (higher co-pixels) of
the KBr Portion
Warp - Correct for pixel scale image distortion (tri-warp)
Faster, but less accurate than destretch
Destretch - Correct for pixel scale image distortion (detsretch)
Output Keywords:
More_Info - Stucture containing information about how the
components of the spectra were put together.
Tags:
Trans - indexes in lambda_out of transitions between
different exposures.
Uncoated - array containg indexes of elements taken from
uncoated part of detector. If no such elements,
it will = -1
Attenuated - array containg indexes of elements taken from
attenuated part of detector. If no such elements,
it will = -1
Edge - array containg indexes of elements taken from
edge of detector. If no such elements, it will = -1
Calls: ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], AVERAGE, CALL_WARP, FXADDPAR [1], FXADDPAR [2]
FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2], UTC2TAI, ft_sumread_fits, splice_sel
Common:
None
Written:
Terry Kucera, 27 Feb 1996
Modifications
Added Splice_Adjust TAK, 9 Apr 1996
Added keywords for warping and selcting which part of
detector to use TAK, 21 May 1996
Added keyword for warping with DESTRETCH
P.Brekke, 10 Oct 1996
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_CDS_ADEF_STC()
Purpose : Make a CDS Analysis Definition Structure with default values.
Explanation : Creates and returns a CDS Analysis Definition (ADEF)
structure, and initializes it with default values. If a QLDS
is passed as a keyword, the RAS_ID and RAS_VAR fields will be
filled with information from the QLDS.
Use : ADEF = MK_CDS_ADEF_STC( [ QLDS=QLDS ] )
Inputs : None required.
Opt. Inputs : QLDS : Quick Look Data Structure
Outputs : Returns ADEF.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : QLDS.
Calls : ***
QLMGR
CALLED BY:
RESTORE_CDS_ADEF, XCDS_ANALYSIS
Common : None
Restrictions: ...
Side effects: ...
Category : Analysis
Prev. Hist. : None
Written : SVH Haugan, UiO, 17 October 1997
Modified : Not yet.
Version : 1, 17 October 1997
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_CDS_ADEF_WIN_STC
Purpose : Create CDS Analysis Definition (ADEF) window structure
Explanation : Used to create a structure describing one data block (data
window) to be included into a CDS Analysis.
The structure definition (with default values):
{CDS_ADEF_WINDOW,
IX : 0L ; A long containing the WINDOW INDEX
GR_ORDER:1 ; Integer telling what grating order is to
; be used when generating the lambda array.
LABEL: '' ; Window label
CROP: CROP ; A structure describing how the data window
; is to be cropped when the data are included
; into an analysis.
Use : WIN_STC = MK_CDS_ADEF_WIN_STC()
Inputs : None
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : Returns a CDS ADEF window structure.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None
Calls : None
CALLED BY:
XCDS_ANALYSIS
Common : None
Restrictions: ...
Side effects: ...
Category : QuickLook, Analysis
Prev. Hist. : None
Written : SVH Haugan, UiO, 29 September 1997
Modified : Not yet.
Version : 1, 29 September 1997
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_CDS_ANALYSIS()
Purpose : Make a CFIT analysis structure from CDS data
Explanation : This function extracts data from one data window of a QLDS,
along with other information, and returns it as an ANALYSIS
structure, ready for input to e.g., XCFIT_BLOCK.
WAVELENGTH ARRAY
A a wavelength array that is tilt-corrected (according to the
values in TILT_NIS1_DEMO & TILT_NIS2_DEMO) is calculated, with
the same dimension as the window data. It is expected that the
wavelength calculation will include e.g., mirror position
dependence some time in the future.
GRATING ORDER
The wavelength array is divided by the value of the keyword
GR_ORDER, whose default value is taken from the DETDESC tag
describing the window that is extracted.
DATA WEIGHTS
The routine calculates data weights according to the
theoretical noise levels. For the GIS detector, Poisson
statistics are used, while for the VDS detector, the statistics
are based on CDS Software Note #49. Note that due to the
smoothing of single-photon events over several pixels in the
VDS detector, the error estimate will appear to be too high
(too small weights). However, this is an illusion--the error
estimate is correct.
DATA UNITS/CALIBRATION
(applies only to NIS data)
The input QLDS must have data that have been calibrated *no
further* than VDS_CALIB (i.e., VDS_DEBIAS/VDS_CALIB may have
been performed, but not NIS_CALIB). This is to ensure that it's
possible to calculate weights according to the statistical
model (e.g. Poisson).
Output units may be selected by setting various calibration
flags, (DEBIAS and VDS_CALIB will have a permanent effect on
the QLDS!).
The calibration flags are:
DEBIAS, VDS_CALIB, NOBURNIN, USE_COUNTS, CALIBRATE, ERGS,
STERADIANS, ANGSTROMS.
If no flags are set, the output data will have the units of
the data in the QLDS on input.
The following units will result if the input QLDS has units
'ADC' (analog digital counts) by setting flags:
DEBIAS : DEBIASED-ADC
VDS_CALIB : PHOTON-EVENTS/PIXEL/SEC
USE_COUNTS : PHOTON-EVENTS/PIXEL
CALIBRATE : PHOTONS/CM^2/SEC/ARCSEC^2
When calibrate is set, the keywords ERGS/STERADIANS/ANGSTROMS
may be set to modify the units - see NIS_CALIB for further
information.
PRE-CALIBRATED INPUT
It is also possible to supply your own, pre-calibrated QLDS,
through the keyword QLDS_CALIBRATED - in that case, all
calibration keywords will be ignored (but the input QLDS must
still be NO MORE than VDS_CALIB'ed, to enable weight
calculations).
To receive (for later re-use) the calibrated QLDS that is used
internally in this routine, set the keyword
/LEAVE_CALIBRATION, and the calibrated QLDS will be returned
through the QLDS_CALIBRATED keyword.
DATA CROPPING
A useful feature for analyzing parts of e.g., a full-spectrum
readout is the data cube cropping mechanism. A cropping of
*any* IDL data cube may be described by two LONG arrays with 7
elements each, representing the start and stop indices. A
cropping structure thus consists of two tags, e.g.:
CROP = {B:LONARR(7),E:LONARR(7)}
and the cropping is performed as (with B=CROP.B & E=CROP.E):
DATA = DATA(b(0):e(0),b(1):e(1),b(2):e(2),b(3):e(0),$
b(0):e(0),b(0):e(0),b(0):e(0))
By supplying a cropping structure through the keyword CROP
this will be done automatically.
Use : ANA = MK_CDS_ANALYSIS(QLDS,WINDOWI [,DOWNSAMPLE] [calib. kw])
then
XCFIT_BLOCK,ANA=ANA
Inputs : QLDS : Quick Look Data Structure
WINDOWI : The window index of the window to extract.
Opt. Inputs : DOWNSAMPLE : A factor to downsample the spatial/time
dimensions of the data block (for smaller, test
data sets). Not completely robust...
Outputs : Returns a CFIT ANALYSIS structure, containing wavelengths,
data, weights, various auxiliary information (ORIGIN/SCALE,
MISSING, etc) to be used by e.g., XCFIT_BLOCK.
Opt. Outputs:
Keywords : QLDS_CALIBRATED : If supplied, this QLDS will be taken as the
source for the data cube, with no more
calibrations applied.
LEAVE_CALIBRATION : If set, QLDS_CALIBRATED will contain the
calibrated QLDS on output.
DEBIAS : Perform VDS_DEBIAS on QLDS before extracting data
VDS_CALIB : Perform VDS_CALIB on QLDS before extracting data
(also implies DEBIAS).
NOBURNIN : Passed on to VDS_CALIB
USE_COUNTS : Perform VDS_CALIB and multiply by exposure time
to get units in PHOTON-EVENTS/PIXEL.
CALIBRATE : Perform NIS_CALIB (on a *copy* of the QLDS) before
extracting data. Modify with /ERGS, /STERADIANS
and /ANGSTROMS.
Calls : ***
ARR2STR [1], AVERAGE, Arr2Str [2], BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3]
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], COPY_QLDS, DATATYPE [1]
DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DEFAULT, DELETE_QLDS, DIMREBIN, DIMREFORM, GET_MIRSHIFT
GET_TILTCAL, GT_WINDATA, MK_ANALYSIS, MK_CDS_ANALYSIS_DOWNSAMP, NIS_CALIB
PIX2WAVE, POLY, QLMGR, REPSTR [1], REPSTR [2], REPSTR [3], TRIM, VDS_CALIB, VDS_DEBIAS
break_file [4], concat_dir [4]
CALLED BY:
APPLY_CDS_ADEF
Common : None
Restrictions: ...
Side effects: ...
Category :
Prev. Hist. : None
Written : SVH Haugan, UiO,
Modified : Version 2, SVHH, 13 February 1998
Getting the tilt coefficients through GET_TILTCAL
Version 3, SVHH, 25 January 1999
Added correction for mirror shift of wavelength
calibration.
Version 4, 06-Dec-1999, William Thompson, GSFC
Changed noise model for VDS data.
Version : Version 4, 06-Dec-1999
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_CDS_COM
Purpose : Common blocks for MK_CDS_PLAN
Explanation : See purpose
Use : N.A.
Inputs : None.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : None.
Called from : N.A.
Common : Itself
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning, science
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Dominic Zarro (ARC), 1 October 1994.
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_CDS_DBASE
Purpose : makes a widget interface to CDS Detailed Plan
Explanation :
Use : MK_CDS_DBASE,PARENT,DBASE
Inputs : PARENT = parent widget upon which to construct widgets
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : DBASE = created child widget
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : MAP = 1/0 for visible/invisible
LFONT = font for label widgets
BFONT = font for button widgets
CALLS: ***
CW_BSELECTOR2, CW_TEXT, FIND_WITH_DEF [1], FIND_WITH_DEF [2], FIND_WITH_DEF [3]
MK_DFONT, RD_ASCII [1], RD_ASCII [2], STRPAD, TRIM, XMENU2, XPDMENU
CALLED BY:
MK_CDS_PLAN
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Dominic Zarro (ARC), 22 January 1995
Modified : Changed location of newdata .pdm file. CDP, 29-Jul-96
Version : Version 2, 29-Jul-96
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO-CDS
Name : MK_CDS_FITS
Purpose : make simple CDS FITS files
Category : data analysis
Explanation :
Syntax : MK_CDS_FITS,FSTART,FEND
Examples :
Inputs : FSTART,FEND = start/end FITS file numbers
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : None
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : CALIB = set to FlatField
: CLEAN = set to remove spikes
: BYTE = set to BYTE scale
CALLS: ***
CDS_SIMPLE_FITS, EXIST, FIND_WITH_DEF [1], FIND_WITH_DEF [2], FIND_WITH_DEF [3]
LIST_EXPER, QLMGR, READCDSFITS, TRIM, UPD_CDS_POINT, VDS_CALIB
Common : None
Restrictions: None
Side effects: None
History : Written 22 October 1996, D. Zarro, ARC/GSFC
Contact : dzarro@solar.stanford.edu
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO-CDS
Name : MK_CDS_GIF
Purpose : make CDS snapshot GIS files
Category : imaging
Explanation :
Syntax : IDL> mk_cds_gif,fstart,fend
CALLS: ***
BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], CDS_SNAPSHOT, CHK_DIR [1]
CHK_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], DATATYPE [1]
DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3], DELVARX [4]
DPRINT, EXIST, FIND_WITH_DEF [1], FIND_WITH_DEF [2], FIND_WITH_DEF [3], LIST_EXPER
LOADCT, READCDSFITS, SSW_WRITE_GIF, TEST_OPEN, TRIM, UPD_CDS_POINT, VDS_CALIB
WRITE_PICT, break_file [4], concat_dir [4], delvarx [5]
Examples :
Inputs : FSTART,FEND = start/end FITS files numbers
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : None
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : XSIZE,YSIZE = pixel size of GIF files [def= 640,512]
COLOR = color table to load
LIS_GIF = file name with listing of GIF file names [def='gis.lis']
DIR_GIF = directory location of GIF files [def=curr]
ROTATE = direction for rotating images
PICT = make PICT files instead
FRAME = use FRAME number in output file name
ZBUFF = use ZBUFFER
History : Written 22 December 1996, D. Zarro, ARC/GSFC
Version 2, 13-Aug-2003, William Thompson
Use SSW_WRITE_GIF instead of WRITE_GIF
Contact : dzarro@solar.stanford.edu
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - CDS
NAME:
MK_CDS_PLAN
PURPOSE:
Create/edit detailed, science, alternative and flag plan for CDS
CATEGORY:
Widgets, planning
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
MK_CDS_PLAN
INPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
TSTART - display start time (can be string [e.g. 96/1/1] or TAI format)
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
GROUP - event id of widget that calls MK_CDS_PLAN
RESET - purge studies/plan saved in memory
NODETACH - Keep the graphic window from being detached from
the main widget if set
LOCK - - LOCK planning databases
CALLS: ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], ARR2STR [1], Arr2Str [2], CDS_PLAN_BRIEF
CHECK_CDS_MODES, CLEANPLOT [1], CLEANPLOT [2], CLEANPLOT [3], CONCAT_DIR [1]
CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], CONCAT_STRUCT, COPY_STRUCT [1], COPY_STRUCT [2]
COPY_STRUCT [3], CW_BSELECTOR2, CW_TEXT, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3]
DEF_CDS_STUDY, DEF_INST_PLAN, DELETE_FILE [1], DELETE_FILE [2], DELVARX [1]
DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3], DELVARX [4], DPRINT, EXIST, FIND_ZDBASE, FIX_ZDBASE
GET_CDS_DUR, GET_CDS_GIS, GET_CDS_OH, GET_CDS_RASTER, GET_CDS_STUDY, GET_CDS_XY
GET_GIS_DET, GET_HANDLER_ID, GET_INST_COLOR, GET_PLAN_DEF, GET_PLAN_FUNCT
GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_PLAN_SCI, GET_PLAN_TT, GET_PLAN_TYPE, GET_RASTER_PAR
GET_SOHO_INST, GET_STUDY_PAR, GET_UNIQ_LIST, GET_UTC, GREP, HAVE_WIDGETS [1]
HAVE_WIDGETS [2], IMAGE_TOOL, IMPORT_PLAN, LIST_DETAIL, LIST_GSET, LIST_OBJECT
LOADCT, LOCATE_FFCAL, LOCK_ZDBASE, LOC_FILE [1], LOC_FILE [2], LOC_FILE [3]
MATCH_STRUCT, MK_CDS_ADD, MK_CDS_BUTTON, MK_CDS_CHECK, MK_CDS_CMP, MK_CDS_CORR
MK_CDS_DBASE, MK_CDS_DETACH, MK_CDS_DRAW, MK_CDS_DTIME, MK_CDS_ENG, MK_CDS_ERASE
MK_CDS_ETIME, MK_CDS_FIELD, MK_CDS_FLAG, MK_CDS_GIS, MK_CDS_HPLAN, MK_CDS_INSERT
MK_CDS_LAST, MK_CDS_MOVE, MK_CDS_OBJ, MK_CDS_OPS, MK_CDS_PDUR, MK_CDS_PLAN_EVENT
MK_CDS_PLOT, MK_CDS_POINT, MK_CDS_READ, MK_CDS_RECEIVE, MK_CDS_REDRAW
MK_CDS_REFRESH, MK_CDS_REP, MK_CDS_REPOINT, MK_CDS_REREAD, MK_CDS_RESET
MK_CDS_ROTP, MK_CDS_RULE, MK_CDS_SAVE, MK_CDS_SBASE, MK_CDS_SCI, MK_CDS_SDUR
MK_CDS_SELECT, MK_CDS_SEND, MK_CDS_SENSIT, MK_CDS_SPECIAL, MK_CDS_START
MK_CDS_STARTDIS, MK_CDS_SWAP, MK_CDS_SWITCH, MK_CDS_TCHANGE, MK_CDS_UNDO
MK_CDS_UPD, MK_CDS_UPDATE, MK_CDS_WARN, MK_CDS_WIDGETS, MK_CDS_WINDOW, MK_CDS_ZONE
MK_CDS_ZOOM, MK_DFONT, MK_PLAN_ADD, MK_PLAN_CAMP, MK_PLAN_COMP, MK_PLAN_CONV
MK_PLAN_COPY, MK_PLAN_CORR, MK_PLAN_CUSTOM, MK_PLAN_FIND [1], MK_PLAN_FIND [2]
MK_PLAN_LOAD, MK_PLAN_ORDER, MK_PLAN_POINT, MK_PLAN_PRIV, MK_PLAN_READ
MK_PLAN_REM, MK_PLAN_RESET, MK_PLAN_SORT, MK_PLAN_UNLOAD, MK_PLAN_WHERE
MK_PLAN_WRITE, MK_PLAN_XY, MK_POINT_STC, MK_STUDY, NEW_EDIT_ITEM, NUM2STR
OPLOT_SPLAN, PICKFILE, PLAN_XCAT_SUMM, PLOT_SPLAN, PS [1], PS [2], PSCLOSE [1]
PSCLOSE [2], RD_ASCII [1], RD_ASCII [2], RD_RESOURCE, REP_TAG_VALUE, REVERSE
RM_FILE, ROT_CDS_XY, ROUND_OFF, SEC2DHMS, SELECT_WINDOWS, SEND_PRINT, SET_LINE_COLOR
SHOW_RES_STC, SMART_WINDOW, STRPAD, STR_FORMAT, STUDY_BRIEF, TAG_EXIST [1]
TAG_EXIST [2], TAI2UTC, TRIM, UNIQ [1], UNIQ [2], UNIQ [3], UNLOCK_ZDBASE, UPDATE_KAP
UPD_SCI_PLAN, UTC2TAI, VALID_CDS_POINT, WHERE_VECTOR, WHICH_ZDBASE, WIDG_HELP
WIDG_TYPE, X2PS, XACK, XALIVE, XANSWER, XCAMP, XCAT, XCDS_BOOK, XCHOICE, XCLONE_PLAN, XCPT
XDOC, XIAP, XINPUT, XKILL, XLIST, XMANAGER, XMANAGER_RESET, XPORT, XPRINT [1], XPRINT [2]
XPRINT [3], XPRINT [4], XPRINT [5], XPROGRAM, XPS_SETUP, XREGISTERED, XSEL_LIST [1]
XSEL_LIST [2], XSET_VALUE, XSHOW, XSTRUCT, XSTUDY, XTEXT, XZOOM_PLAN, ZONE_DEF_ID
ZONE_DEF_LABEL, concat_dir [4], delvarx [5], get_plan_spec
CALLED BY:
MK_PLAN
COMMON:
MK_CDS_COM
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, November 10, 1994, D. M. Zarro, GSFC/ARC. Written
Modified, 15 June 2000, Zarro (EIT/GSFC) - fixed display output
of offset pointings
Modified, 9 April 2001, Zarro (EIT/GSFC) -- added auto update
of SCI_PLAN during XCPT
CONTACT:
Dominic M. Zarro, GSFC/ARC (zarro@smmdac.nascom.nasa.gov)
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_CDS_STUDY
Purpose : create studies by appending rasters to fundamental part
Use : STUDY=MK_CDS_STUDY(FSTUDY,RASTERS)
Inputs : FSTUDY = fundamental study definition.
RASTERS = raster definition.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : STUDY = created study
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Explanation :
STUDY.N_RASTERS = N_RASTERS0 + N_RASTERS1
STUDY.DURATION = DURATION0 + N_RASTERS1 * DURATION1
Calls : ***
ADD_TAG [1], ADD_TAG [2], DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], GET_RASTER_PAR
REM_TAG [1], REM_TAG [2], TAG_EXIST [1], TAG_EXIST [2]
CALLED BY:
MK_STUDY
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Version 1, Zarro (ARC/GSFC) 31 October 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MK_DAILY_C1_MED
PURPOSE:
This procedure generates an image by taking all the files of a given
type for one day and finding the median value for each pixel.
CATEGORY:
DATA_ANAL
CALLING SEQUENCE:
MK_DAILY_C1_MED,Tel,Date
INPUTS:
Tel: String denoting the telescope, 'c1','c2','c3','c4'
Date: Gives the date to be processed in one of the following formats:
YYMMDD, 6 character string
YYYY/MM/DD, 10 character string
CDS Date Structure
Long Word of the modified julian date
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
FILTER: String denoting the filter position. The default depends on
the telescope:
C1: FeXIV
C2: Orange
C3: Clear
C4: Clear
POLAR: String denoting the polarizer position. The default depends on
the telescope:
C1: Clear
C2: Clear
C3: Clear
C4: 304A
WLL: String denoting the lower FP wavelength of an interval.
WLU: String denoting the upper FP wavelength of an interval.
ONOFF: String denoting whether the on line or off line wavelength should be used
QL: If set uses QL data, else LZ
OUTPUTS:
None.
CALLS: ***
ABBRV_FILPOL, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], FXADDPAR [1], FXADDPAR [2]
FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2], GET_UTC, HEADFITS [1], HEADFITS [2], HEADFITS [3], OFFSET_BIAS
READFITS [1], READFITS [2], READFITS [3], STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3]
UTC2STR, WRITEFITS [1], WRITEFITS [2]
CALLED BY:
MAKE_ALL_DAYS
SIDE EFFECTS:
Writes a fits file to $MONTHLY_IMAGES/daily.
RESTRICTIONS:
Only looks for full resolution, full width, any height.
PROCEDURE:
For each image that satifies the selection conditions, (naxis1=1024),
filter and polarizer as requested), the median image is computed of
the median value of all the images for a single day after being
normalized to the median exposure time.
If the number of images is less than 7 for any pixel, that pixel is
not computed in the first pass. In the second pass, all full images
within +/- 2 days of the given day.
EXAMPLE:
To create the daily median image for 1 Sep 1996:
MK_DAILY_C1_MED,'c3','960901'
or
MK_DAILY_C1_MED,'c3','1996/09/01'
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: R.A. Howard, NRL, 9/27/96
Version 2, RAH, 10/10/96, Modified to accept all image sizes
Version 3, RAH, 10/21/96, Added filter and polarizer as inputs
Version 4, SEP, 11/12/96, Fixed problem with equatorial img boundary lines.
Added check for ADCT compressed images.
NBR, 8/ 9/01, Change output directory to $MONTHLY_IMAGES/daily
@(#)mk_daily_c1_med.pro 1.2 08/09/01 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MK_DAILY_MED
PURPOSE:
This procedure generates an image by taking all the files of a given
type (up to 25) for one day and finding the median value for each pixel.
CATEGORY:
DATA_ANAL
CALLING SEQUENCE:
MK_DAILY_MED,Tel,Date
INPUTS:
Tel: String denoting the telescope, 'c1','c2','c3','c4'
Date: Gives the date to be processed in one of the following formats:
YYMMDD, 6 character string
YYYY/MM/DD, 10 character string
CDS Date Structure
Long Word of the modified julian date
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
QL: If set then use quick look date, else use level 0 data
FILTER: String denoting the filter position. The default depends on
the telescope:
C1: FeXIV
C2: Orange
C3: Clear
C4: Clear
POLAR: String denoting the polarizer position. The default depends on
the telescope:
C1: Clear
C2: Clear
C3: Clear
C4: 304A
WLL: String denoting the lower FP wavelength of an interval.
WLU: String denoting the upper FP wavelength of an interval.
ONOFF: String denoting whether the on line or off line wavelength should be used
ANYSIZE: Accept images with dimensions GT 256
NOREBIN: Do not rebin images to 512x512
SAVEDIR: Specify where to save result
ROLLED: Save result in 'rolled' directory; set equal to roll angle (CROTA)
FILES: If set to a strarr, then use files in array to compute the median image
VERBOSE: Print row information for zero rows
OUTPUTS:
None.
CALLS: ***
ABBRV_FILPOL, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], FXADDPAR [1], FXADDPAR [2]
GET_CACHE, GET_SC_POINT, GET_UTC, HIST_EQUAL, IMG_HDR_TXT2STRUCT
LASCO_READFITS [1], LASCO_READFITS [2], MAXMIN, OFFSET_BIAS, REDUCE_STD_SIZE
REVERSE, STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3], TAI2UTC, TRIM, UTC2STR, UTC2TAI
WRITEFITS [1], WRITEFITS [2]
CALLED BY:
MAKE_ALL_DAYS, REDUCE_DAILY
SIDE EFFECTS:
Writes a fits file to $MONTHLY_IMAGES/daily of the format td_fwpw_yymmdd[raaa[x]].fts
where t = telescope [1,2,3]
d = d (daily image)
fw = filter abbreviation from abbrv_filpol.pro
pw = polarizer abbreviation from abbrv_filpol.pro
yymmdd = date of the image
r = r if roll of image GT 2 degrees from north
aaa = average (dwell) roll angle during interval in degrees CCW
x = x if roll angle varies more than 5 degrees during interval
RESTRICTIONS:
PROCEDURE:
For each image that satifies the selection conditions, (default naxis1=1024,
filter and polarizer as requested), the median image is computed of
the median value of all the images for a single day after being
normalized to the median exposure time.
If the number of images is less than 7, there is a second pass.
In the second pass, images within +/- 2 days of the given day are used,
up to 15 per day.
EXAMPLE:
To create the daily median image for 1 Sep 1996:
MK_DAILY_MED,'c3','960901'
or
MK_DAILY_MED,'c3','1996/09/01'
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: R.A. Howard, NRL, 9/27/96
Version 2, RAH, 10/10/96, Modified to accept all image sizes
Version 3, RAH, 10/21/96, Added filter and polarizer as inputs
Version 4, SEP, 11/12/96, Fixed problem with equatorial img boundary lines.
Added check for ADCT compressed images.
Version 5, RAH, 6/1/98, Added keyword parameter, QL to select QL or LZ images
Force write to $MONTHLY_IMAGES
Version 6, NBR, 2/11/99, Fix 1999 bug (LE instead of LT 99)
Version 7, NBR, 8/27/99, Re-fix 1999 bug; rebin result to 512x512
Version 8, NBR, 12/1999, Update to use header structure; use READLIST
instead of HEADFITS to filter images; change
jjmax to 100; Add ANYSIZE and NOREBIN keywords; Make b INTARR
NBR, 8. 8.01 - Change output directory to $MONTHLY_IMAGES/daily
NBR, 11. 9.01 - Use IMG_HDR_TXT2STRUCT and fix exptime problem
NBR, 11.13.01 - Add ROLLED keyword
NBR, 11.16.01 - Fix findfile and ih conflict; add FILES keyword
NBR, 11.20.01 - Add CROTA to header
NBR, 12. 7.01 - Header changes
NBR, 12.18.01 - Fix bug in Pass 2
NBR, 5.10.02 - Change jjmax to 50; make date_obs of result midpoint between
date_obs of first and last images used; add N_IMAGES to header;
Use get_sc_point for CROTA; cancel Pass 2 and make n_median_min=5;
Change VERBOSE reporting; Move sdir and postd to end
NBR, 5.23.02 - add caching
NBR, 7.10.02 - Fix P[12]COL/ROW
jake 030716 fixed indentation
NBR, 030718 Automatically check ROLL, even if it changes during a day
NBR, 06.10.16 Use standard exptime for C2 and C3; give preference to FFV images;
more /verbose messages
version= '@(#)mk_daily_med.pro 1.23, 10/16/06' ; NRL LASCO IDL LIBRARY
;version = 'MK_DAILY_MED testing 2002/05/23 by NBR'
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MK_DAILY_MIN
PURPOSE:
This procedure generates an image by taking all the files of a given
type for one day and finding the minimum value for each pixel.
CATEGORY:
DATA_ANAL
CALLING SEQUENCE:
MK_DAILY_MIN,Tel,Date
INPUTS:
Tel: String denoting the telescope, 'c1','c2','c3','c4'
Date: Gives the date to be processed in one of the following formats:
YYMMDD, 6 character string
YYYY/MM/DD, 10 character string
CDS Date Structure
Long Word of the modified julian date
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
QL: If set then use quick look date, else use level 0 data
FILTER: String denoting the filter position. The default depends on
the telescope:
C1: FeXIV
C2: Orange
C3: Clear
C4: Clear
POLAR: String denoting the polarizer position. The default depends on
the telescope:
C1: Clear
C2: Clear
C3: Clear
C4: 304A
WLL: String denoting the lower FP wavelength of an interval.
WLU: String denoting the upper FP wavelength of an interval.
ONOFF: String denoting whether the on line or off line wavelength should be used
OUTPUTS:
None.
CALLS: ***
ABBRV_FILPOL, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], FXADDPAR [1], FXADDPAR [2]
FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2], GET_UTC, HEADFITS [1], HEADFITS [2], HEADFITS [3], IMG_DIF_MIN
OFFSET_BIAS, READFITS [1], READFITS [2], READFITS [3], STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2]
STR2UTC [3], UTC2STR, WRITEFITS [1], WRITEFITS [2]
CALLED BY:
MAKE_ALL_MINDAYS
SIDE EFFECTS:
Writes a fits file to $MONTHLY_IMAGES/daily.
RESTRICTIONS:
Only looks for full resolution, full width, any height.
PROCEDURE:
For each image that satifies the selection conditions, (naxis1=1024),
filter and polarizer as requested), the minimum image is computed of
the minimum value of all the images for a single day after being
normalized to the median exposure time.
If the number of images is less than 7 for any pixel, that pixel is
not computed in the first pass. In the second pass, all full images
within +/- 2 days of the given day.
Adapted from MK_DAILY_MED
EXAMPLE:
To create the daily minimum image for 1 Sep 1996:
MK_DAILY_MIN,'c3','960901'
or
MK_DAILY_MIN,'c3','1996/09/01'
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: R.A. Howard, NRL, 9/27/96
Version 2, RAH, 10/10/96, Modified to accept all image sizes
Version 3, RAH, 10/21/96, Added filter and polarizer as inputs
Version 4, SEP, 11/12/96, Fixed problem with equatorial img boundary lines.
Added check for ADCT compressed images.
Version 5, RAH, 6/1/98, Added keyword parameter, QL to select QL or LZ images
Force write to $MONTHLY_IMAGES
Version 6, NBR, 2/11/99, Fix 1999 bug (LE instead of LT 99)
Version 7, NBR, 8/27/99, Re-fix 1999 bug; rebin result to 512x512
NBR, 8/ 9/01, Change output directory to $MONTHLY_IMAGES/daily
@(#)mk_daily_min.pro 1.3 08/09/01 :LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mk_dpc_image
PURPOSE:
For certain data products it is necessary to rebuild the image into
a simple 2-D form. This routine takes the 1-D vector of data values
and makes an image. Typically the output image can be of size
1024, 512, 256, 128, or 64.
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
img = mk_dpc_image(1024, dp_arr, 'cfffff25'x)
img = mk_dpc_image(512, dp_arr, head=fits_header)
INPUT:
disp_size - The size of the output image (typically 1024, 512, 256
128 or 64). If the size is negative and the keyword PIXMAP2
is set, then that pixmap file is used and the image is
congridded to the absolute value of "disp_size")
dp_arr - The data product array
dpc - The data product code for that array. Optionally the
FITS header can be passed
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], CONGRID [1], CONGRID [2]
CONGRID [3], FILE_EXIST [2], RFITS [1], RFITS [2], RFITS [3], STR2ARR [1]
STR2ARR [2], SXPAR [1], SXPAR [2], SXPAR [3], UNSIGN, concat_dir [4], data_type [1]
data_type [2], file_exist [1], file_exist [3], get_dpc_info, str_replace [1]
str_replace [2]
CALLED BY:
DISPLOI_MON5K, disp_sci160k [1], disp_sci160k [2], disp_sci5k, dpc_img_summary
mdi_display, mk_mdi_fits, mon_health [1], mon_health [2], monitor_center [1]
new_disp_sci5k [1], new_disp_sci5k [2], new_mon_health [1], new_mon_health [2]
rd_obs4, xdisp_sci5k, xdisp_tfr, xset_chain [1], xset_chain [2]
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUT:
head - The FITS header
pixmap2 - If set, read the secondary pixmap file
qforce_rd - If set, then force the DPC_TABLE.TXT file to be read
again (contents are saved in common block otherwise).
missing - The value to set all points outside of where there is data.
The default is 0.
nonorm - If set, then do not normalize the image to account for the
number of pixels binned (only relevant for LOI/IRBIN)
qfloat - If set, and it's an LOI image, return the result in
floating point.
OPTIONAL KEYWORD OUTPUT:
npixarr - the number of pixels in the bin (LOI only)
HISTORY:
Written 12-Oct-95 by M.Morrison
(extracted pieces from xdisp_sci5k and xdisp_tfr)
19-Oct-95 (MDM) - Added UNSIGN call for flux budget and limb figure to
make it an unsigned 16 bit number
8-Nov-95 (MDM) - Added normalization for LOI IRBIN images and allowd
/NONORM option
25-Jan-96 (MDM) - Modified to allow floating point normalization for LOI
IRBIN image (added /QFLOAT) option
31-Jan-96 (MDM) - Tweaked to allow 1024 image reconstruction
14-Mar-96 (MDM) - Modified to handle if the "DPC" fits keyword entry
is of string type (used to be integer)
23-May-96 (MDM) - Made the definition of the output array be float if
/qfloat is set
23-May-96 (MDM) - Modification to NPIXARR - make it a LONARR
28-May-96 (MDM) - Modified to correct for the LOI-C dataproduct
12-Jul-96 (MDM) - Modified to return the input if no format
file is found
27-Jan-97 (MDM) - Added common block to not re-read the map file if
it is the same as last time (or the first time)
29-Jul-97 (CED) - Added check for structure-type headers for the
DPC determination (mreadfits-compatibility)
WARNING: Doesn't work if the DPC is stored in
DECIMAL ASCII format in the header (which it
shouldn't anyhow).
08-Feb-2006 (SEG) - Fixing LOI_C scaling with Jeneen's fix
22-Mar-2006 (SEG) - Commenting out the fix for LOI_C
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - EIT
Name :
MK_EIT_L1
Purpose :
Create Level 1 FITS files via eit_prep. Demo program to show usage.
Use :
mk_eit_l1,date
IDL> mk_eit_l1,'20-mar-1997'
IDL> mk_eit_l1,['5-mar-1997','10-mar-1997']
Inputs :
DATE : Date in any accepted format or 2 element array consisting
of start and stop dates.
Opt. Inputs :
List = input file listing, for use instead of date parameter
fullfov = set if want only full FOV images
fullres = set if want only full resolution FOV images
response_norm = if set normalize response
Outputs :
Create a single output FITS file for each image. The processing
is done by EIT_PREP. A background is subtracted off, image is
degridded, flat fielded, exposure time normalized, filter normalized,
and optionally response normalized
Calls : ***
EIT_CATRD [1], EIT_CATRD [2], EIT_FXPAR, EIT_PREP, HEADFITS [1], HEADFITS [2]
HEADFITS [3], eit_catrd [3], eit_file2path
Common :
None.
Restrictions:
None.
Side effects:
Category :
Data Handling, I/O, FITS.
Written : 1997 March 20, J. Newmark
1997 July 23 Added fullfov keyword, use /nodata
in eit_prep to save memory J Newmark
1997 Aug 14 Added fullres keyword J. Newmark
1997 Sep 23 added input LIST keyword, fixed partial fov bug. J. Newmark
1998 Jan 21 added response_norm keyword J. Newmark
1998 Mar 27 update for new EIT_PREP, EIT_CATRD
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mk_ff_load
PURPOSE:
To make the source files for the flat field upload
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
mk_ff_load, 0, 15, infil=infil, outdir=outdir
mk_ff_load, 0, 15, infil=infil, outdir='.'
for i=0,1023,16 do mk_ff_load, i, i+15, img=img
for i=0,1023,16 do mk_ff_load, i, i+15, img=img, outdir='/mdisw_bbs/cfl/flat/src'
for i= 0,511,16 do mk_ff_load, i, i+15, '50080000'x+i*1024L, img=img, $ ;bottom 512 lines in top of page 10
reflin=i
for i=512,1023,16 do mk_ff_load, i, i+15, '50080000'x+(i-512)*1024L, img=img, $ ;top 512 lines in top of page 10
reflin=i
for i=0,1023,16 do mk_ff_load, i, i+15, img=img, outdir='.', infil='/mdisw/dbase/cal/files/flat_005.fits', prefix='ld_ff2_'
for i=0,1023,16 do mk_ff_load, i, i+15, img=img, outdir='.', $
infil='/mdisw/dbase/cal/files/flat_003.fits', prefix='ld_ff1_'
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], RFITS [1], RFITS [2], RFITS [3]
circle_mask, concat_dir [4], mk_mdi_load
HISTORY:
Written 11-Apr-96 by M.Morrison
V2.0 17-Apr-96 (MDM) - Modified to not make the loads be cropped.
V3.0 18-Apr-96 (MDM) - Modified to transfer every 4 lines to the IP
(not every 2)
- Modified to use a different portion of the DEP
memory
V3.1 18-Apr-96 (MDM) - Modified the masking radius to be 520 pixels
- Modified to have portion outside of the mask be
set to 1.0
V4.0 14-May-96 (MDM) - Modified to write to page 12 instead of page 10
- Also modified to load one less word because of
DEP/IP conflict.
- Added /NOWARN to mk_mdi_load call
V5.0 21-Nov-96 (MDM) - Ver 4.0 was never put online
- Revert back to load into page 10
- Added base_addr parameter
- Removed the "one less word" patch since it
left things out of sync
V5.1 7-Jul-97 (MDM) - Added PREFIX option
V5.2 8-Jul-97 (MDM) - Changed default to be the new flat field
V5.3 10-Jul-97 (MDM) - Corrected major mistake in that the IP destination
address was not being updated properly
- Added REFLINE
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mk_ff_patch
PURPOSE:
To build the control file to patch the flat field data
CALLS: ***
BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], SSW_FILE_DELETE, break_file [4]
zformat [1], zformat [2]
HISTORY:
Written May-96 by M.Morrison
27-Jun-96 (MDM) - Added new list of pixels
- Changed some of the comments for each pixel
11-Jul-96 (MDM) - Modification to allow VEL table #2 patches
- Modification to format negative words properly
15-Aug-96 (MDM) - Created the patch #2 for velocity
16-Sep-96 (MDM) - Patch for FF for Sep-96
24-Sep-96 (MDM) - Patch for FF for second Sep-96 fix
25-Sep-96 (MDM) - Corrected "mbiptbl" command generation for
the case between LIST and TABLE loads
(Tables = velocity, lists = flat field)
- Patch for FF for third (last?) Sep-96 fix
30-Sep-96 (MDM) - Another Sep-96 4 pixel patch (944592)
14-Oct-96 (MDM) - Added capability to do VWBIN patch
21-Oct-96 (MDM) - Added velocity patch entry for 19-Oct blip
28-Oct-96 (MDM) - FF patch
5-Nov-96 (MDM) - Added capability to do sqrt#1 patch
- Removed the directory name from the output file
12-Nov-96 (MDM) - Added Nov-96 VWBIN patch (pixel 31314)
13-Nov-96 (MDM) - Added FF patch for page 10
13-Nov-96 (MDM) - Changed wait from 60 to 90 seconds because
the 60 sec wait causes FE0x and FBAD errors!
(this was true months ago too)
15-Nov-96 (MDM) - Added patch to page 10 when in proper location
19-Nov-96 (MDM) - More patches to page 10
25-Nov-96 (MDM) - Patches to page 12 (4 pixels)
25-Nov-96 (MDM) - Added capability to do SQRT#4 patch
27-Nov-96 (MDM) - Few patches to page 12
2-Dec-96 (MDM) - Single pixel patch in page 12
2-Jan-97 (CNF) - Single pixel patch in page 12
6-Jan-97 (MDM) - Added IRBIN 7005 and 7007
- Added SET_LIST_ADDR call for VWBIN (put
it in for IRBIN too)
9-Jan-97 (MDM) - Added sqrt#2, sqrt#3, sqrt#4, and recip#1
- Renumbered the option menu
15-Jan-97 (MDM) - Added crop
27-Jan-97 (CNF) - Patch single point of vwbin
2-Jan-97 (CNF) - Patch single pixel in ff
20-Feb-97 (CNF) - Patch 3 pixels in ff
17-Mar-97 (CNF) - Single pixel patch to sqrt4 table
23-Mar-97 (CNF) - Patch 3 pixels in ff
28-Mar-97 (CNF) - Patch 2 pixels in ff
2-Apr-97 (CNF) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
7-Apr-97 (CNF) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
16-Apr-97 (MDM) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
21-Apr-97 (MDM) - Patch SQRT2 and RECIP1
29-Apr-97 (CNF) - Patch 7 pixels in ff
28-May-97 (CNF) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
30-May-97 (CNF) - Patch 1 pixel if ff
4-Jun-97 (CNF) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
9-Jun-97 (MDM) - Patch 1 pixel if Vel2
15-Jul-97 (MDM) - Many pixel patch for new Flat field
- Changed flat field to flat_005.fits
17-Jul-97 (CNF) - Patch 1 pixel in sqrt2 table
23-Jul-97 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
13-Aug-97 (CNF) - Patch 2 points in recip1
13-Aug-97 (CNF) - Patch 1 point in sqrt2 table
16-Sep-97 (CNF) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
30-Sep-97 (MDM) - Added RWBIN patch
- Patched RWBIN pixel 8489
06-Oct-97 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
20-Oct-97 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in sqrt4 table
13-Nov-97 (CNF) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
24-Nov-97 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in vwbin table
25-Nov-97 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
01-Dec-97 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
08-Dec-97 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in vwbin table
22-Dec-97 (EBZ) - Patch 4 pixels in ff
7-Jan-98 (CNF) - Patch 5 pixels in rwbin
2-Feb-98 (CNF) - Patch 1 pixel in recip1
24-Feb-98 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in vwbin table
2-Mar-98 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
18-Mar-98 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
20-Apr-98 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
23-Apr-98 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
12-May-98 (EBZ) - Patch 2 pixels in ff
27-May-98 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in sqrt2 table
20-Oct-98 (CNF) - Patch 20 pixels in vwbin
23-Oct-98 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in vwbin table
26-Oct-98 (EBZ) - Patch the same bad pix in vwbin table
3-Nov-98 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
12-Nov-98 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
3-Feb-99 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in sqrt3 table
3-Feb-99 (EBZ) - Patch 4 pixels in ff
10-Mar-99 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
19-Apr-99 (CNF) - Patch 4 pixels in ff
23-Apr-99 (EBZ) - Patch 7 pixels in ff
26-Apr-99 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
4-Jun-99 (SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in sqrt4 table
29-Jun-99 (SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
7-Jul-99 (SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in irbin table
26-Jul-99 (SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in velocity2 table
03-Aug-99 (SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in vwbin table
23-Aug-99 (SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in velocity2 table
26-Aug-99 (SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
20-Sep-99 (SEG) - Patch 2 pixels in ff
21-Sep-99 (SEG) - Patch 2 pixels in ff
24-Sep-99 (SEG) - Patch 7 pixels in ff
27-Sep-99 (EBZ) - Patch 18 pixels in ff
27-Sep-99 (EBZ) - Changed table number to be 0 instead of a strange
number that was accidentally there
13-Oct-99 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in ff
26-Oct-99 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
28-Oct-99 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in velocity2 table
15-Nov-99 (SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in the ff
31-Dec-99 (SEG) - Patch 1 pxiel in the ff
12-Apr-00 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
24-Apr-00 (SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
8-May-00 (EBZ) - Patch 2 pixels in vwbin table
9-Jun-00 (EBZ) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
11-Jul-00 (SEG) - Patch 2 pixel in ff
17-Jul-00 (SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in vel2 table
(SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in vwbin table
10-Aug-00 (SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
05-Oct-00 (SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
12-Oct-00 (SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
9-Nov-00 (SEG) - Patch 2 pixels in ff
5-Dec-00 (SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
18-Apr-01 (SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
25-May-01 (SEG) - Patch 2 pixel in ff
04-Jun-01 (SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
11-Jun-01 (SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in recip1
28-Aug-01 (JLRS) - Patch 1 pixel in recip1
19-Sep-01 (SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
15-Oct-01 (SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
05-Nov-01 (SEG) - Patch 1 pixel in ff
08-Nov-01 (SEG) - Patch 5 bad pixels in ff
17-Dec-01 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in ff
04-Jan-02 (SEG) - Patch 2 bad pixel in ff
13-Feb-02 (SEG) - Patch 14 bad pixels in ff
14-Feb-02 (SEG) - Patch 2 bad pixels in vwbin table
10-Apr-02 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in ff
30-Apr-02 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in ff
14-May-02 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in ff
17-May-02 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in ff
05-Jun-02 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in ff
13-Jun-02 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in ff
25-Jun-02 (SEG) - Patch 2 bad pixels in lookup_recip1 table
08-Jul-02 (SEG) - Patch 2 bad pixels in the ff
14-Oct-02 (SEG) - Patch 6 bad pixels in the ff
07-Nov-02 (JLRS) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
27-Nov-02 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
13-Dec-02 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
26-Dec-02 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
17-Mar-03 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
16-Apr-03 (JLRS) - patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
25-Apr-03 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in vwbin table
12-May-03 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
18-Aug-03 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
12-Sep-03 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the lookup_recip1 table
01-Oct-03 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
10-Oct-03 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
03-Dec-03 (SEG) - Patch 2 bad pixels in the ff
01-Mar-04 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
17-May-04 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in lookup_velocity2 table
21-May-04 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
21-Jul-04 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
26-Jul-04 (ZAF) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
02-Aug-04 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
16-Aug-04 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
14-Sep-04 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
25-Oct-04 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
10-Nov-04 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the lookup_sqrt4 table
29-Nov-04 (SEG) - Patch 2 bad pix in the ff
31-Jan-05 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
20-Feb-05 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the rwbin_5005 table
22-Feb-05 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
10-Mar-05 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
26-May-05 (SEG) - Patch 2 bad pixels in the ff
27-Jun-05 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the lookup_sqrt4 table
30-Jun-05 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the rwbin_5005 table
01-Jul-05 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
13-Jul-05 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
18-Jul-05 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
26-Aug-05 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
01-Sep-05 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
06-Sep-05 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the vwbin_6007 table
31-Oct-05 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
09-Dec-05 (SEG) - Patch 6 bad pixels in the ff
01-Jan-06 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixels in the ff
09-Jan-06 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
12-Jan-06 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
17-Jan-06 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the vwbin_6007 table
07-Feb-06 (JLRS) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
14-Feb-06 (ZAF) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the vwbin_6007 table
22-Feb-06 (SEG) - Patch 2 bad pixels in the ff
13-Mar-06 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
24-Apr-06 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the lookup_velocity2 table
26-Apr-06 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the irbin_7005 table
16-May-06 (HHT) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
22-May-06 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the vwbin_6007 table
19-Jun-06 (SEG) - Patch 2 bad pixels in the ff
31-Jul-06 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
24-Aug-06 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
25-Sep-06 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
30-Oct-06 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
08-Nov-06 (SEG) - Patch 1 bad pixel in the ff
17-Nov-06 (SEG) - Patch 2 bad pixels in the rwbin table
13-Dec-06 (SEG) - Patch 3 bad pixels in the ff
break_file, outfil, dsk_log, dir000, filnam
if (n_elements(descr) eq 0) then descr = 'Load something to address ' + string(addr, format='(z8.8)')
if (keyword_set(append)) then begin
openu, lun, outfil, /get_lun, /append
printf, lun, ' '
printf, lun, '##--------------------------------------------------------------
printf, lun, ' '
end else begin
ssw_file_delete, outfil
openw, lun, outfil, /get_lun
printf, lun, '# File: ' + outfil
printf, lun, '# Created: ' + !stime
for i=0,n_elements(comment)-1 do printf, lun, '# ' + comment(i)
printf, lun, '#'
printf, lun, 'program "%Z% MODULE: %M% RELEASE: %R%.%L% CREATED: %G% %U%"'
printf, lun, 'source "' + outfil + '"'
printf, lun, 'descr "' + filnam + ' - ' + descr + '"'
end
n = n_elements(list)
fmt0 = '(" 0x", z4.4, 1x)'
fmt = '(' + strtrim(n,2) + fmt0 + ')'
source = ' 0x8000 0x8810 '
slist = zformat(list, 4, /mdi_leading, /string)
idest = '50000000'x + addr
idest = '60000000'x + addr
idest = base_addr + addr
;dest = string( (idest mod '10000'x), (idest/'10000'x), format='(2'+fmt0+')')
dest = zformat( [(idest mod '10000'x), (idest/'10000'x)], /mdi_leading, /string)
dest = zformat( [idest and 'ffff'x, ishft(idest, -16)], /mdi_leading, /string)
fmt99 = '(a, i8, " X:", i4, " Y", i4, a)'
type = ' 10 ' ;flat field (or) list
if (keyword_set(table)) then type = ' 8 ' ;velocity table
if (keyword_set(gen_data)) then type = ' 11 ' ;flat field in page 10 (simple data)
printf, lun, ' '
printf, lun, '# *********** Fixing Pixel: ', addr, addr mod 1024, addr/1024, '****************', format=fmt99
printf, lun, 'tcb mbdpml 0x2000 0x0000 \
printf, lun, ' ' + slist
printf, lun, '
printf, lun, 'tcb mbdpml 0 0x547a 0xa390 ## patch to remove increment
printf, lun, 'tcb mbiptbl ' + type + dest + ' 0 0 0x2000 ' + strtrim(n,2)
printf, lun, 'wait time 90 ## allow IP interrupt
printf, lun, 'tcb mbdpml 0 0x547a 0xa340 ## patch back to original
free_lun, lun
end
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mk_fits_head
PURPOSE:
Given a data array, build the minimal FITS header.
CALLING SEQUENCE:
head = mk_fits_head(data)
head = mk_fits_head(data, time='17:00:01', date='27-Oct-92')
INPUT:
data - The data array
CALLS: ***
GET_NBYTES, data_type [1], data_type [2]
CALLED BY:
DISPLOI_MON5K, mk_limb_pixmap, mk_mdi_fits, norik_name_fix, raw_list2pixmap
rd_hirsaiso, read_mdi, wrt_fits [1], wrt_fits [2]
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUT:
time - Time that the image was taken
date - The date that the image was taken
comment - Optional comments
history - Optional history information
OUTPUT:
ASCII string array with the FITS header. The length is only the
length used, and the END string is not included
HISTORY:
Written 27-Oct-92 by M.Morrison
2-Feb-93 (MDM) - Modified to save floating points properly
17-Mar-94 (MDM) - Modified to make the string length 80
characters
28-Jun-94 (MDM) - Modified to save double points properly
30-Aug-96 (MDM) - Modified to shift the values over 1 character
to be proper FITS standard.
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: mk_formt_html
Purpose: make FORM-ready html segment for times (start [and stop])
Input Paramters:
start_select - set default start time
stop_select - set default stop time
Calling Sequence:
outarray=mk_formt_html(start_select [,stop_select], t0=tim0, t1=tim1)
CALLS:
CALLED BY
html_form_addtime [1], html_form_addtime [2], html_form_addtime [3]
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mk_gif_mag_index
PURPOSE:
To write a gif_mag index in html.
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
mk_gif_mag_index
mk_gif_mag_index, outfil, year
INPUTS:
outfil -if not passed in, will write to the file
/md86/public_html/health_mon/gif_mag_index.html
year -if not passed in will write only the current year
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], REVERSE, SSW_FILE_DELETE
concat_dir [4], fid2ex [1], fid2ex [2], file_list [1], file_list [2], fmt_tim [1]
fmt_tim [2], int2secarr [1], int2secarr [2], ut_time [1], ut_time [2]
HISTORY:
Written 20-Aug-96 by Sabrina Qwan
31-Jul-97 (SQ) -Added year option and Continuum column.
31-Jul-97 (MDM) - Changed "infil" to "outfil"
- Changed default outfile to not have "test"
- Delete the output file before writing
9-Aug-97 (MDM) - Changed mdiems reference to mdiwww
16-Oct-97 (MDM) - Corrected FILE_LIST call
3-Feb-99 (CED) - Changed /mde0 to /md86
12-Feb-99 (RIB) - Changed html header to include base ref
13-Feb-99 (RIB) - General cleanup; source files in /md86/gif
19-Nov-99 (RIB) - Changed /md86/public_html to MDI_WEB_ROOT
changed /md86/gif to MDI_GIF_DIR
6-Dec-2000 (RIB) - Commented out html header base ref
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_GIS_PLT
Purpose : Plot engineering data from all four GIS detectors on one plot.
Explanation : This is a general routine for displaying engineering data from
all four GIS detectors on a single plot. The plot is designed
to look like a strip chart, with tick marks on the Y axis
being used only to give a relative indication of the actual
data values being plotted. The X axis is marked in regular
time increments, which are appropiate to the temporal range
of the data set. Currently, up to 8 days worth of data can
be plotted. Although this routine is designed to work with
data from the GIS detectors, it could be used with other
engineering data as well.
Use : MK_GIS_PLT, data1, data2, data3, data4, [keywords]
Inputs : dt1 Engineering data from GIS detector 1.
dt2 Engineering data from GIS detector 2.
dt3 Engineering data from GIS detector 3.
dt4 Engineering data from GIS detector 4.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None, but procedure creates a plot.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : TIME UTC time values to plot detector data against.
This must be included in any call to this
procedure.
PLTNAME Text string to use for plot title.
Y_AXIS_LABEL Text string to use as general Y axis label.
RANGE Range of data values to plot. Data values
outside of this range will plotted in another
detectors graph space.
D1_LABEL Text string to label data from detector 1.
D2_LABEL Text string to label data from detector 2.
D3_LABEL Text string to label data from detector 3.
D4_LABEL Text string to label data from detector 4.
UNITS Text string describing the units which the
data values represent.
PRINT When set, spacing between certain elements
is adjusted to allow for differences between
plotting to a printer and plotting to the
display.
Calls : ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], MK_GISPLOT_LBL, SEC2UTC, UTC2SEC, UTC2STR
CALLED BY:
GISPLOT, MK_GISPLOT_LBL
Common : None.
Restrictions: All four datasets must use the same time scale. The time
values must be included in any call to this procedure.
Side effects: None
Category : Engineering.
Prev. Hist. : None
Written : Ron Yurow, SM&A, 13 May 1999
Modified : Version 1, Initial Release RY, 13 May 1999
Version : Version 1, 13 May 1999
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_GISPLOT_LBL
Purpose : Create text strings to label tick marks for MK_GIS_PLT
Explanation : This function, which is only designed to work with MK_GIS_PLT
is used to convert time values into text strings which can be
used as tick mark labels. The format to use when creating the
text strings is determined by the value of label_type. The
legal values for this parameter are:
1: Seconds
2: Minutes
3: Hours
4: Days
5: Months
6: Years
Note that Months and Years are not yet implemented.
Use : MK_GISPLOT_LBL, time, label_type
Inputs : time Time value expressed in seconds to convert to
text string.
label_type The format to use when creating the text label.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Return Value: The text string to use as a tick mark label.
Calls : ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], MK_GIS_PLT, SEC2UTC, UTC2SEC, UTC2STR
CALLED BY:
MK_GIS_PLT
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Engineering.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Ron Yurow, SM&A, 12 May 1999
Modified : Version 1, Initial Release RY, 12 May 1999
Version : Version 1, 12 May 1999
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : mk_gset
Purpose : To load, retreive, modify and add entries to the GSET database
Explanation : The GSET database contains information needed to set up the
GIS for use. It includes HVs, LUTs etc.
Use : IDL> mk_gset
Inputs : Prompts user
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : Modifies GSET database as necessary
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : None
Calls : ***
ADD_GSET, ADD_WAVECAL, CW_BGROUP, CW_FIELD, CW_PDMENU, GET_GSET, GET_WAVECAL
GSET_LIST, GSET_MODIFY, GSET_RETRIEVE, GSET_SAVE, GSET_WAVECAL, LIST_GSET
MK_GSET_EVENT, MOD_GSET, REVERSE, XMANAGER
Restrictions: None
Side effects: None
Category : GIS, planning
Prev. Hist. : None
Written : ERB MSSL/UCL 10 November 1995
Modified : ERB 30 January 1996
New definition of the database - LUTs are byte,
detector enabled flag added.
FFB can only be +/- 12V
ERB 6 February 1996
Bug fix to display LUT parameters
ERB 31 May 1996, v1.4
Allow V4/V3 IDl compatibility
ERB 8 July 1996, v2.0
Add automatic wavelength calibration based on LUT start/stop
Version 2.5, 18-Apr-1997, William Thompson, GSFC
Temporary fix to put launch date of '2-Dec-1995' as
effective date.
ERB 30 September 1999
printed zone text as well as numbers
Version : Version 2.6, 30 Sept 1999
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_HEAD_CAT
Purpose : Create/update CDS FITS header catalogue.
Explanation : Reads CDS FITS headers and adds entries to catalogue.
Use : IDL> mk_head_cat [, update=update, all=all, year=year]
Inputs : None
Opt. Inputs : upate - specifies the number of previous days the update
should cover ie "update=5" means update for any
files created in the last 5 days.
Outputs : Catalogue is written to cds_header_cat and into save files
subdivided by year ie cds_header_cat.96 etc
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : ALL - if set then process all existing files.
YEAR - only deal with that year's data.
NOENV - do not redefine env variables
Calls : ***
ARCMIN2HEL, BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], CDSHEADFITS
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2]
DATATYPE [3], FIND_FILES, FMT_VECT, FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2], GET_DATAWIN, GET_UTC
HC_ADD_COMMENT, HC_UPDATE, HEADCAT, MJD2DATE, RD_ASCII [1], RD_ASCII [2]
REM_DUP [1], REM_DUP [2], REM_DUP [3], STR_PICK, TRIM, USE_EOF_CAT, USE_EOF_DATA
UTC2TAI, break_file [4], concat_dir [4]
Common : None
Restrictions: None
Side effects: None
Category : Catalogues
Prev. Hist. : None
Written : C D Pike, RAL, 9-Apr-97
Modified : Add year keyword and only keep yearly catalogues. CDP, 23-Jul-97
Added NOENV
Adjust for year 2000
Adjust for year 2001 and beyond
Version : Version 7 05-Jan-04
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO/EIT
Name : MK_IMAGE
Purpose : Make C1 image.
Explanation : This procedure will make C1 image of the day.For selected day
this routine will find the last pair of on-line and off-line
images and will process them to lasco 'level .99'.
Use : IDL>mk_image
Keyword parameters:
IMG0:
IMG1:
FILTER: The filter: filter='Fe XIV' (string) , default value
POLAR: The polarizer: polar='Clear' (string) , default value
ROWS: The number of rows in image: rows=640 (integer), default value
COLS: The number of cols in image: cols=768 (integer), default value
LEBP: The LEB program: lebp = 'Sum/Diff' (string)
WAVE: The off-line and on-line wave length: wave=[5309.2,5302.4]
SCREEN: Display result to the X-Window: /screen
FITS: Write result as a FITS file: /fits
PS: Write result as a PostScript file: /ps
GIF: Write result as a GIF file: /gif
ARCHIVE:Write result as a GIF file in 'lastimage.gif' format
COSMIC: Remove cosmic rays: /cosmic
OWNCT: Use own color table: ownct (structure: ownct.r,ownct.g,ownct.b)
LCT: Load IDL color table: lct=8 GREEN/WHITE LINEAR
GCT: Gamma_ct: gct=.25
UP: To cut an image at a certain upper value of its histogram: up =.9996
LOW: To cut an image at a certain lower value of its histogram: low=.01
MINBOX: To cut an image at the median minimum of the background: /minbox
Example : IDL> MK_IMAGE,IMG0,HDR0,IMG1,HDR1
Without any keywords program will use default values.
;
Calls : ***
CCOSMICS, CUT_IMG, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2]
GAMMA_CT, GETSUNCEN, GET_BIAS, GET_SOLAR_RADIUS, LAYOUT, LOADCT, MASK_INX
READFITS [1], READFITS [2], READFITS [3], STRUCT2FITSHDR, UNDEFINE, WRITEFITS [1]
WRITEFITS [2], WRITE_GIF, WRITE_LAST_C1, WRITE_PS
Side effects : None.
Category : Image Display. Data analysis.
Written : Borut Podlipnik, MPAe Oct. 15 1997.
Modified : BP 13 Jan 1998 - Added keyword TIME
BP 05 May 1998 - Added keyword LOG
Version : 1.0 10/15/97 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO/EIT
Name : MK_IMG
Purpose : Process FITS files for display.
Explanation : This procedure reads an image and
normalizes to the exposure time.
(Not implemented: The on_off_diff keyword results in a movie
where each on line image is displayed with a nearby offband image
subtracted.)
Use : result = MK_IMG( filename, bmin, bmax, /TIMES, /DIFF, /NO_NORMAL, $
UNSHARP=unsharp, PAN=pan, COORDS=coords, BOX=box, $
/RATIO, /USE_MODEL,/FLAT_FIELD,/ON_OFF_DIFF,/MASK_OCC,/LG_MASK_OCC,
/RADIAL, /DEGRID, /FIXGAPS, /LOG_SCL, /SQRT_SCL, $
FILL_COL=fill_col, SAVE=save)
CALLED BY:
COMBINE_IMG, MK_ONE_DEB_GIF, carrmapmaker2
Example: IDL> result = MK_IMG( '32002333.fts', -100, 100, shdr, /DIFF)
Example: If you want to display BYTARR images straight from the FITS files without
any scaling use:
IDL> result = MK_IMG( filename, 0, 255, /NO_NORMAL)
Inputs : filename : string containing the filename
bmin, bmax : Minimum and maximum DN for BYTSCL.
Outputs : processed image array.
shdr STRARR FITS header as a string array
Keywords : The following keywords apply to all telescopes (C1,C2,C3,EIT)
POINTFILT : Implements point_filter on raw image; set equal to [boxsize, sensitivity, iterations]
default is [5,7,3]
SUNC ; Returns sun center structure {xcen, ycen}
BKG ; Set equal to background image to use instead of GETBKGIMG; should
be normalized to exptime and correctly sized
/INIT1 ; Set to reset COMMON block; MK_IMG always returns zero for this value
/EXPFAC ; set equal to variable which contains exp correction factor
(-1 if not found)
/ROLL : Apply roll correction if GT 2 deg.; returns value of roll angle
/LIST : for use with PROCESS_LIST procedure
/LOGO ; Add LASCO logo to bottom right corner
/OUTMASK : apply outer mask only
/INMASK : apply occulter mask only
/NO_DISPLAY: do not display image as it is processed
/NX : Desired final size of image; superseded by PAN
/CREM : Set this keyword if doing CR removal; filename in or will prompt
/HIDE_PYLON: Replace (byte) values below setting with median
/DBIAS : Add this to bias before subtracting
/NORM : Apply linear normalization function based on image median (5/99)
/DO_BYTSCL : Apply bytescaling (default is not to)
/LEE_FILT : Apply LEEFILT function to filter noise.
/TIMES : Set this keyword to display date and time in images.
/DIFF : Set this keyword to make a difference image. The
model is subtracted.
/NO_NORMAL : Don't normalize exposure times to that of the first image.
/NO_SORT : Don't sort by time in header.
UNSHARP : Set this keyword to make a movie of unsharp masked images.
The value of the keyword if any is set to the size of the
unsharp mask, default=25
Example: A value of 9 would form a 9x9 unsharp mask
/RATIO : If using diff or running_diff display data as ratio of
image/reference frame
/MASK_OCC : applies a sun sized circle and removes the internal part of the
image and masks outer image
/LOG_SCL : Applies ALOG10() function to image before byte scaling
/SQRT_SCL : Applies SQRT() function to image before byte scaling
/FIXGAPS : Set to 1 to fill data gaps in image with color specified by
FILL_COL
Set to 2 to fill data gaps in image with values from previous
image
FILL_COL : Set this keyword to the color index to use for data gaps and
occ masks.
SAVE : For use in batch mode. Set this keyword to the name of the
.mvi file to save as. Routine will save movie and then exit.
PAN : Default is to resize images to pixel size of the first image.
Set this keyword to perform additional scaling.
Example: set to 0.5 for 2x2 rebinning.
COORDS : Set to 4 element array of image coordinates to use relative to
1024x1024 image.
Example: COORDS=[0,1023,128,895] for C2 Equatorial Field
BOX : Set to 4 element array of image coordinates to use for box
normalization relative to 1024x1024 image. Images are scaled
relative to average counts in box of first image.
Example: BOX=[461,560,641,740]
REF_BOX : Set to avg counts specified in BOX otherwise first image is used
: The following keywords apply only to C1
/ON_OFF_DIFF: differences each on line image with an image taken at a continuum
wavelength
/FLAT_FIELD : normalizes each image by a door closed image to remove the solar
spectrum
/RADIAL : applies a radial filter
: The following keywords apply only to C2 and C3
/USE_MODEL : If using diff or running_diff use background corona model
as base frame. USE_MODEL=1 for closest any_year monthly model
USE_MODEL=2 for closest monthly model (1 year)
USE_MODEL=3 for for overall yearly model
/DISTORT : Apply distortion correction for C2 or C3
: The following keywords apply only to EIT
/DEGRID : applies the degridding algorithm
Calls : ***
ADD_LASCO_LOGO, BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], C2_WARP, C3_WARP
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], EIT_PREP, FXADDPAR [1], FXADDPAR [2]
FXHMAKE [1], FXHMAKE [2], FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2], GETBKGIMG, GET_EXP_FACTOR [1]
GET_EXP_FACTOR [2], GET_SEC_PIXEL, GET_SUN_CENTER [1], GET_SUN_CENTER [2]
GET_SUN_CENTER [3], HEADFITS [1], HEADFITS [2], HEADFITS [3]
LASCO_FITSHDR2STRUCT, LASCO_READFITS [1], LASCO_READFITS [2], LEEFILT, MAXMIN
OFFSET_BIAS, READFITS [1], READFITS [2], READFITS [3], REDUCE_STD_SIZE, REMOVE_CR
ROT, SHARPEN, SOLAR_EPHEM, STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3], TRIM, TVCIRCLE
UTC2TAI, VALID_NUM [1], VALID_NUM [2], VALID_NUM [3], break_file [4], point_filter
Side effects:
Category : Image Display.
See Also :
@(#)mk_img.pro 1.11 10/03/06 :NRL Solar Physics
11Apr01 - Change r_occ_out for C2
13Dec01 - Fix lower left corner mask problem
13Mar02 - Implement ROLL keyword, 15Jan04 - Add header values, 17 Dec 1998
17Jul01 - Use separate mask for pylon and c3mask; change how dbias is computed for C3
18Jul01 - Increase upper limit for HIDE_PYLON
18Sep02 - Add POINTFILT keyword; add some VERBOSE comments
1Apr02 - DON'T divide EIT images by exptime
1Jun01 - Move REMOVE_CR and RUNNING_DIFF to before ratio/difference
20Nov01 - Add BKG keyword; do not match pylon if BKG is set
20Sep06 - Assume ffv output unless COORD; fix bmax for subfield
21Nov00 - Accept image array as input for fullname
25Apr06 - Replace all instances of "image" with "imaje" because of conflict with IDL pro of same name
25Apr06 - Use new ROLL keyword in get_sun_center.pro
3Sep03 - Add COMMON get_im for logging with carrmapmaker2.pro
4Apr01 - Always use any_year=0 for images after 2000/12/03
7Aug02 - Add images common block, 8Apr02 - Modify [hv]size
8Jun01 - Use EIT_PREP; move READFITS to middle; add PROFILE keyword and use wset
Based on MKMOVIE.PRO by Scott Paswaters
CMK 16 Feb 97 - added all C1 related features and changed the procedure name to mkc1movie2
DISTORT keywords
INIT1 keywords; use one value for maskfill when doing a list;, Jan 1996.
Modified : SEP 29 May 96 - Place frames into multiple pixmaps instead of 1 large
NBR 04 Dec 99 - Add default bmin and bmax
NBR 06 Nov 98 - Change default fillcol to median(image); change LG_MASK_OCC for c3 to use C3clearmask2.dat
NBR 17 Dec 98 - Change to MK_IMG; add LEE_FILT, NO_BYTSCL, NRL
NRL/Interferferometrics, Prev. Hist. : None.
RAH 02 Feb 98 - Now normalizes to calculated exposure time (if data exists).
RAH 13 Dec 96 - added check for daily median image which doesn't have bias
RAH/SEP 14 Mar 97 - integrated mkc1movie2 features into mkmovie
SEP 9 Jul 96 - Read in img headers as structures and pass to wrunmovie
SEP 01 Oct 97 - added /SUM keyword to OFFSET_BIAS call
SEP 13 Nov 97 - Added /FLAT_FIELD for EIT
SEP 18 Oct 96 - Add option to pass in STRARR of image names instead of filename.
SEP 21 Mar 97 - corrected bias subtraction for LEB summed images
SEP 22 Oct 97 - fixed divide by zero error for /RATIO option
SEP 24 Oct 96 - added /RATIO and /USE_MODEL options
SEP 31 Oct 97 - Binned images are scaled (/bin^2) for level_05 images only
Version :, Written : Nathan Rich
add EIT_NORM_RESPONSE and make DEGRID and FLATFIELD automatic for EIT
add FILL_COL, add OUTER keyword; Use updated EIT_DEGRID
added /NEW flag to EIT_DEGRIDN, eit_flat, f[hv]size, fix roll, for profile, nbr, nbr
nbr, nbr, nbr, nbr, nbr, nbr, nbr, nbr, nbr, nbr, nbr, nbr, nbr, nbr, nbr, nbr, nbr
nbr Aug 99 - Add NX keyword
nbr Jul 99 - use first of two filename strings in 'fullname' to remove CRs; Move Leefilt before BYTSCL; Make MASK_OCC work for non-byte results; change HIDE_PYLON
nbr Mar 00 - Automatically correct for different bias value in bkg model for c3 (default); use INMASK and outmask keywords; add LIST keyword; add 1 to image for ALOG10 to prevent negative output
nbr Sep 99 - Add NO_DISPLAY keyword
nbr May 00 - Change USE_MODEL numbering; add shdr output; change NO_BYTSCL to DO_BYTSCL
nbr Nov 00 - Change mask radius for C2 LG_MASK_OCC; add CIRC_WIDTH keyword;
nbr Oct 00 - Add NO_PROFILE
nbr 13 Apr 99 - ALlow replace gaps with prev image
nbr 17 May 99 - Add FNAME keyword
pixmap because of limitations on window size in IDL.
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: mk_lasteit_movie
Purpose: recent EIT full disk movies->WWW (illustrate image2movie...)
Input Parameters:
NONE
Optional Keyword Parameters:
waves - array of EIT wavelengths to include (default = all)
outsize - output size of movie frames (default=280)
mpeg - if set, make the movies MPEG (Default = gif animation)
nimg - number of images to include (most recent NN for each WAVE)
(default=30)
Calling Examples:
IDL> mk_lasteit_movie
IDL> mk_lasteit_movie, outsize=100, nimg=100, waves=[195,304], /mpeg
Calls: ***
ARR2STR [1], Arr2Str [2], CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3]
anytim2ex [1], anytim2ex [2], concat_dir [4], data2files, data_chk [1]
data_chk [2], eit_colors, ex2fid [1], ex2fid [2], file_append [1], file_append [2]
get_eit_info, get_logenv [1], get_logenv [2], html_doc, http_names, image2movie
lasteit, prstr [1], prstr [2], str_replace [1], str_replace [2], strjustify
ut_time [1], ut_time [2]
History:
15-mar-1997 - S.L.Freeland
18-mar-1997 - S.L.Freeland - change movie label times to ECS format
thumbnail frame size -> 80x 80
[via image2movie parameters]
add rename as last step (assume cron only)
21-mar-1997 - S.L.Freeland - if batch mode, move to scratch area 1st
16-jul-1997 - S.L.Freeland - add /JAVA option (pass to image2movie)
22-jul-1997 - S.L.Freeland - add /loop switch in image2movie,/gif call
19-Mar-1997 - S.L.Freeland - boost contrast
24-Oct-1998 - S.L.Freeland - pass PREPIT and SOBEL_WEIGHT->lasteit
28-Oct-1998 - S.L.Freeland - pass DERIV_HIST to lasteit
9-Jun-1999 - S.L.Freeland - made top levels in movie subdirectory
6-Oct-2000 - S.L.Freeland - _extra passed->img2movie
Restrictions:
User needs write access to $path_http/... area
Assume html HEADER and TRAILER template files are available
If desired, a call to eit_prep would be inserted after <lasteit> call
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mk_limb_pixmap
PURPOSE:
To unwrap the limb figure annulus into a rectangle
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
mk_limb_pixmap, 'cf50'
CALLS: ***
CONGRID [1], CONGRID [2], CONGRID [3], RFITS [1], RFITS [2], RFITS [3], SXADDPAR [1]
SXADDPAR [2], SXADDPAR [3], gt_day [1], gt_day [2], mk_fits_head [1]
mk_fits_head [2], prstr [1], prstr [2], rd_tfile [1], rd_tfile [2]
str_replace [1], str_replace [2], wrt_fits [1], wrt_fits [2]
HISTORY:
Written 1995 by M.Morrison
2-Apr-96 (MDM) - Put on-line
V1.1 17-May-96 (MDM) - Added /mk_cfil option to make the format file
- Added /demo for certain portion of the code
[Previous]
[Next]
MK_LIST
Form a "Standard" mask image from a list or more usually from
a set of parameters to be matched.
Usage:
list=mk_list( <keys> )
Keywords: (all input)
coronagraph int - Which coronagraph (1, 2 or 3)
exposure float - 1-elements use exposures */10%,
2-elements use exposures in given
range, absent: use any exposure.
filter string - Specify the filter or FP setting
required (default "Clear")
polarizer string - Specify the polarizer setting to be
used (default clear)
pixels int - Specify the size of image to use
2-element array (default [1024,
1024]).
dir_pattern string - Specify a restricted set of
directories in which to find the
images (if used, this must be in a
form acceptable as an argument to
"find")
upper_left int - Specify the location of the
upper-left corner of the image
(useful to distingush (say)
half-resolution-whole-field images
from full-resolution-quarter-field
images, 2-element array (default [20,1]).
Effects:
A list of files matching the specified properties is
generated.
WARNING:
It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the image
set being used is homogeneous.
CALLS: ***
RSTRPOS
CALLED BY:
w_stdim_list
History:
Original (modified from mk_stdim_list): 15/5/96, SJT
Substantially improved: 14/5/96; SJT
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mk_list_image
PURPOSE:
To convert the list definition into an image showing which
pixels were binned into which output pixels
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
img = mk_list_image('list_crop.fits', /display)
img = mk_list_image('list_limb.fits', /display)
img = mk_list_image(test=1)
CALLS: ***
RFITS [1], RFITS [2], RFITS [3], UNSIGN, dec2sun [1], dec2sun [2]
HISTORY:
Written 2-Jun-95 by M.Morrison
25-Jul-95 (MDM) - Cleaned up and added documentation
2-Aug-95 (MDM) - Fixed error in IRBIN maker - NBIN was not being
used properly when getting the skip/take address
(for NBIN not equalling 1)
6-Oct-95 (MDM) - Modified to work properly when the list does not have
any padding at the end
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mk_list_load
PURPOSE:
TO take a 1-D vector list and a start address and to
modify the contents so that it is consistent and then
make the .src load file (telecommands)
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
mk_list_load, table_start, outfil, list
mk_list_load, '8800'x, 'loi3.src', infil='/mdisw/dbase/ops/lists/loi3.fits'
CALLS: ***
RFITS [1], RFITS [2], RFITS [3], UNSIGN, WRT_LD_CMD, set_list_addr
RESTRICTIONS:
There are several portions of the IP table load command which
are hard-wired and they need to be paramters or need to be
found in a different file. (all of the LRDXFR parameters)
HISTORY:
Written 24-Jul-95 by M.Morrison
25-Jul-95 (MDM) - Cleaned it up a bit.
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: mk_mapfile
Purpose: create/update generic file which maps files into pathnames
Input Parameters:
Optional Keyword Paramters:
sw - if set, the current $ys... idl routines are mapped (default)
data - if set, the current online data is mapped
Category:
system, swmaint, unix_only
History - slf, 8-Aug-1992
slf, 19-nov-1992 ; some upgrades for data path function
slf, 7-jan-1993 ; use DIR_GEN_SETUPD (DIR_GEN_SETUP/data)
slf, 13-Jan-1993 ; use DIR_SITE_SETUPD if exists
slf, 13-may-1993 ; exclude /ys/atest_NNNNN directories
Motivation - location of reformatted data sets and software modules are
not so dynamic to justify repeated (and slow) execution of findfile.
Instead, the file-pathname relation ship can generally be mapped
once and remain valid for the session. Associated routines would
read these files on the first access into a common area. Subsequent
calls are via a table lookup for high efficiency.
Calling Sequence:
mk_mapfile [, /sw, /data]
*** this routine should be run as a cron job (via idl_batch) a
few times a day
CALLS: ***
BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2]
CONCAT_DIR [3], DATA_PATHS, STR2ARR [1], STR2ARR [2], UNIQ [1], UNIQ [2], UNIQ [3]
break_file [4], concat_dir [4], file_list [1], file_list [2], savegen [1]
savegen [2]
CALLED BY:
sw2tree [1], sw2tree [2], ucon_check
Restrictions: unix only. Assumes links are used for software (/ys) and
data directories (/ydnn). Should be upgraded to allow environmentals
and VMS logicals for these
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mk_mdi_fits
PURPOSE:
To make an MDI FITS file
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCES:
mk_mdi_fits, infil, idset
mk_mdi_fits, infil, idset, outdir, rescale=1.0
mk_mdi_fits, infil, idset, outdir, qfd, 'maglc', rescale=1.0
--- Options with SCI160K File
mk_mdi_fits, '/md80/log/sci160k/970331_010011', 101, outdir
mk_mdi_fits, '/md80/log/sci160k/970331_010011', 101, /nosave, img=img, h=h
--- Options with SCI160K images read
read_mdi, '/md80/log/sci160k/970331_010011', 101, img, h, tfr=tfr
mk_mdi_fits, img=img, h=h, tfr=tfr
--- Options with Stanford FITS files
mk_mdi_fits, '/hosts/tarbell/disk3/mdi/4a4a2d01_01h.35409/0005.fits', /nocrpix, /rescale
mk_mdi_fits, '/md84/fits/sci5k/lev0/09440fc0/960528_111800.fits', -1, $
'/soho-archive/private/data/planning/mdi', 1, 'maglc', /zero_missing
ff = file_list('/hosts/tarbell/disk3/mdi/4a4a2d01_01h.35409', '0*.fits')
for i=0,n_elements(ff)-1 do mk_mdi_fits, ff(i), /nocrpix, /rescale
INPUT:
infil - Input file name
dset - dataset number (needs to be -1 if the input file is FITS)
OPTIONAL INPUT:
outdir - Output directory (current directory is default)
qfd - 0=HR, 1=FD, 2=Table
pre1 - Prefix "maglc" or "doppl" or "ldpth"
qsign - Sign change for the image (-1 or 1)
CALLS: ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3]
CONGRID [1], CONGRID [2], CONGRID [3], MASK, RFITS [1], RFITS [2], RFITS [3]
SXADDPAR [1], SXADDPAR [2], SXADDPAR [3], SXPAR [1], SXPAR [2], SXPAR [3]
anytim [1], anytim [2], anytim [3], anytim [4], anytim [5], anytim2ex [1]
anytim2ex [2], anytim2ints [1], anytim2ints [2], ccd_hdr_info, concat_dir [4]
data_type [1], data_type [2], ex2fid [1], ex2fid [2], get_rb0p [1], get_rb0p [2]
mk_dpc_image, mk_fits_head [1], mk_fits_head [2], rd_tfile [1], rd_tfile [2]
read_mdi, str_replace [1], str_replace [2], ut_time [1], ut_time [2], wrt_fits [1]
wrt_fits [2]
CALLED BY:
wrt_sci160k_img, xdisp_tfr
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUT:
img - The image to save. IT IS OVERWRITTEN WITH THE FINAL OUTPUT.
h - "READ_MDI" FITS header output. IT IS OVERWRITTEN WITH THE
FINAL OUTPUT.
tfr - "READ_MDI" binary header output
rescale - How to re-bin. Default is 0.5 (to 512x512). Set this to
1.0 to get a 1024x1024
zero_missing - Change the "missing" data value to zero (from -32767)
It is logged in the header too
min_percent - minimum percentage of image which needs to be present
before it is saved.
nocrpix - If set, then don't write "crpix1", "crpix2", "radius" to
the FITS header. It's used when the routine is used to
convert a Stanford FITS level 1.5 file.
nosave - If set, then don't make the file
user_extract- If the image being saved was extracted from the original
image, then pass the relative lower-left corner coordinate
(ie: if your saving img(100:200, 500:600) then pass in
subextract=[100, 500]
scale - If set, then change the image signal level by this factor
noclobber - Don't save files on top of other files -- rename 'em.
OPTIONAL OUTPUT:
img - The image
h - The resulting FITS header
outfil - Output file name
HISTORY:
Created 26-Mar-96 by M.Morrison
V1.1 28-Mar-96 (MDM) - Added TELESCOP and INSTRUME fits keywords
- Corrected to save image as INTEGER*2
V1.2 28-Mar-96 (MDM) - Changed the radius value to be the value
return from GET_RB0P instead of a fixed value of 900 arcsec
V1.21 28-Mar-96 (MDM) - Started using "last_time" option
V1.22 28-Mar-96 (MDM) - Patched to mask the 1024x780 problem line properly
V1.23 29-Mar-96 (MDM) - Modified logic to allow "mat" (mdi_plan_dpcs.tab contents)
to be established beforehand (not read over it)
- Changed logging of LAST_TIME to be 12 hours before current
UT (run time) since stored mags will have an older time/date.
V1.24 29-Mar-96 (MDM) - Fixed logic on masking 1024x780
V1.25 29-Mar-96 (MDM) - Added HISTORY to say uncalibrated data
8-Apr-96 (MDM) - Corrected masking of 49432000 type DPCs
V1.26 26-Apr-96 (MDM) - Mask out the top of the 4c000fc0 DPCs
V2.00 28-May-96 (MDM) - Added SCI5K option
- Removed the program code to choose which sci160k image to
save to FITS file
- Added /zero_missing
V2.01 4-Jun-96 (MDM) - Added rescale keyword input option
V2.02 27-Jun-96 (MDM) - Put V2.01 on-line
V2.03 12-Jul-96 (MDM) - Mod to allow 1-D tables to be saved
- Added MIN_PERCENT
V2.04 17-Jul-96 (MDM) - Corrected MIN_PERCENT
V2.05 31-Jul-96 (MDM) - Modified to have NAXIS2 show up after NAXIS1 in the header
V2.06 6-Aug-96 (MDM) - Made NX and NY longs
V2.07 19-Aug-96 (MDM) - Mod to fix for 2-d header array (for 49450003)
V2.08 19-Aug-96 (MDM) - Moved search for missing data to after the sign/scale
instruction.
- Make the output integer type if came in as integer
and sign/scale changed it to floating
V2.09 30-Aug-96 (MDM) - Corrected V2.05 patch which was causing two
NAXIS2 labels to be created
V2.10 3-Sep-96 (MDM) - Corrected typo introduced in V2.09
V3.00 16-Oct-96 (MDM) - Modified to make the radius be proper, but using
1.9779 for FD (instead of 2.0) and 0.6054 for HR
(instead of 0.615), plus making the
GET_RADIUS values be 1% bigger because of SOHO's
location relative to the sun.
- Modified to not require the "qfd" and "pre1" and to
have it derive from the DPC.
V3.01 20-Nov-96 (MDM) - Overwrite TIME-OBS and DATE-OBS with the Reftime
derived time. It is the telemetry time when
reading SCI160K files and IMAGETOOL was using
it.
V3.02 5-Mar-97 (MDM) - Added /NOCRPIX
- Added output file name to FITS header
V3.03 28-Mar-97 (MDM) - Adjust CRPIX by extract location
- Changed CRPIX numbers for HR from 490,310 to
494,310.
- Added RESCALE keyword (on rebinning)
31-Mar-97 (MDM) - Updated header
V4.00 1-Apr-97 (MDM) - Added option to make the header/image but not
save it to a file (keyword "nosave")
- Added CTYPEn, CDELTn, REFLECT, and CROT
- Changed CRPIX numbers to
HR: 494.8, 310.6
FD: 511.5, 511.5
They were from Zowie's MDIALIGN.PRO which referenced
T.Tarbell SOI-MDI technical mail message #1562.
but then modified HR-Y to 310.6 (from Zowie 307.3)
- Changed default RESCALE to 1.0 (from 0.5)
- Added "user_extract" keyword input
- Added "REFLECT" = "F" and "CROT" = 0
- Added "outfil" output keyword
V4.01 17-Apr-97 (MDM) - Added SCALE option
V4.02 6-May-97 (MDM) - Corrected error where X_SCALE and Y_SCALE come
in undefined. For SCI5K level 0 dataproducts, that
keyword is not defined.
V4.03 20-May-97 (MDM) - Modified so that the SCALE option does not change the
data type
- Adjusted MIN_PERCENT conditional
V4.04 3-Dec-98 (MDM) - Corrected code changes which broke the ability to
pass the data in already having been read.
V4.05 10-Dec-98 (MDM) - Resubmitted 3-Dec mods since they were removed by
Rock when they caused another program to fail. The
error is that the "infil" variable was corrupted.
Added protection on redefining "infil"
V4.06 04-Jan-00 (RIB) - Y2K fix for output file name (explicit check of year string)
updated header information to include 4 digit year
removed DATE-TLM and TIME-TLM keywords from fits header
V4.07 07-Jul-03 (RIB) - Temporary fix to rotate images while SOHO is rolled
07-Oct-03 (SEG) - Temporary fix to rotate images back to 0 after 180 roll:
Uncommented "sxaddpar, h, 'CROT', 0" and commented out
"sxaddpar, h, 'CROT', 180"
06-Jan-04 (SEG) - Temporary fix to rotate images back to 180 while SOHO is
rolled. Commented out "sxaddpar, h, 'CROT', 0" and
uncommented "sxaddpar, h, 'CROT', 180"
22-Mar-04 (SEG) - Adding in keywords DATE-OBS and TIME-OBS for sci5k data
so that 5k Mags show up properly in image_tool, etc.
30-Mar-04 (SEG) - Added call to get_soho_roll.pro so we do not have to
switch back and forth between "sxaddpar, h, 'CROT', 0"
and "sxaddpar, h, 'CROT', 180".
02-Apr-04 (SEG) - Taking out my call to get_soho_roll.pro because it's
just breaking everything and causing more trouble than
it's worth. Setting CROT to 0 for the current roll value
21-Jun-04 (SEG) - Trying out a new fix for the CROT keyword. The value contained
in $MDI_CAL_INFO/roll_data.txt is compared to a roll value obtained
by get_soho_roll.pro. If the two values, differ, roll_data.txt is
updated and an email is sent out to mdi-ops. mk_mdi_fits.pro reads
roll_data.txt to determine the current roll value, to use as the
value for CROT.
02-May-2005 (SEG)-Had to add quite a bit to find the correct CROT value based on
day and time. Might not be the best way to do it, but it works.
I commented out the CROT value dependency on roll_value.txt. Added
some calculations similar to what get_soho_roll.pro does based on
a manually edited text file used by get_soho_roll.pro. Should work for
ANY roll value, not just 180 and 0.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mk_mdi_iap
PURPOSE:
To make a quick template/starting point for an MDI IAP
(Instrument Activity Plan)
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
mk_mdi_iap, '1-may-95'
mk_mdi_iap, '2-may-95', /edit
mk_mdi_iap, '2-may-95', /edit, /vi
INPUTS:
date - The IAP date to create or edit
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUTS:
edit - If set, then edit an existing IAP and write it out
with a new version number. Editing is done with
the editor specified in your $EDITOR environment
variable, or (if $EDITOR isn't specified) xedit.
vi - If set, edit with VI instead of $EDITOR.
METHOD:
Read the EAP and do the following
1. Create a header
2. Have SCIPLAN Structure program running the whole 24 hours
3. Identify all "TLM_MDI_M" (which is VC2) and specify
SCIPLAN "Standard VC2" activity entry for each occurance
4. Identify all "TLM_MDI_H" (which is VC3) and specify
SCIPLAN "Campaign ??" activity entry for each occurance
5. Have SCIPLAN "Full Disk Magnetogram" entry running the
whole 24 hours and list the times of the magnetogram
images.
SOURCE FILES:
All MDI IAP files are written to: /mdisw/dbase/ops/iap_kap
The ECS KAP files must be located in: /mdisw/dbase/ops/iap_kap
The source of the KAP files is either:
1. ftp to soc2, mdi/mdi, cd iws_files/output_actplan,
prompt, binary, mget ECS199508*
2. cp /sohopub/data/summary/asplanned/ECS199508* /mdisw/dbase/ops/iap_kap
(the two above examples assume that you want all Aug-95 ECS files)
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], MK_IAP_FDMAG, MK_IAP_HEAD
MK_IAP_HR, MK_IAP_LINE, MK_IAP_SCIPLAN, RD_ECS_EAP, REPLACE_KEY, SSW_FILE_DELETE
anytim2ex [1], anytim2ex [2], anytim2ints [1], anytim2ints [2], concat_dir [4]
data_type [1], data_type [2], ex2fid [1], ex2fid [2], file_list [1], file_list [2]
fmt_tim [1], fmt_tim [2], get_host [1], get_host [2], get_user [1], get_user [2]
gt_day [1], gt_day [2], gt_time [1], gt_time [2], int2secarr [1], int2secarr [2]
prstr [1], prstr [2], rd_tfile [1], rd_tfile [2], yesnox [1], yesnox [2]
HISTORY:
Written 27-Apr-95 by M.Morrison
4-Aug-95 (MDM) - Adjusted formats of the output
- Added some header information
14-Mar-96 (CED) - Added support for the standard EDITOR environment
variable -- we now invoke the user's favorite
editor if that is specified in the environment.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mk_mdi_load
PURPOSE:
TO take a 1-D vector and a start address and make the .src load
file (telecommands)
For list loads, the contents are altered to reflect the
address where the list is loaded
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
mk_mdi_load, type, addr, outfil, list
mk_mdi_load, 'list', '70034000'x, 'loi_v_7005.src', list, /loi_v
mk_mdi_load, 'list', '70034000'x, 'loi_v_7005_part.src', list(0:1599), /loi_v, part_load=15312
mk_mdi_load, 'GEN_TABLE', '80028000'x, 'ld_lookup_vel2.src', infil='/mdisw/dbase/ops/lists/lookup_velocity2.fits'
CALLS: ***
BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], RFITS [1], RFITS [2], RFITS [3]
UNSIGN, WRT_LD_CMD, break_file [4], set_list_addr, tbeep [1], tbeep [2], tbeep [3]
CALLED BY:
mk_ff_load
RESTRICTIONS:
There are several portions of the IP table load command which
are hard-wired and they need to be paramters or need to be
found in a different file. (all of the LRDXFR parameters)
HISTORY:
Written 3-Apr-96 (MDM) by M.Morrison (using MK_LIST_LOAD as starting point)
9-Apr-96 (MDM) - Modified to make all fields be hex (so that MAKE_LOAD will work)
- Changed nwords_load to be N-1
10-Apr-96 (MDM) - Changed all format words to be in hex
- Added /APPEND option
11-Apr-96 (MDM) - Added comment option
11-Apr-96 (MDM) - Changed nwords_load to be N (back from N-1)
12-Apr-96 (MDM) - Added GEN_DATA
- Added "and 'ffff'x" to the formatting of the output
- Protect the input from being changed
18-Apr-96 (MDM) - added depaddr option
- print warning if the number of elements of the list is not
(mod 8) eq 0
14-May-96 (MDM) - Added /NOWARN option
22-May-96 (MDM) - Added capability to set the LOI DPC low word by parameter
[Previous]
[Next]
MK_MINIM
Form a "Standard" mask image from a list or more usually from
a set of parameters to be matched.
Usage:
mk_minim[, stdim, {list|<keys>}]
Arguments:
filename string input The name to give to the image. If
unset, then use "stdim.fts"
list string input An array with a list of filenames to
be used in forming the average image.
Keywords: (all input)
coronagraph int - Which coronagraph (1, 2 or 3)
exposure float - 1-elements use exposures */10%,
2-elements use exposures in given
range, absent: use any exposure.
filter string - Specify the filter or FP setting
required (default "Clear")
polarizer string - Specify the polarizer setting to be
used (default clear)
pixels int - Specify the size of image to use
2-element array (default [1024,
1024]).
dir_pattern string - Specify a restricted set of
directories in which to find the
images (if used, this must be in a
form acceptable as an argument to
"find")
dark int - Specify the dark current (defaults
c1:322, c2:470, c3:319 eit:0).
interact ?? - If set, then display each image
(reduced by a factor 2 if the larger
dimansion is > 512) and ask the user
whether to include it - tedious but
sometimes
needed.
upper_left int - Specify the location of the
upper-left corner of the image
(useful to distingush (say)
half-resolution-whole-field images
from full-resolution-quarter-field
images, 2-element array (default [20,1]).
save ?? - If set, then save the generated image
to disk
clevel float - Specify the minimum correlation with
the first image for the image to be
used. When this is specified the
first image is displayed as in
INTERACT and you are prompted whther
to use it; this continues until an
image is accepted. Thereafter all
images better correlated with the
initial image than the given value
are accepted - a typical level might
be in the range .98
to .99.
centre_pick ?? - If set, then determine a Sun-centre
and radius manually.
maxc int - Set the maximum number of counts to
show in a display of the image.
Effects:
A "standard" average image is generated and added to the end
of the list of loaded images. Most of its header information
is derived from the first image of the set. N.B. The image is
NOT saved to disk, use one of the SAVE options in DISPLAY to
do this.
WARNING:
It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the image
set being used is homogeneous.
CALLS: ***
CHANDLE, CHK_DIR [1], CHK_DIR [2], FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2], LOADCT, OCCLTR_CNTR
READFITS [1], READFITS [2], READFITS [3], RSTRPOS, SXADDPAR [1], SXADDPAR [2]
SXADDPAR [3], SXPAR [1], SXPAR [2], SXPAR [3], WRITEFITS [1], WRITEFITS [2], cc0
min_nz [1], min_nz [2], mk_stdim_hdr, scan4limb
History:
Original (modified from mk_stdim_list): 30/7/96, SJT
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MK_MLO_STRUCT
PURPOSE:
This procedure generates a structure type for the HAO-MLO fits files.
CATEGORY:
LASCO DATA ANALYSIS
CALLING SEQUENCE:
MK_MLO_STRUCT
INPUTS:
None
OUTPUTS:
The procedure generates a file with the desired structure.
CALLS: ***
FILEPATH
SIDE EFFECTS:
Writes a file to $NRL_LIB/lasco/inout
EXAMPLE:
To generate a sample header, you must have a new copy of IDL, or at least one
that hasn't had the MLO structure defined.
MK_MLO_STRUCT
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
05.08.19, nr - add RSUN
Written by: RAHoward, NRL, Oct, 1998
[Previous]
[Next]
TITLE:
MK_MONTHLY_MIN
PURPOSE:
This procedure generates the minimum of the daily median
images for an interval (default is 27)
CATEGORY:
DATA_ANAL
CALLING SEQUENCE:
MK_MONTHLY_MIN,Tel,Td
INPUTS:
Tel: String denoting the telescope: 'c1','c2','c3','c4'
Td: String denoting the date, in one of the following
formats: YYYY/MM/DD
YYY-MM-DD
YYMMDD
This date is the MIDPOINT of the desired interval.
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
Filpol: String denoting the filter/polarizer/sector
eg. 'clcl' for the clear/clear combination
The default is 'fvcl', 'orcl' or 'clcl' for C1, C2, C3
respectively.
KEYWORDS:
NDAYS: Number of days to use in the minimum. Must be an odd number.
The default is 27. This keyword overrides the days-available test.
OFF: The string to put after the date if C1
ALL_YEARS:Use daily images from multiple years
NOREBIN: Do not rebin result to 512x512
ROLLED: Use $MONTHLY_IMAGES/rolled directory
FILES Use files in this array to compute minimum
TEST Save in $MONTHLY_IMAGES/testdir
OUTPUTS:
None. The routine will write a FITS file in $MONTHLY_IMAGES. The
format of the filename is tm_fwpw_yymmdd.fts, where
t is the telescope number [1,2,3],
m is the letter 'm' (monthly),
fwpw is the filter/polarizer abbreviation code, and
yymmdd is the date of the MIDPOINT of the interval used to
make the file
CALLS: ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], FXADDPAR [1], FXADDPAR [2], FXHMAKE [1]
FXHMAKE [2], FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2], GET_SC_POINT, GET_SOLAR_ROLL
LASCO_FITSHDR2STRUCT, LASCO_READFITS [1], LASCO_READFITS [2], MAXMIN
READFITS [1], READFITS [2], READFITS [3], STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3]
TRIM, UTC2STR, WRITEFITS [1], WRITEFITS [2], pwd [1], pwd [2]
CALLED BY:
MAKE_ALL_MONTHS
PROCEDURE:
- Date of the file output ("DATE-OBS" and filename) is ALWAYS the midpoint of
interval used to make the file and is ALWAYS the input date
- Date of file is always the same DOY (based on 3m_clcl_xx*.fts)
- Searches daily median images in $MONTHLY_IMAGES/daily for Td +/- 13 days.
- Minimum interval is Td +/- 7 days (15 days); if interval is less, no file is
created, unless NDAYS is set.
- Does not span gaps more than 2 days unless NDAYS keyword is set.
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written RA Howard, NRL, 9/27/96
15 October 1996 RAH, mods for full images (eliminated regions)
22 Sep 1997 RAH, corrected definition of MID_DATE and MID_TIME
to be mid date and time of the entire interval
06 Oct 1997 SEP, added ALL_YEARS option.
10 Dec 1998 NBR, for non-clear filters, save result as 512x512 image;
divide by 4 for summed images
25 Mar 1999 NBR, insert number of images used in the header
20 Sep 1999 NBR, Save all images as 512x512
Jan 2000 NBR, Add NOREBIN keyword
Jun 2000 NBR, Add ROLL keyword for using *r.fts daily median files
27 Mar 2001 NBR, change mjd0 computation
9 Aug 2001 NBR, Find daily images in $MONTHLY_IMAGES/daily
20 Nov 2001 NBR, Add CROTA keyword to header
25 Feb 2002 NBR, Modify to make files with equal number of days before
and after date of file name; write log file
10 Jul 2002 NBR, Fix PxCOL/ROW, RxCOL/ROW, add keyword TEST
18 Jul 2003 NBR, Fix endutc bug for no days found; add CROTA1/2
10 Oct 2003 NBR, Make ALL_YEARS for 2000+ only
ver= '@(#)mk_monthly_min.pro 1.14 04/12/05' ; LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: mk_newdata
Purpose: job to create new data images for distribution (show_pix,etc)
History:
10-Jul-1994 (SLF) Written
14-Jul-1994 (SLF) Add fl_suntoday, fl_sxtobsnar, fl_goesplot
Moved distribution request into mk_pix
12-oct-1993 (SLF) call to fl_summary, distribute jobs in parallel
via go_batch / taskwait
6-Mar-1994 (SLF) remove go_batch (OSF problems)
Method - background job submitted via auto_toban
Parallel, distributed execution of subtasks.
Generate images for first_light, show_pix
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MK_ONE_DEB_GIF
PURPOSE:
This function makes one gif image of debris data.
CATEGORY:
LASCO INOUT
CALLING SEQUENCE:
MK_ONE_DEB_GIF,Fname
INPUTS:
Fname STRING FITS filename
OUTPUTS:
Writes the gif file onto the debris directory.
CALLS: ***
FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2], LASCO_READFITS [1], LASCO_READFITS [2], MK_DIF_IMG, MK_IMG
SETFONT, WRITE_GIF
COMMON BLOCKS:
BLOCK1: Describe any common blocks here. If there are no COMMON
blocks, just delete this entry.
RESTRICTIONS:
PROCEDURE:
EXAMPLE:
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: Nathan Rich, NRL
12/7/00, nbr - Change input description
@(#)mk_one_deb_gif.pro 1.1 11/02/01 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mk_opsdb_list
PURPOSE:
To dump the current status of the database into a text file.
The job is intended to run as a cron job every hour
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], OPSDB_PRINT, concat_dir [4]
HISTORY:
Written 15-Oct-99 by R.Bush
Converted the go_mk_opsdb_list batch job into a standalone procedure.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mk_opsdb_list
PURPOSE:
To dump the current status of the database into a text file.
The job is intended to run as a cron job every hour
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], OPSDB_PRINT, concat_dir [4]
HISTORY:
Written 15-Oct-99 by R.Bush
Converted the go_mk_opsdb_list batch job into a standalone procedure.
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN
Purpose : Shell program to run MK_CDS_PLAN or MK_SUMER_PLAN
Use : MK_PLAN
Inputs : TSTART, TSTOP = start, stop times to create plan
(can be string [e.g. 96/1/1] or TAI format)
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : Inherited from lower level routines
Explanation : A wrapper routine around MK_PLAN_CDS and MK_CDS_SUMER
Calls : ***
GET_CALLER, MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_PLAN_RECOVER, MK_SUMER_PLAN, WHICH_INST, XREGISTERED
CALLED BY:
MK_PLAN_RECOVER
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Widgets, planning
Prev. Hist. : None.
History : Version 1, Zarro (ARC/GSFC) 19 April 1995, written
Version 2, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, August 30, 1995
Renamed from MK_DETAIL
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_ADD
Purpose : Add PLAN entry to PLANS array
Explanation :
Use : MK_PLAN_ADD,PLAN,PLANS
Inputs :
PLAN = plan structure to add
PLANS = structure array of plan entries
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : INSERT = set to insert instead of ADD
Calls : ***
CONCAT_STRUCT, EXIST, GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_PLAN_TYPE, MK_PLAN_COMP, MK_PLAN_PRIV
MK_PLAN_REM, MK_PLAN_SORT, MK_PLAN_WHERE, WHICH_INST
CALLED BY:
MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_SOHO, MK_SOHO_EDP
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: PLANS will be modified
Category : Planning
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Dominic Zarro (ARC)
Version : Version 1.0, 9 January 1995.
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO-CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_CAMP
Purpose : Check validity of campaign ID
Category : planning
Explanation :
Syntax : MK_PLAN_CAMP,PLAN
CALLED BY:
MK_CDS_PLAN
Examples :
Inputs : PLAN = plan structure to check
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : None
Opt. Outputs:
Keywords : ERR = error message
DAYS = no of days to look back or ahead [def=0]
CALLS: ***
ANYTIM2TAI, DPRINT, EXIST, FIND_CAMPAIGN, GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_PLAN_TYPE
TAG_EXIST [1], TAG_EXIST [2], TRIM
Common : None
Restrictions: None
Side effects: None
History : Written 28 October 1996, D. Zarro, ARC/GSFC
Contact : dzarro@solar.stanford.edu
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS/SUMER
Name : MK_PLAN_CHANGE
Purpose : change PLAN plan entries
Explanation : changes start and stop times of PLAN plan entries so
that they don't overlap
Use : MK_PLAN_CHANGE,PLAN,NPLAN,STARTDIS,STOPDIS
Inputs : PLAN = structure array of PLAN plan entries
Opt. Inputs : STARTDIS, STOPDIS = lower and upper time limits within which
to constrain recalculated entries.
Outputs : NPLAN = time-changed plan entries
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : TGAP = minimum gap between successive entries [def = 1.d-2]
TCAL = start time at which to start recalculation
[def = start of first plan]
CALLS: ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], CONCAT_STRUCT, DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2]
DELVARX [3], DELVARX [4], DPRINT, EXIST, GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_PLAN_TYPE, MK_PLAN_SORT
TAI2UTC, UTC2TAI, delvarx [5]
CALLED BY:
MK_PLAN_ORDER, MK_SOHO, MK_SOHO_EDP, READ_KAP
Common : None.
Restrictions: For SCIENCE plan entries only
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Version 1.0, Dominic Zarro (ARC), 9 January 1995
Modification: Version 2, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, May 23, 1995
Gereralized for use by supported instruments
Version : Version 2, May 23, 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_CLONE
Purpose : clone a plan from one OPS day to another
Explanation :
Use : MK_PLAN_CLONE,OPS1,OPS2
Inputs : OPS1, OPS2 = source and destination OPS days to
clone from and to, respectively
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
TYPE = 0,1,2,3 for DETAILS, FLAG, SCIENCE, and ALT
(default is SCIENCE database)
DETAILS = set for DETAILS
FLAG = set for FLAG
SCIENCE = set for SCIENCE
INST = instrument name
BETWEEN = clone all days between OPS1 and OPS2
DAYS = days to clone from starting day [def = all days]
TGAP = secs time gap between adjoining plans [def = 1.d-2]
CALLS: ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], CONCAT_STRUCT, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2]
DATATYPE [3], DPRINT, EXIST, GET_INSTRUMENT, GET_PLAN_DEF, GET_PLAN_FUNCT
GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_SOHO_INST, MK_PLAN_LOAD, MK_PLAN_PRIV, RD_PLAN, TAI2UTC, UTC2TAI
WHICH_INST
Common : MK_PLAN_SHARED (needed to communicate with MK_PLAN/MK_SOHO)
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: entire plans for days from OPS to OPS2 are modified
Category : Planning, Database.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Dominic Zarro (ARC), 1 May 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_COMP
Purpose : compare contents of two plans
Category : Planning
Explanation :
Syntax : IDL> status=mk_plan_comp(plan1,plan2)
CALLED BY:
MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_PLAN_ADD, MK_PLAN_REM, MK_PLAN_WHERE, MK_PLAN_WRITE
Examples :
Inputs : PLAN1, PLAN2 = input plans to check
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : STATUS = 1 if perfect match, 0 otherwise
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : DTAG = tag name where first difference is found
END_TIME = check plan end times (by def, end times for
DETAILS are not checked).
TRUNCATE = truncate MSECS off times
CALLS: ***
GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_PLAN_TYPE, MATCH_STRUCT, STR_FORMAT
Common : None
Restrictions: None
Side effects: None
History : Version 1, 4-May-1996, D M Zarro. Written
Contact : DMZARRO
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_CONV
Purpose : convert plan time tags from TAI to UTC
Use : NPLAN=MK_PLAN_CONV(PLAN)
Inputs : PLAN = plan structure definition
Opt. Inputs : ITIME = index of time field
Outputs : OPLAN = same as PLAN but with time fields in UTC string format
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : NOPOINT = if set, then remove pointing tags
Explanation : None.
Calls : ***
CONCAT_STRUCT, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], EXIST, GET_INSTRUMENT
GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_PLAN_TYPE, REM_TAG [1], REM_TAG [2], REP_TAG_VALUE
TAG_EXIST [1], TAG_EXIST [2], TAI2UTC
CALLED BY:
MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_PLAN_CORR, MK_SOHO, SHOW_RES_STC
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Version 1, Zarro (ARC/GSFC) 29 January 1995.
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - CDS
NAME:
MK_PLAN_COPY()
PURPOSE:
Make a new plan entry from a selected (highlighted) plan entry
EXPLANATION:
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Result = mk_plan_copy(hplan)
INPUTS:
HPLAN - A highlighted (selected) plan entry to be copied from
INFO - A structure that contains basic required information for the
operation. It should have at least the following tags:
ROW - Row number in which HPLAN is in
STARTDIS - Start time of the display window
STOPDIS - End time of the display window
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
WID - Widget IDs to show date/time of cursor position. If passed, a
procedure routine MK_PLAN_COPY_EV must exist to be used to
update such information. It must be a 2- or 4-element
array: the first two elements are text widget IDs for
starting date/time, and the last two elements (which
are optional) are text widget IDs for end date/time.
OUTPUTS:
RESULT - A new plan entry ready to be inserted or appended
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
ACTION - A string scalar indicating what can be done with the newly
copied plan entry. Valid values can be: 'insert', 'append',
or 'none'
CALLS: ***
BOX_CURSOR2, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], GET_PLAN_ITIME, TAI2UTC
UTC2TAI
CALLED BY:
MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_SOHO
COMMON BLOCKS:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
CATEGORY:
PREVIOUS HISTORY:
Written May 26, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Version 1, created, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, May 26, 1995
Version 2, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, June 5, 1995
Made it possible to update widget contents for date/time
Version 3, July 21, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Made end date/time wdigets updatable
VERSION:
Version 3, July 21, 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - CDS/SUMER
NAME:
MK_PLAN_COPY_EV
PURPOSE:
Event "processor" for MK_PLAN_COPY
EXPLANATION:
MK_PLAN_COPY calls box_cursor2 (with the keyword EVENT_PRO pointing
to this routine) to provide a boxed cursor to copy a plan entry
graphically. This routine is used to update widget contents in
mk_detail for start date/time of the plan entry.
CALLING SEQUENCE:
mk_plan_copy_ev, event
INPUTS:
EVENT - Event structure having the following tags:
DAY - TAI at 00:00 UT on day of display
WID - Array of elements of 2 or 4, text widget IDs in
which the date/time of start (and stop) time of the
plan are updated
DUR - Duration of the plan entry in seconds
X - X position of the cursor in device pixels
Y - Y position of the cursor in device pixels
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
None.
CALLS: ***
TAI2UTC
COMMON BLOCKS:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
CATEGORY:
PREVIOUS HISTORY:
Written June 5, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Version 1, created, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, June 5, 1995
Version 2, July 21, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Made end date/time of the copied plan updatable in their widgets
Version 3, August 6, 1996, Liyun Wang, NASA/GSFC
Shortened routine name to MK_PLAN_COPY_EV (for Ultrix)
VERSION:
Version 3, August 6, 1996
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_CORR
Purpose : correct plan entry so that PLAN.N_POINTINGS matches number of elements of PLAN.POINTINGS
Explanation :
Use : PLAN=MK_PLAN_CORR(PLAN)
Inputs : PLAN = input plan entry
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : CPLAN = corrected plan entry
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : UTC = convert time fields to UTC
Calls : ***
MK_PLAN_CONV, REP_TAG_VALUE, TAG_EXIST [1], TAG_EXIST [2]
CALLED BY:
MK_CDS_PLAN
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning, Database.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Dominic Zarro (ARC), 10 March 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_CUSTOM
Purpose : widget interface for customizing MK_DETAIL
Use : MK_PLAN_CUSTOM ,S, GROUP=GROUP, MODAL=MODAL
Inputs : See output
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : S - Structure that has following tags:
STARTDIS, STOPDIS - the selected TAI start and stop times
REQ_ITEMS - string array of selected DB items
SHOW_NOW - Flag (1/0) to show current UT
SHOW_DAY - Flag (1/0) to show day boundary
SHOW_LOCAL - Flag (1/0) to show local time
SHOW_NTT - Flag (1/0) to highlight Non-time-tagged items
DTYPE - SOHO plan type to show. 0: SCI, 1: DET
TROFF - Cursor time roundoff, in minutes
NOCOLOR - 1/0 color off/on
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
GROUP = widget id of calling widget program
MODAL = freeze calling program
STATUS = 0 if user quit and wants to abort
NOTIME = prevent customizing time parameters
Explanation : User can customize features such as START/STOP times,
which DB entry to EDIT (e.g. DETAILS, FLAG...) or
display as a reference (e.g. DSN, MDI, CDS, SUMER...)
Calls : ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], CW_BSELECTOR2, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2]
DATATYPE [3], EXIST, FREE_POINTER, GET_CALLER, GET_POINTER, GET_SOHO_INST, GREP
HAVE_WIDGETS [1], HAVE_WIDGETS [2], JOIN_STRUCT [1], JOIN_STRUCT [2]
MAKE_POINTER, MK_DFONT, MK_PLAN_CUSTOM_EVENT, REP_TAG_VALUE, SET_POINTER
SPLIT_STRUCT, TAG_EXIST [1], TAG_EXIST [2], TAI2UTC, UTC2TAI, WHICH_INST, XACK, XALIVE
XKILL, XMANAGER, XMENU [1], XMENU [2], XREALIZE, XSHOW
CALLED BY:
MK_CDS_PLAN
Common : MK_PLAN_CUSTOM
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning, widgets
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Zarro (ARC/GSFC) 20 April 1995
Modified : version 1.1, Zarro (ARC/GSFC) 11 Nov 1995 -- added /NOTIME
Version : 1.1
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_DUR
Purpose : compute study duration based on plan details
Explanation :
Use : DUR=MK_PLAN_DUR(PLAN)
Inputs : PLAN = CDS or SUMER detailed plan entry
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : DUR = duration of study + extra from variable rasters
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : POINT = 1 to switch on pointing calculation (CDS only)
Calls : ***
WHICH_INST
CALLED BY:
MK_PLAN_RECAL
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Dominic Zarro (ARC)
Version : Version 1.0, 9 January 1995.
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_EXIST
Purpose : check contents of MK_PLAN_SHARED common blocks
Category : Planning
Explanation :
Syntax : IDL> s=mk_plan_exist(info)
CALLED BY:
MK_PLAN_FORM
Examples :
Inputs : INFO - Info structure that should have at least the following
tags:
REQ_ITEMS - string array of selected DB items
DTYPE - SOHO plan type to show. 0: SCI, 1: DET
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : 1 - if at least one requested item is found in
STARTDIS/STOPDIS range.
0 - no items found
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : None
CALLS: ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DPRINT, EXIST, GET_INSTRUMENT
GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_SOHO_INST, GREP, PCHECK, TAG_EXIST [1], TAG_EXIST [2]
WHERE_VECTOR, WHICH_INST
Common : MK_PLAN_SHARED
Restrictions: None
Side effects: None
History : Version 1, 14-Feb-1996, D M Zarro. Written
Contact : DMZARRO
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO-CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_FIND
Purpose : Find all plans between STARTDIS/STOPDIS (inclusive)
Category : planning
Explanation :
Syntax : find=mk_plan_find(plan,startdis,stopdis)
CALLED BY:
MK_CDS_PLAN
Examples :
Inputs : PLAN = plan structure array to check
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : FIND = indicies of plans within STARTDIS/STOPDIS window
Opt. Outputs:
Keywords : COUNT = # of plans found
RCOUNT = # of plans outside window
REST = indicies of plans outside window
CALLS: ***
EXIST, GET_PLAN_ITIME, STR_FORMAT, WHERE_VECTOR
Common : None
Restrictions: None
Side effects: None
History : Written 28 January 1997, D. Zarro, ARC/GSFC
Contact : dzarro@solar.stanford.edu
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO-CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_FIND
Purpose : Find all plans between STARTDIS/STOPDIS (inclusive)
Category : planning
Explanation :
Syntax : find=mk_plan_find(plan,startdis,stopdis)
CALLED BY:
MK_CDS_PLAN
Examples :
Inputs : PLAN = plan structure array to check
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : FIND = indicies of plans within STARTDIS/STOPDIS window
Opt. Outputs:
Keywords : COUNT = # of plans found
RCOUNT = # of plans outside window
REST = indicies of plans outside window
CALLS: ***
EXIST, GET_PLAN_ITIME, STR_FORMAT, WHERE_VECTOR
Common : None
Restrictions: None
Side effects: None
History : Written 28 January 1997, D. Zarro, ARC/GSFC
Contact : dzarro@solar.stanford.edu
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO
NAME:
MK_PLAN_FORM
PURPOSE:
Make SOHO plan form in PNG format
CATEGORY:
Utility, planning
SYNTAX:
mk_plan_form
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
TSTART - Time of beginning of display (in UTC format)
KEYWORDS:
ITEMS - String scalar, items to be plotted (separated by
commas, e.g., 'CDS,SUMER,EIT,Telemetry')
DUR - Time span (in days) of the plan form (default to 1 day)
DTYPE - Set this keyword to plot DET plans
GSIZE - String scalar, size of output PNG file, in 'mmmxnnn' format
REVERSE - Set this keyword to make white background plot
DIR - Output directory
PS - Produce .ps file
HTML - Produce HTML version
FORCE - Set this keyword to force reading from DB
OTHER - set to include other instruments (VIRGO, GOLF, COSTEP)
ERR - error string
CALLS: ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], CHKLOG [1], CHKLOG [2], CHK_DIR [1], CHK_DIR [2]
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], ESPAWN, FIX_ZDBASE, GET_INST_COLOR
GET_SOHO_INST, IDL_RELEASE, MKLOG, MK_24BIT, MK_PLAN_EXIST, MK_PLAN_READ
MK_SOHO_TARGET, PLOT_SPLAN, SET_LINE_COLOR, STR2ARR [1], STR2ARR [2], TEST_OPEN
UTC2TAI, concat_dir [4]
CALLED BY:
UPDATE_SOHO_TARGETS
COMMON:
@MK_PLAN_SHARED
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
Color table may be modified
HISTORY:
Version 1, January 22, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC. Written
Version 2, January 26, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Added REVERSE keyword
Version 3, March 4, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Added FORCE keyword
Version 4, March 25, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Added ASCII keyword to allow creating plan entries in ASCII format
Version 5, April 25, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Modified such that entries for CELIAS, SWAN, and ERNE appear
as JOP, SOC, and CAMPAIGN respectively
Version 6, Nov 18, 1996, Zarro, GSFC/ARC
Removed VIRGO, GOLF, and COSTEP from list (never used)
Version 7, Nov 26, 1996, Zarro, GSFC/ARC
Added check for write permission for PNG file and ERR keyword
Version 8, August 20, 1997, Liyun Wang, NASA/GSFC
Removed ASCII and HTML keywords making HTML the only output format
Version 9, Nov 27, 2000, Zarro (EIT/GSFC)
Switched to PNG output
Version 10, Feb 20, 2001, Zarro (EITI/GSFC)
Added JPEG option
CONTACT:
Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC (Liyun.Wang.1@gsfc.nasa.gov)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO
NAME:
MK_PLAN_HTML
PURPOSE:
Make list of SOHO plans of today in HTML table format
CATEGORY:
Planning, Utility
SYNTAX:
mk_plan_html [, pdate] [, dir=dir]
INPUTS:
None required.
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
PDATE - Date of plan schedule, can be in any CDS time format. If
passed, it overwrites keyword YESTERDAY or TOMORROW
OUTPUTS:
HTML document named 'soho_today.html', 'soho_yesterday.html'
(when keyword YESTERDAY is set), or 'soho_tomorrow.html'
(when keyword TOMORROW is set)
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
DIR - Name of directory in which output file is written
YESTERDAY - Make list of plans for yesterday (if PDATE not passed)
TOMORROW - Make list of plans for tomorrow (if PDATE not passed)
VERBOSE - Set this keyword to print output file name on the screen
ERR - Error string
CALLS: ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3]
GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_SOHO_INST, GET_UTC, HTML_TABLE_HEADER, LIST_SOHO_DET
SOHO_ITEMS_HTML, TEST_OPEN, UTC2TAI, concat_dir [4]
COMMON:
PLAN_HTML
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, July 25, 1996, Liyun Wang, NASA/GSFC. Written
Version 2, August 13, 1996, Liyun Wang, NASA/GSFC
Converted pointing parameters in f15.1 format if they are
floating point numbers (e.g., EIT entries)
Version 3, August 13, 1996, Liyun Wang, NASA/GSFC
Improved appearence for multi-pointing entries
Version 4, August 23, 1996, Liyun Wang, NASA/GSFC
Added optional input parameter PDATE
Version 5, November 26, 1996, Zarro, NASA/GSFC
Added output file write protection check and ERR keyword
Version 6, August 20, 1997, Liyun Wang, NASA/GSFC
Added campaign numbers and their links to campaign database
pages on output
Improved appearence of HTML output (via SOHO_HTML_ITEMS)
CONTACT:
Liyun Wang, NASA/GSFC (Liyun.Wang.1@gsfc.nasa.gov)
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_LOAD
Purpose : load contents of MK_PLAN_SHARED common blocks
Category : Planning
Explanation : Depending on DB and instrument type, loads PLANS array
into corresponding MK_PLAN_SHARED variables
Syntax : IDL> mk_plan_load,type,plans
CALLED BY:
MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_PLAN_CLONE, MK_PLAN_PLOT
Examples :
Inputs : TYPE - 0,1,2,3 for PLANS, FLAG, SCIENCE, and ALT
PLANS - structure array with plans of requested type
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : None
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : INST = instrument to update for type 2 [def = 'C' or 'S']
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_STRUCT, DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3], DELVARX [4], EXIST, WHICH_INST
delvarx [5]
Common : MK_PLAN_SHARED
Restrictions: This is not standalone program, but is run in conjunction with
MK_PLAN and MK_DETAIL for CDS and SUMER only
Side effects: Variables in MK_PLAN_SHARED are modified
History : Version 1, 21-Jun-1995, D M Zarro. Written
Contact : DMZARRO
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_ORDER
Purpose : orders plan entries according to time-tags and durations
Explanation :
Use : MK_PLAN_ORDER, PLAN, NPLAN, STARTDIS, STOPDIS
Inputs : PLAN = structure array of plan entries
Opt. Inputs : STARTDIS, STOPDIS = lower and upper time limits within which
to constrain recalculated entries.
Outputs : NPLAN = time-shifted plan entries
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : TGAP = time gap between adjacent entries [def = 1.d-3 s]
TCAL = start time at which to start recalculation
[def = start of first plan]
TMAX = start time of last plan entry to check [def = last plan]
GROUP = main base ID if called from a widget app
Calls : ***
ARR2STR [1], Arr2Str [2], DPRINT, EXIST, GET_PLAN_TYPE, MK_PLAN_CHANGE
MK_PLAN_RECAL, NUM2STR, TAI2UTC, UTC2TAI, XACK, XALIVE, XANSWER
CALLED BY:
MK_CDS_PLAN
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Dominic Zarro (ARC)
Version : Version 1.0, 24 May 1995.
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_PLOT
Purpose : Plot timeline for arbitrary plan type and instruments
Category : planning
Syntax : IDL>mk_plan_plot,tstart,tend
Inputs : TSTART = plot start time
Opt. Inputs : TEND = plot end time [def = 24 hour window]
Outputs : None
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : TYPE= plan type = 0/1/2/3/4 for DETAILS/FLAG/SCIENCE/ALT/SOHO
(def = [0,2])
INST = SOHO instrument [def = 'CDS']
GIF = make GIF file
FILE = GIF file name [def = mk_plan_plot.gif]
SIZE = plot size = [1000,250]
RES = include spacecraft resources (DSN, SVM)
JEPG = make JPEG file
CALLS: ***
ANYTIM2TAI, ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2]
DATATYPE [3], DPRINT, EXIST, GET_INST_COLOR, GET_PLAN_DEF, GET_SOHO_INST
GET_XWIN [1], HAVE_PROC, IS_WOPEN, MK_24BIT, MK_PLAN_LOAD, MK_TEMP_FILE, PLOT_SPLAN
RD_PLAN, RD_RESOURCE, SET_LINE_COLOR, SINCE_VERSION [1], SINCE_VERSION [2]
WHICH_INST, WRITE_GIF, get_xwin [2]
History : Version 1, 1-Aug-1997, D.M. Zarro. Written
Vers. 2, 28-Aug-01, Zarro (EITI/GSFC) - added JPEG support
Contact : DZARRO@SOLAR.STANFORD.EDU
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - CDS/SUMER
NAME:
MK_PLAN_POINT()
PURPOSE:
Shell program for making a pointing structure for use with IMAGE_TOOL
EXPLANATION:
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Result = MK_PLAN_POINT(plan)
INPUTS:
PLAN - Structure defining a DET or SCI plan entry
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
RESULT - Pointing structure that has the following tags:
MESSENGER - ID of widget in the caller that triggers a
timer event in the planning tool to signal the
completion of pointing; must be a widget that
does not usually generate any event
INSTRUME - Code specifying the instrument; e.g., 'C' for CDS
SCI_SPEC - Science specification
STD_ID - Study ID
G_LABEL - Generic label for the pointing; e.g., 'RASTER'
X_LABEL - Label for X coordinate of pointing; e.g., 'INS_X'
Y_LABEL - Label for Y coordinate of pointing; e.g., 'INS_Y'
DATE_OBS - Date/time of beginning of observation, in TAI format
DO_POINTING- An integer of value 0 or 1 indicating whether pointing
should be handled at the planning level (i.e., by
IMAGE_TOOL); default is set to 1.
N_POINTINGS- Number of pointings to be performed by IMAGE_TOOL
POINTINGS - A structure array (with N_POINTINGS elements) of type
"DETAIL_POINT" to be handled by IMAGE_TOOL. It has
the following tags:
POINT_ID - A string scalar for pointing ID
INS_X - X coordinate of pointing area center in arcs
INS_Y - Y coordinate of pointing area center in arcs
WIDTH - Area width (E/W extent) in arcsec
HEIGHT - Area height (N/S extent) in arcsec
ZONE - Description of the zone for pointing
OFF_LIMB - An interger with value 1 or 0 indicating
whether or not the pointing area should
be off limb
N_RASTERS - Number of rasters for each pointing (this is
irrelevant to the SUMER)
RASTERS - A structure array (N_RASTERS-element) of type
"RASTER_POINT" that contains raster size and pointing
information (this is irrelevant to the SUMER). It has
the following tags:
POINTING - Pointing handling code; valis
values are: 1, 0, and -1
INS_X - Together with INS_Y, the pointing to use
when user-supplied values are not
allowed. Only valid when POINTING=0
(absolute) or POINTING=-1 (relative to
1st raster).
INS_Y - ...
WIDTH - Width (E/W extent) of the raster, in arcs
HEIGHT - Height (N/S extent) of the raster, in arcs
CALLED BY:
MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_PLAN_SEND, MK_SOHO
Note: For the case of CDS, pointings.width, pointings.height,
pointings.ins_x, and pointings.ins_y should match the first
raster's rasters.width, rasters.height, rasters.ins_x, and
rasters.ins_y, respectively.
If an error occurs, a -1 is returned
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
ERROR - Any error message returned; null string if no error
CALLS: ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_PLAN_TYPE
MK_POINT_STC, STR2ARR [1], STR2ARR [2], TAG_EXIST [1], TAG_EXIST [2], TRIM
WHICH_INST
COMMON BLOCKS:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
CATEGORY:
PREVIOUS HISTORY:
Written December 28, 1995, Liyun Wang, NASA/GSFC
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Version 1, Liyun Wang, NASA/GSFC, December 28, 1995
Version 2, March 5, 1996, Liyun Wang, NASA/GSFC
Made instrument specific function calls with CALL_FUNCTION
Version 3, May 1, 1996, Liyun Wang, NASA/GSFC
Added ERROR keyword
Fixed bug for multi-pointing SCI entries
Version 4, February 18, 1997, Liyun Wang, NASA/GSFC
Added two tags in output structure: SCI_SPEC and STD_ID
Version 5, March 22, 1997, Zarro, NASA/GSFC
Cleaned up
Version 6, May 20, 1998, Zarro, SAC/GSFC
Allowed for CDS-ALT and -FLAG plan pointings
CONTACT:
Liyun Wang, NASA/GSFC (Liyun.Wang@gsfc.nasa.gov)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - CDS/SUMER
NAME:
MK_PLAN_PRIV()
PURPOSE:
Check to see if the user has the privilege of editing plan
EXPLANATION:
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Result = mk_plan_priv(time)
TIMES:
TIME - can be a plan entry or a time in any valid format
OPTIONAL TIMES:
None.
OUTPUTS:
RESULT - 0/1 indicating if the privilege is granted
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
ERR - any error message
LOCK - any LOCK file name (input only)
INIT - initialize common
NOCHECK - don't check for LOCK file
CALLS: ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], CHECK_LOCK, CONCAT_STRUCT, DATATYPE [1]
DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3], DELVARX [4]
GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_UTC, TRIM, UTC2TAI, WHICH_INST, delvarx [5]
CALLED BY:
MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_PLAN_ADD, MK_PLAN_CLONE, MK_PLAN_RECAL, MK_PLAN_REM, XCLONE_PLAN
COMMON BLOCKS:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
CATEGORY:
Planning
PREVIOUS HISTORY:
Written June 28, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Version 1, created, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, June 28, 1995
Version 2, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, April 26, 1996
Modified such that restriction applies only to SUMER
Version 3, May 1, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Allowed editing entries passed current UT
Version 4, November 28, 1996, Zarro GSFC
Added check for database locking
VERSION:
Version 4
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_READ
Purpose : general reader for PLAN Database
Category : Planning
Explanation :
Syntax : IDL> mk_plan_read,info
CALLED BY:
MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_PLAN_FORM, MK_SOHO
Examples :
Inputs : INFO - Info structure that should have at least the following
required tags:
STARTDIS, STOPDIS - the selected TAI start and stop times
Req_ITEMS - string array of selected DB items
DTYPE - SOHO plan type to show. 0: SCI, 1: DET
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : None
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : TIME_CHANGE - 1 if INFO.STARTDIS/STOPDIS differs from
values in MK_PLAN_SHARED.
FORCE - force a reread of the DB
NO_MDI - skip reading MDI
NO_TAPE - skip reading tape dump
NO_TYPE - plan type to skip reading
CALLS: ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DPRINT, EXIST, GET_SOHO_INST, GREP
LIST_PLAN, LIST_SOHO_DET, RD_PLAN, RD_RESOURCE, READ_MERGED_DSN, TRIM, WHERE_VECTOR
WHICH_INST
Common : MK_PLAN_SHARED - shared variables with MK_SOHO, MK_CDS_PLAN
MK_PLAN_READ - useful database flags
Restrictions:
Side effects: STARTDIS and STOPDIS in MK_PLAN_SHARED updated by values
in INFO
History : Version 1, 1-Jul-1995, D M Zarro. Written
Version 2, January 23, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Added NO_X keyword
Version 3, January 27, 1996, D, Zarro (ARC/GSFC)
Sped up reading of resource DB
Version 4, October 5, 2001 R. Yurow (EITI)
Added code to read DSN-27 files from the dsn_merged file
if the telemetry line is selected for display.
Contact : DZARRO@SOLAR.STANFORD.EDU
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_RECAL
Purpose : Recompute DETAILS based on time-tagged information
Explanation : Recalculates start and stop times of CDS plan entries
Use : MK_PLAN_RECAL, DETAILS, NDETAILS
Inputs : DETAILS = structure array of detailed plan entries
Opt. Inputs : STARTDIS = if set, do not auto move non-tt plans before STARTDIS
Outputs : NDETAILS = time-shifted plan entries
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : TGAP = minimum gap between successive entries [def = 1.e-2]
TCAL = start time at which to start recalculation
[def = start of first plan]
TMAX = start time of last plan entry to check [def = last plan in DETAILS]
ERR = error string
SERIOUS = if set, then returned error is pretty serious
and plan cannot be written as is.
Calls : ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], CONCAT_STRUCT, DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2]
DELVARX [3], DELVARX [4], DPRINT, EXIST, GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_PLAN_TYPE, GET_UTC
MK_PLAN_DUR, MK_PLAN_PRIV, MK_PLAN_SORT, STR_FORMAT, TAG_EXIST [1], TAG_EXIST [2]
TAI2UTC, UTC2TAI, WHICH_INST, delvarx [5]
CALLED BY:
MK_PLAN_ORDER
Common : None.
Restrictions: Works for DETAILS plan entries only
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Dominic Zarro (ARC)
Version : Version 1.0, 9 January 1995.
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_RECOVER
Purpose : recover from a MK_PLAN crash
Category : operations, planning
Explanation : call this program as a last resort if MK_PLAN crashes
inexplicably and does not recover on it's own. Run it
as follows:
IDL> retall
IDL> mk_plan_recover
This program will execute special versions of 'dbext'
and 'dbupdate' that will attempt to restore the integrity
of the planning databases by deleting corrupted records
that do not have matching index and data records in their
respective .dbx and .dbf files. Use with extreme caution.
In case of an unrecoverable MK_PLAN crash, it is recommended
that you do not exit the current IDL session. Try re-starting
MK_PLAN one more time. If MK_PLAN still fails, then try running
MK_PLAN_RECOVER. If MK_PLAN recovers successfully, then
press SAVE to save the recovered entries.
Inputs : None
Outputs : None
Keywords : RESET
CALLS: ***
DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3], DELVARX [4], DPRINT, EXIST, GET_CALLER
LOC_FILE [1], LOC_FILE [2], LOC_FILE [3], MKLOG, MK_PLAN, RECOMPILE, TEST_OPEN
delvarx [5]
CALLED BY:
MK_PLAN
History : Written, 21-Oct-2000, D.M. Zarro (EIT/GSFC)
Contact : DZARRO@SOLAR.STANFORD.EDU
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS/SUMER
Name : MK_PLAN_REM
Purpose : Remove PLAN entry from given list of PLANS
Explanation :
Use : MK_DETAIL_REM, PLAN, PLANS
Inputs :
PLAN = plan structure
PLANS = structure array of plan entries
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : ERR = Any error message of operation
Calls : ***
DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3], DELVARX [4], EXIST, MK_PLAN_COMP
MK_PLAN_PRIV, MK_PLAN_WHERE, delvarx [5]
CALLED BY:
MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_PLAN_ADD, MK_PLAN_WRITE, MK_SOHO
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: PLANS will be modified.
Category : Planning
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Dominic Zarro (ARC)
Version : Version 1.0, May 18, 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_RESET
Purpose : reset contents of MK_PLAN_SHARED common blocks
Category : Planning
Explanation :
Syntax : IDL> mk_plan_reset
CALLED BY:
MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_SOHO
Examples :
Inputs : None
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : None
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : None
CALLS: ***
DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3], DELVARX [4], delvarx [5]
Common : MK_PLAN_SHARED
Restrictions: None
Side effects: Variables in MK_PLAN_SHARED are undefined
History : Version 1, 4-Aug-1995, D M Zarro. Written
Contact : DMZARRO
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_SBASE
Purpose : makes a widget interface to CDS or SUMER Science Plan
Explanation :
Use : MK_PLAN_SBASE,PARENT,SBASE
Inputs : PARENT = parent widget upon which to construct widgets
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : SBASE = created child widget
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : MAP = 1/0 for visible/invisible
LFONT = font for label widgets
BFONT = font for button widgets
CW = CW use compound widgets for TEXT widgets
Calls : ***
CW_BSELECTOR2, CW_TEXT, MK_DFONT, STRPAD
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Dominic Zarro (ARC), 22 January 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - CDS/SUMER
NAME:
MK_PLAN_SEND
PURPOSE:
Send a new pointing structure to and trigger an event in IMAGE_TOOL
CATEGORY:
Planning
SYNTAX:
mk_plan_send, plan, messenger
INPUTS:
PLAN - Structure representing a CDS/SUMER DET plan or SOHO
SCI plan
MESSENGER - ID of the widget in planning tool through which
the pointing structure is sent back to planning
tool from IMAGE_TOOL; must be a widget that does
not usually generate any event
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], MK_PLAN_POINT, XVALID
CALLED BY:
MK_SOHO
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
The first child of widget program IMAGE_TOOL must be a widget
that does not usually generate events.
SIDE EFFECTS:
A widget timer event is generated by the first widget child of
IMAGE_TOOL; the event handler of IAMGE_TOOL must process this
event accordingly
HISTORY:
Version 1, December 27, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC. Written
Version 2, January 4, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Made it independent of common block used by IMAGE_TOOL
Version 3, 13-Feb-1996, Zarro GSFC/ARC
Added check for valid POINT_STC
CONTACT:
Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC (Liyun.Wang.1@gsfc.nasa.gov)
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_SHARED
Purpose : Common blocks for MK_SOHO, MK_PLAN, & MK_DETAIL
Explanation :
Use : N.A.
Inputs : None.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : None.
Called from : N.A.
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning, science
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Version 1, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, June 9, 1995
Version 2, Ronald Yurow, EITI, 5 October 2001
Added variable dsn_27 to common block.
Version : Version 2
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - CDS/SUMER
NAME:
MK_PLAN_SHIFT
PURPOSE:
Event handler of draw events for MK_SOHO's "Shift" button
INPUTS:
EVENT - Event structure generated from the draw widget of
MK_SOHO_PLAN or MK_SUMER_PLAN
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
None.
CALLS: ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3]
DELVARX [4], PLAN_SHIFT_CTIME, PLAN_SHIFT_UTIME, TAI2UTC, UTC2TAI, delvarx [5]
CALLED BY:
MK_SOHO
COMMON BLOCKS:
BUTTONS - Internal common block used by mk_plan_shift
Others - Listed in mk_soho_com.pro (CDS version) or in
mk_sumer_com.pro (SUMER version)
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
CATEGORY:
Planning
PREVIOUS HISTORY:
Written January 6, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Version 1, January 6, 1995, Created
Version 2, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, April 28, 1995
Improved the way of handling the dragging mode
Version 3, William Thompson, GSFC, 8 April 1998
Changed !D.N_COLORS to !D.TABLE_SIZE for 24-bit displays
VERSION:
Version 3, 8 April 1998
[Previous]
[Next]
FUNCTION mk_plan_sort, plans, err, unique=unique, by_time=by_time, utc=utc,$
by_sci_obj=by_sci_obj, floating=floating, itime=itime,$
str=str
+
PROJECT:
SOHO - CDS
NAME:
MK_PLAN_SORT()
PURPOSE:
Sort a list of plans by time
EXPLANATION:
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Result = sort_plan(plans [, err])
INPUTS:
PLANS - List of plan entries
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
RESULT - Sorted plan entries if no error occurs, otherwise the input
PLANS is intact or -1 for syntax error
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
ERR - Any error message returned
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
BY_TIME = sort by time [def]
BY_SCI_OBJ = sort by SCI objective
UNIQUE = sort and select unique entries
FLOATING = sort on floating point times [to avoid possible roundoff]
ITIME = position of time tag
UTC = sort on UTC times
STR = sort on string times (same as UTC)
CALLS: ***
EXIST, GET_PLAN_ITIME, STR_FORMAT, UNIQ [1], UNIQ [2], UNIQ [3]
CALLED BY:
LIST_TO_DETAIL, MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_PLAN_ADD, MK_PLAN_CHANGE, MK_PLAN_RECAL
MK_PLAN_TAIL, RD_PLAN, RD_RESOURCE
COMMON BLOCKS:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
CATEGORY:
Utility, Planning
PREVIOUS HISTORY:
Written May 18, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Version 1, created, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, May 18, 1995
Version 1.1, Zarro, ARC, June 6, 1995 -- added UNIQUE
Version 1.2, Zarro, ARC, Nov 1, 1995 -- remove side effect
of modifying input plans
Version 2, Zarro, ARC, March 26, 1996 -- added UTC keyword
Version 3, Zarro, ARC, Sept 5, 1996 -- made /STR the default
VERSION:
Version 3
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - CDS
NAME:
MK_PLAN_TAIL()
PURPOSE:
Find the last plan entry in the current plan block
EXPLANATION:
CALLING SEQUENCE:
result = mk_plan_tail(plan, plans)
INPUTS:
PLAN - The plan entry to be examined
PLANS - List of plans
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
RESULT - The last plan entry in the block where PLAN is in
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
ERROR - Returned error message; null string for no error
CALLS: ***
EXIST, GET_PLAN_ITIME, MK_PLAN_SORT, MK_PLAN_WHERE
CALLED BY:
MK_SOHO
COMMON BLOCKS:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
CATEGORY:
PREVIOUS HISTORY:
Written May 26, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Version 1, created, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, May 26, 1995
VERSION:
Version 1, May 26, 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_UNLOAD
Purpose : Unload contents of MK_PLAN_SHARED common blocks
Category : Planning
Explanation : Depending on DB and instrument type, unloads plan entries
such as CDS_DETAILS into variable PLANS for
use by MK_DETAIL.
Syntax : IDL> mk_plan_unload,type,plans
CALLED BY:
MK_CDS_PLAN
Examples :
Inputs : TYPE - 0,1,2,3 for DETAILS, FLAG, SCIENCE, and ALT
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : PLANS - structure array with plans of requested type
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : None
CALLS: ***
DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3], DELVARX [4], EXIST, WHICH_INST, delvarx [5]
Common : MK_PLAN_SHARED
Restrictions: This is not standalone program, but is run in conjunction with
MK_PLAN and MK_DETAIL for CDS and SUMER only
Side effects: None
History : Version 1, 21-Jun-1995, D M Zarro. Written
Contact : DMZARRO
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_WHERE
Purpose : Find where input TIME or PLAN is relative to PLANS
Explanation :
Use : INDEX=MK_PLAN_WHERE(TIME,PLANS)
Inputs :
TIME = input time
OR
PLAN structure (TIME = start time of PLAN)
PLANS = structure array of plan entries to search
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : INDEX = index of PLANS entry in which TIME falls
OR
index of last PLANS element if TIME is between entries
Opt. Outputs: MATCH = 1 if entered PLAN exactly matches what is in PLANS
Keywords : STATUS = 1 if TIME falls in PLANS, 0 otherwise
FLOATING = set to do checking in floating point
ERR = error string
LAST = use END time of input plan as reference point
STR = set to check in string format
CALLS: ***
ANYTIM2TAI, EXIST, GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_PLAN_TYPE, MK_PLAN_COMP, STR_FORMAT
CALLED BY:
GET_CDS_OH, GET_CDS_STATE, MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_PLAN_ADD, MK_PLAN_REM, MK_PLAN_TAIL
MK_SOHO
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Dominic Zarro (ARC)
Modified, 18 Aug 1996, Zarro (GSFC) - made /STR the default
Version : May 31, 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS/SUMER
Name : MK_PLAN_WRITE
Purpose : Rewrite PLAN entries
Explanation : Rewrites plan entries that have changed
Use : MK_PLAN_WRITE, NPLAN, PLAN
Inputs : NPLAN = new PLAN structure array
PLAN = old PLAN structure array
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : None.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : TGAP = secs gap between consecutive plans [def=1.e-2]
NOCHECK = do not check DB for possible overlapping plans.
RETRY = retry adding by deleting overlapping plans.
NOLOOP = do not loop when adding
TRUNCATE = truncate MSECS off times
CALLS: ***
ARR2STR [1], Arr2Str [2], CONCAT_STRUCT, DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3]
DELVARX [4], DPRINT, EXIST, GET_PLAN_FUNCT, GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_PLAN_TYPE
MK_PLAN_COMP, MK_PLAN_REM, RD_PLAN, STR_FORMAT, TAI2UTC, WHICH_INST, delvarx [5]
CALLED BY:
MK_CDS_PLAN, MK_SOHO, MK_SOHO_EDP, READ_KAP, UPD_SCI_PLAN
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: PLAN is replaced by newly-written PLANS
Category : Planning
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Version 1, Dominic Zarro (ARC), 9 January 1995
Modified : Version 2, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, May 23, 1995
Version : Version 2, May 23, 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_PLAN_XY
Purpose : format plan pointing fields
Category : Planning
Explanation :
Syntax : IDL> rplan=mk_plan_xy(plan)
CALLED BY:
MK_CDS_PLAN
Examples :
Inputs : PLAN = plan structure (can be array)
Opt. Inputs : FORMAT = format for pointing [def = '(f8.0)']
Outputs : RPLAN = plan structures with appropriately formatted
INS_X,INS_Y or XCEN,YCEN fields
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : None
CALLS: ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], EXIST, GET_PLAN_TYPE, STRPAD, STR_DEBLANK
STR_FORMAT, TAG_EXIST [1], TAG_EXIST [2], TRIM
Common : None
Restrictions: None
Side effects: None
History : Version 1, 17-July-1996, D M Zarro. Written
Contact : DZARRO@SOLAR.STANFORD.EDU
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mk_query
PURPOSE:
To retrieve information about data stored in a SUMER/SOHO FITS file
CATEGORY:
Data retrieval
CALLING SEQUENCE:
mk_query,filename,query
INPUTS:
filename: The SUMER/FITS file that is to be examined.
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
silent : Suppresses output to the screen (the default).
ext_max: Sets the maximum number of binary table extensions in the
file to be examined. Large numbers of BTE's (some files
seem to have hundreds) take a very long time to read.
OUTPUTS:
A description of the data stored in the FITS file is printed to the
screen. Currently the colum name and dimensions are given as well as
the maximum and minimum of the wavelength range and pointing.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
query: A structure containing a description of the data stored in
the FITS file. An array of query structures will be returned
if there is more than one column.
{name: '',$ ;; name of the column
extension: 0,$ ;; binary table extension number
column: 0,$ ;; column number
dims: intarr(3),$ ;; dimensions of the column
dims_str: '',$ ;; dimensions of the column
solar_x_min: 0.0,$ ;; min x pointing of the column
solar_x_max: 0.0,$ ;; max x pointing of the column
solar_y_min: 0.0,$ ;; min y pointing of the column
solar_y_max: 0.0,$ ;; max y pointing of the column
wave_min: 0.0,$ ;; min wavelength of the column
wave_max: 0.0} ;; max wavelength of the column
status: TRUE if the input file appears to contain valid data, FALSE
if some pathology has arisen.
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_STRUCT, DESTRING, FILE_EXIST [2], FXBCLOSE [1], FXBCLOSE [2], FXBFIND [1]
FXBFIND [2], FXBOPEN [1], FXBOPEN [2], FXBOPEN [3], FXBREAD [1], FXBREAD [2]
FXBREAD [3], FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2], HEADFITS [1], HEADFITS [2], HEADFITS [3], STR_SEP
TRIM, UNIQ [1], UNIQ [2], UNIQ [3], file_exist [1], file_exist [3], mk_query_genx
sgt_file_type, str_replace [1], str_replace [2]
CALLED BY:
DMOVIE [1], DMOVIE [2], MKDI_C1, rd_sumer [1], rd_sumer [2]
COMMON BLOCKS:
None
SIDE EFFECTS:
?
RESTRICTIONS:
All columns in the binary table extension except for those with
TTYPE keywords sum_status, del_time, exptime, solar_x, and solar_y
are considered to be data from the detector.
PROCEDURE:
Information is gathered from information in the binary table headers
as well as from the solar_x and solar_y data columns.
EXAMPLE:
IDL> filename = 'sum_960513_085055.fits'
IDL> mk_query,filename,query
File : sum_960513_085055.fits
Detector : A
Slit : <2> 1.0 * 300 centered
MAX Exptime: 100.0 sec
MIN Exptime: 100.0 sec
C Name Dimensions Wmin Wmax Xmin Xmax Ymin Ymax
1 W_937.803 (50,360,5) 936.69 938.91 -1.50 4.50 400.12 400.12
2 W_933.380 (50,360,5) 932.27 934.49 -1.50 4.50 400.12 400.12
3 W_930.748 (50,360,5) 929.64 931.86 -1.50 4.50 400.12 400.12
4 W_926.226 (50,360,5) 925.11 927.34 -1.50 4.50 400.12 400.12
5 W_909.000 (50,360,5) 907.89 910.11 -1.50 4.50 400.12 400.12
6 W_944.520 (50,360,5) 943.41 945.63 -1.50 4.50 400.12 400.12
IDL> help,/str,query
** Structure <21f720>, 24 tags, length=116, refs=1:
NAME STRING 'W_937.803'
EXTENSION INT 1
COLUMN INT 1
DIMS INT Array(3)
DIMS_STR STRING '(50,360,5)'
SOLAR_X_MIN FLOAT -1.50000
SOLAR_X_MAX FLOAT 4.50000
SOLAR_Y_MIN FLOAT 400.125
SOLAR_Y_MAX FLOAT 400.125
WAVE_MIN FLOAT 936.691
WAVE_MAX FLOAT 938.915
WAVE_MIN1 FLOAT 936.691
WAVE_MAX1 FLOAT 938.915
WAVE_MIN2 FLOAT 468.346
WAVE_MAX2 FLOAT 469.457
REF_PIX INT 715
REF_VAL FLOAT 937.803
DELTA FLOAT 0.0444715
DETECTOR STRING 'A'
MAX_EXPTIME FLOAT 100.000
MIN_EXPTIME FLOAT 100.000
SLIT STRING '<2> 1.0 * 300 centered'
SLIT_N INT 2
FILENAME STRING 'sum_960513_085055.fits'
Note that query is an array of structures with six elements.
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
HPW 02-JUL-1996: Orginal version.
HPW 24-JUL-1996: Fixed a bug which prevented the routine from
properly reading full sun, rear slit camera, and
history memory files. Modified solar_y output.
HPW 29-JUL-1996: Changed the way detector data is identified in
the binary table extension columns (see
RESTRICTIONS), added status keyword, added code
to handle files without values for important
keywords, and fixed a bug which caused file units
to remain open.
HPW 22-AUG-1996: Added the ext_max keyword which sets the upper
limit on the number of binary table extensions to
be read.
HPW 09-JUN-1997: Added work-around for files missing the EXTNAME
keyword in the header.
HPW 20-JUN-1997: Modified to look for TSPIX first then
TRPIX. TSPIX is used as the reference pixel in
the final cdrom distribution of the data.
HPW 18-JUL-1997: Modified to use mk_query_genx if genx filenames are
passed.
HPW 08-AUG-1997: Modified to return the same structure as
mk_query_genx and to allow for multiple filenames
through the use of recursion.
HPW 04-FEB-1998: Modified to return the output as a string. Useful
for printing the contents of files.
HPW 27-MAR-2002: Fixed bug related to TTYPE having null strings as
entries. Introduced a new bug?
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mk_query
PURPOSE:
To retrieve information about data stored in a SUMER/SOHO FITS file
CATEGORY:
Data retrieval
CALLING SEQUENCE:
mk_query,filename,query
INPUTS:
filename: The SUMER/FITS file that is to be examined.
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
silent : Suppresses output to the screen (the default).
ext_max: Sets the maximum number of binary table extensions in the
file to be examined. Large numbers of BTE's (some files
seem to have hundreds) take a very long time to read.
OUTPUTS:
A description of the data stored in the FITS file is printed to the
screen. Currently the colum name and dimensions are given as well as
the maximum and minimum of the wavelength range and pointing.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
query: A structure containing a description of the data stored in
the FITS file. An array of query structures will be returned
if there is more than one column.
{name: '',$ ;; name of the column
extension: 0,$ ;; binary table extension number
column: 0,$ ;; column number
dims: intarr(3),$ ;; dimensions of the column
dims_str: '',$ ;; dimensions of the column
solar_x_min: 0.0,$ ;; min x pointing of the column
solar_x_max: 0.0,$ ;; max x pointing of the column
solar_y_min: 0.0,$ ;; min y pointing of the column
solar_y_max: 0.0,$ ;; max y pointing of the column
wave_min: 0.0,$ ;; min wavelength of the column
wave_max: 0.0} ;; max wavelength of the column
status: TRUE if the input file appears to contain valid data, FALSE
if some pathology has arisen.
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_STRUCT, DESTRING, FILE_EXIST [2], FXBCLOSE [1], FXBCLOSE [2], FXBFIND [1]
FXBFIND [2], FXBOPEN [1], FXBOPEN [2], FXBOPEN [3], FXBREAD [1], FXBREAD [2]
FXBREAD [3], FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2], HEADFITS [1], HEADFITS [2], HEADFITS [3], STR_SEP
TRIM, UNIQ [1], UNIQ [2], UNIQ [3], file_exist [1], file_exist [3], mk_query_genx
sgt_file_type, str_replace [1], str_replace [2]
CALLED BY:
DMOVIE [1], DMOVIE [2], MKDI_C1, rd_sumer [1], rd_sumer [2]
COMMON BLOCKS:
None
SIDE EFFECTS:
?
RESTRICTIONS:
All columns in the binary table extension except for those with
TTYPE keywords sum_status, del_time, exptime, solar_x, and solar_y
are considered to be data from the detector.
PROCEDURE:
Information is gathered from information in the binary table headers
as well as from the solar_x and solar_y data columns.
EXAMPLE:
IDL> filename = 'sum_960513_085055.fits'
IDL> mk_query,filename,query
File : sum_960513_085055.fits
Detector : A
Slit : <2> 1.0 * 300 centered
MAX Exptime: 100.0 sec
MIN Exptime: 100.0 sec
C Name Dimensions Wmin Wmax Xmin Xmax Ymin Ymax
1 W_937.803 (50,360,5) 936.69 938.91 -1.50 4.50 400.12 400.12
2 W_933.380 (50,360,5) 932.27 934.49 -1.50 4.50 400.12 400.12
3 W_930.748 (50,360,5) 929.64 931.86 -1.50 4.50 400.12 400.12
4 W_926.226 (50,360,5) 925.11 927.34 -1.50 4.50 400.12 400.12
5 W_909.000 (50,360,5) 907.89 910.11 -1.50 4.50 400.12 400.12
6 W_944.520 (50,360,5) 943.41 945.63 -1.50 4.50 400.12 400.12
IDL> help,/str,query
** Structure <21f720>, 24 tags, length=116, refs=1:
NAME STRING 'W_937.803'
EXTENSION INT 1
COLUMN INT 1
DIMS INT Array(3)
DIMS_STR STRING '(50,360,5)'
SOLAR_X_MIN FLOAT -1.50000
SOLAR_X_MAX FLOAT 4.50000
SOLAR_Y_MIN FLOAT 400.125
SOLAR_Y_MAX FLOAT 400.125
WAVE_MIN FLOAT 936.691
WAVE_MAX FLOAT 938.915
WAVE_MIN1 FLOAT 936.691
WAVE_MAX1 FLOAT 938.915
WAVE_MIN2 FLOAT 468.346
WAVE_MAX2 FLOAT 469.457
REF_PIX INT 715
REF_VAL FLOAT 937.803
DELTA FLOAT 0.0444715
DETECTOR STRING 'A'
MAX_EXPTIME FLOAT 100.000
MIN_EXPTIME FLOAT 100.000
SLIT STRING '<2> 1.0 * 300 centered'
SLIT_N INT 2
FILENAME STRING 'sum_960513_085055.fits'
Note that query is an array of structures with six elements.
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
HPW 02-JUL-1996: Orginal version.
HPW 24-JUL-1996: Fixed a bug which prevented the routine from
properly reading full sun, rear slit camera, and
history memory files. Modified solar_y output.
HPW 29-JUL-1996: Changed the way detector data is identified in
the binary table extension columns (see
RESTRICTIONS), added status keyword, added code
to handle files without values for important
keywords, and fixed a bug which caused file units
to remain open.
HPW 22-AUG-1996: Added the ext_max keyword which sets the upper
limit on the number of binary table extensions to
be read.
HPW 09-JUN-1997: Added work-around for files missing the EXTNAME
keyword in the header.
HPW 20-JUN-1997: Modified to look for TSPIX first then
TRPIX. TSPIX is used as the reference pixel in
the final cdrom distribution of the data.
HPW 18-JUL-1997: Modified to use mk_query_genx if genx filenames are
passed.
HPW 08-AUG-1997: Modified to return the same structure as
mk_query_genx and to allow for multiple filenames
through the use of recursion.
HPW 04-FEB-1998: Modified to return the output as a string. Useful
for printing the contents of files.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mk_query_genx
PURPOSE:
To retrieve information about data stored in a SUMER/SOHO data file
that has been written with wrt_sumer. See mk_query for more
details. This routine is called by the routine mk_query, which also
works on the original FITS files. The data structure returned by
mk_query_genx is more extensive, however.
Note that this routine always displays the first order wavelengths
unless the keyword default_wave is specified.
CATEGORY:
Data retrieval.
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_STRUCT, FILE_EXIST [2], STR_SEP, TRIM, file_exist [1], file_exist [3]
rd_sumer [1], rd_sumer [2], sgt_delta, sgt_detector, sgt_dims, sgt_exptime
sgt_file_type, sgt_refpix, sgt_refval, sgt_slit, sgt_solar_x, sgt_solar_y, sgt_wave
str_replace [1], str_replace [2]
CALLED BY:
mk_query [1], mk_query [2]
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
HPW 18-JUL-1997: Orginal version.
HPW 04-FEB-1998: Modified to return the output as a string. Useful
for printing the contents of files.
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_RASTER
Purpose : Widget selection and definition of a CDS raster observation.
Explanation : The user selects the required setup using various widgets to
define the setup parameters.
Use : IDL> mk_raster, setup_structure
Inputs : setup_structure - is a structure this is taken to define
an observation and the details are loaded
into the widgets on screen. The values
can then be adjusted as required. If the
parameter is not a structure then it is
taken to be an output parameter and the
setup must be defined from scratch on the
screen.
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : setup_structure - on exit, whatever its input form, this
will be a structure containing the details
of the observation according to the latest
structure definition - see TPLAN_STRUCT
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : modal - option for when calling from other programs
group_leader - for control from other programs
font - specifies something other than the default font
fix_desc - Not for general use.
Calls : ***
ARR2STR [1], Arr2Str [2], Bell, CDS_SLINE, CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2]
CONCAT_DIR [3], CW_FIELD, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DEL_WINDOW
DISPLAY_GIS_WIN, DISPLAY_NIS_WIN, ERASE_NIS_WIN, FILE_EXIST [2]
FIND_ALL_DIR [1], FIND_ALL_DIR [2], FIND_ALL_DIR [3], FIND_WITH_DEF [1]
FIND_WITH_DEF [2], FIND_WITH_DEF [3], FIX_ZDBASE, FLASH_MSG, FMT_VECT
GET_DFONT [1], GET_DFONT [2], GET_UTC, GET_VDS_STATE, GIS_IN_WINDOW, LOADCT
LOAD_TP_STRUCT, LOAD_WAVECAL, MK_RASTER_EVENT, NIS_IN_WINDOW, NUM2STR, PIX2WAVE
POPUP_MSG, PRIV_ZDBASE, PROFILES [1], PROFILES [2], REP_TAG_VALUE, ROUND_OFF
SAVE_WAVECAL, SHOW_STRUCT, SORT_WINDOWS, STRPAD, TAG_EXIST [1], TAG_EXIST [2]
TEST_OPEN, TPLAN_STRUCT, TP_BSCALE, TP_CALL_HELP, TP_CHK_RASTER, TP_CLEAR_LINES
TP_CLEAR_RASTER, TP_CLEAR_STATE, TP_COLBAR, TP_COLTABLE, TP_DISPLAY_DEW
TP_DISPLAY_VP, TP_DISP_IEF, TP_DISP_LLIST, TP_DISP_RAST, TP_DRAW_MESSAGE
TP_DRAW_RASDUR, TP_DRAW_VWIN, TP_DUMP_SETUP, TP_EDIT_LINES, TP_GET_DESC
TP_GET_DUMDATA, TP_LOAD_VDSBACK, TP_PLOT_DEW, TP_PLOT_GIS, TP_PLOT_VDS, TP_RASDUR
TP_READ_HELP, TP_READ_TEXTW, TP_RECALC_DEW, TP_REDISPLAY, TP_UPDATE_LINES
TP_VDS_AXES, TP_WRT_DWIN, TP_WRT_FRAST, TP_WRT_IEF, TP_WRT_LLIST, TP_WRT_VRAST
VALID_NUM [1], VALID_NUM [2], VALID_NUM [3], WAVE2PIX, WHICH_ZDBASE, WIDG_HELP, XACK
XALIVE, XKILL, XLOADCT [1], XLOADCT [2], XLOADCT [3], XMANAGER, XMENU [1], XMENU [2]
XPDMENU, XREGISTERED, concat_dir [4], file_exist [1], file_exist [3]
CALLED BY:
MK_STUDY
Restrictions: None
Side effects: None
Category : Technical planning.
Prev. Hist. : Based on the original tp_page1.
Written : C D Pike, RAL, 8-Jul-94
Modified : Renamed and updated from TPLAN. CDP, 7-Dec-94
Added scroll bars to main base widget for use on small
screens. CDP, 14-Feb-95
Added font keyword, and all widgets use font.
CDP/WT 28/Mar/95
Use copy_struct when changing instruments. CDP, 18-May-95
Replace calls to NINT by ROUND. CDP, 17-Jun-95
Fixed error in call to ROUND. CDP, 28-Jun-95
Add GIS filaments to zone types. CDP, 7-Sep-95
Use new state database call (cp_get_state). CDP, 07-Sep-95
Upgrade handling of typed in exposure times. CDP, 26-Sep-95
Limit exposure times to 1000 secs, increase size of
descriptor widgets and handle GIS filament zone IDs.
CDP, 17-Oct-95
Rework messages window. CDP, 18-Oct-95
Make inclusion of VDS background windows the default.
CDP, 23-Oct-95
Include new version of 'sum over lines' compression.
CDP, 2-Nov-95
Include IEF access. CDP, 8-Nov-95
Add database IDs to display. CDP, 9-Nov-95
Change security access to databases. CDP, 10-Nov-95
Restore ZDBASE on exit. CDP, 13-Nov-95
Allow update of db descriptions. CDP, 27-Nov-95
Change command setting ZDBASE on exit CDP, 18-Jan-96
Added call to GET_DFONT to check availability
of button fonts.
Used STRPAD in place of XSIZE in WIDGET_LABEL
to fix version 4 sizing problems.
Added calls to XALIVE to recover from crashes
when MK_RASTER is called by another program.
DMZ, 14-Feb-96
Changed code for scrolling message window. DMZ, 20-Feb-96
Changed call to cp_get_state to get_vds_state CDP, 23-Feb-96
Cleared a load of redundant code connected with
detector setup CDP, 04-Mar-96
Gave up on SAVEGEN, back to IDL SAVE. CDP, 14-Mar-96
Use new wavecal system but assume linear. CDP, 15-Mar-96
Add curr_lheight to call to tp_get_desc CDP, 10-Apr-96
Limit number of mirror/slit locations to 255. CDP, 28-Apr-96
Trap no write access for save file on exit. CDP, 07-May-96
Trap max exp time on type in. CDP, 13-May-96
Changed newdata .pdm file 2b independent. CDP, 19-Jul-96
Move .pdm files to software directory,
tidy VDS parameter display, make 12 bit
truncation default NIS compression. CDP, 29-Jul-96
Tidy use of ZDBASE. CDP, 08-Aug-96
Resize telemetry timing widgets. CDP, 15-Aug-96
Change handling of messages window. CDP, 10-Oct-96
Handle user compression scheme/include TM rate. CDP, 06-Oct-97
Include new LOW++ telemetry rate CDP, 12-Dec-97
Extended /ALL keyword in text widget to /ALL_TEXT DMZ 1-May-98
Add real NIS data to display. CDP, 05-May-99
Added GROUP_LEADER as UVALUE to MAIN DMZ, 27-Dec-99
Cut out test write for directory on exit. CDP, 20-Sep-00
Version : Version 41, 20-Sep-00
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: mk_script
Purpose: make a script file from str_data and optionally spawn it
Input Parameters:
str_data - string array of commands
Optional Keyword Parameters
name - file name for script file (default='mk_script.src')
submit - switch; if set, the file is sourced (executed)
Output - function return value is script file name
History - slf, 15-nov-92
slf, 6-mar-92 - allow 'appending' to new file
CALLED BY
arctap2tap, mktap_prep
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO
NAME:
MK_SOHO
PURPOSE:
Widget interface for displaying/editing SOHO SCI plans
EXPLANATION:
CALLING SEQUENCE:
mk_soho [,tstart]
INPUTS:
None required.
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
TSTART - start date to display/edit
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
GROUP = event id of calling parent widget.
MODAL = make parent widget insensitive when MK_SOHO is called
as child.
EDIT = Start the program in edit mode
RESET = Force the database to be read again
DETACH = Separate the display window from the main widget if set
CALLS: ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], CONCAT_STRUCT, COPY_STRUCT [1], COPY_STRUCT [2]
COPY_STRUCT [3], CW_BSELECTOR2, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3]
DATE_CODE, DEF_INST_PLAN, DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3], DELVARX [4], DPRINT
ENTRY_CLONE, EXIST, GET_DFONT [1], GET_DFONT [2], GET_INST_COLOR, GET_LATEST_KAP
GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_PLAN_SCI, GET_SOHO_INST, GET_UNIQ_LIST, GET_UTC, GREP
HAVE_WIDGETS [1], HAVE_WIDGETS [2], IMAGE_TOOL, LIST_CAMPAIGN, LIST_OBJECT
LIST_PROGRAM, LOADCT, MATCH_STRUCT, MK_PLAN_ADD, MK_PLAN_CHANGE, MK_PLAN_CONV
MK_PLAN_COPY, MK_PLAN_POINT, MK_PLAN_READ, MK_PLAN_REM, MK_PLAN_RESET
MK_PLAN_SEND, MK_PLAN_SHIFT, MK_PLAN_TAIL, MK_PLAN_WHERE, MK_PLAN_WRITE
MK_SOHO_BUTTON, MK_SOHO_CUSTOM, MK_SOHO_DBASE, MK_SOHO_DRAW, MK_SOHO_EDP
MK_SOHO_ERASELINE, MK_SOHO_EVENT, MK_SOHO_EXTPLAN, MK_SOHO_MOVE, MK_SOHO_NOTIFY
MK_SOHO_PLOT, MK_SOHO_REDRAW, MK_SOHO_REMOVE_ALL, MK_SOHO_SAVE
MK_SOHO_SBASE [1], MK_SOHO_SBASE [2], MK_SOHO_SCIOBJ, MK_SOHO_SWITCH
MK_SOHO_TPLOT, MK_SOHO_UPDATE, MK_SOHO_WREFRESH, NUM2STR, OPLOT_SPLAN, PLOT_SPLAN
PS [1], PS [2], PSCLOSE [1], PSCLOSE [2], PSPLOT [1], PSPLOT [2], RD_ASCII [1]
RD_ASCII [2], REP_TAG_VALUE, ROUND_OFF, SETWINDOW [1], SETWINDOW [2]
SET_LINE_COLOR, SHOW_RES_STC, STR2ARR [1], STR2ARR [2], TAG_EXIST [1]
TAG_EXIST [2], TAI2UTC, UPDATE_KAP, UTC2TAI, VALID_TIME, WIDG_HELP, X2GIF, XACK, XANSWER
XCLONE_PLAN, XIAP, XINPUT, XKILL, XLIST, XMANAGER, XMESSAGE, XMOVE_PLAN, XPS_SETUP
XREGISTERED, XSEL_LIST [1], XSEL_LIST [2], XSHOW, XTEXT, delvarx [5]
CALLED BY:
MK_SOHO_SETUP
COMMON BLOCKS:
Defined in mk_soho_com.pro
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
CATEGORY:
Planning Tool
PREVIOUS HISTORY:
Written May 15, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Version 1.0, created, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, May 15, 1995
Adopted from MK_PLAN
Version 1.1, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, May 30, 1995
Added plan cloning feature
Added COPY plan feature
Version 2.0, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, June 9, 1995
Improved the functionality of the "Add" button
Added graphically moving function
Added option to choose unit of plan duration (sec, min, hour)
Made it possible to specify start/stop/duration of a plan entry
via mouse or directly editing of widget content
Version 2.1, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, June 27, 1995
Replaced calls to MK_PLAN_CHK (which no longer exists) with
MK_PLAN_WHERE
Version 2.2, July 20, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Fixed a bug of repeatedly removing and adding entries
Version 2.3, July 24, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Added DETACH keyword to separate the display window
Added UNDO feature
Version 3.0, August 10, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Plotted telemtry resources and commanding resources on
different row
Added MDI science plan row
Added button to read the latest KAP files
Added feature of writing CAP files
Added feature of cloning one selected entry to all instrument
Added feature of deleting entries that are identical to all
instruments
Version 3.1, August 16, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Added XCEN and YCEN fields to the widget
Added cursor time round off mechanism
Version 3.2, August 21, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Added feature of displaying the latest KAP file
Added capability of displaying SOHO wide detailed plan entries
Version 3.3, August 31, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Made cursor line extendable and color coded for different
instruments in display mode
Got rid of TSTOP positional parameter
Version 3.4, October 10, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Started using the XPS_SETUP to handle making hard copies in
PS fromat
Fixed a bug that would crash the program if the middle
button is clicked earlier than the left button
Version 3.5, November 10, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Added capability of showing resource structures
Version 3.6, November 20, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Modified so that the user is warned when he leaves a
modified, unsaved plan entry
Version 3.7, December 4, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Added inherit feature
Version 3.8, December 14, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Fixed a bug that soho_splan is not updated properly when
shifting the timeline
Fixed problem encountered when deleting all entries
starting at the same time
Version 4.0, December 28, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Added feature to perform pointing with IMAGE_TOOL
Version 4.1, January 12, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Fixed bug that causes crash in editing mode if no instrume
is chosen
Added option to insert entry at beginning of display
Version 4.2, January 15, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Added current UT to the widget title
Implemented feature to add a series plans
Force a reset when it sees the change of ZDBASE
Version 4.3, January 25, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Added inheriting stop time as start time
Version 4.4, January 30, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Implemented zoom in/out feature
Version 4.5, March 18, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Fixed a bug that new entry always defaults to a CDS plan
Version 4.6, April 10, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Modified such that DB is not read when changing mode unless necesary
Made Pointing Tool available to SOHO details plans as well
Added feature of tracing the cursor time
Version 4.7, May 1, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Lifted restriction of disallowing edit of entries before
current UT
Fixed a bug of unabling to show multiple pointings in SOHO
DET plans
Version 4.8, August 20, 1996, Liyun Wang, NASA/GSFC
Replaced calls to "XTEXT, /just_reg" with XMESSAGE to avoid
hanging of IDL
Added option to turn off color in display -- DMZ
VERSION:
Version 4.8, August 20, 1996
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO
Name : MK_SOHO_COM
Purpose : Common blocks for SOHO planning tool.
Common : Itself
Category : Common
Prev. Hist. : None
Written : Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, May 16, 1995
Version : Version 2, Sep 8 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - CDS/SUMER
NAME:
MK_SOHO_CUSTOM
PURPOSE:
Widget interface for customizing MK_SOHO
CATEGORY:
Planning, widgets
EXPLANATION:
User can customize features such as START/STOP times, which DB
entry to EDIT (e.g. DETAILS, FLAG...) or display as a
reference (e.g. DSN, MDI, CDS, SUMER...)
SYNTAX:
mk_soho_custom, s, group=group, modal=modal
INPUTS:
See OUTPUTS.
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
S - Structure that has following tags:
STARTDIS, STOPDIS - the selected TAI start and stop times
REQ_ITEMS - string array of selected DB items
SHOW_NOW - Flag (1/0) to show current UT
SHOW_DAY - Flag (1/0) to show day boundary
SHOW_LOCAL - Flag (1/0) to show local time
NOCOLOR - Flag (1/0) to turn off/on color plot
OPS_MODE - Operation mode. 0: edit SCI, 1: display SCI
2: display DET
DTYPE - SOHO plan type to show. 0: SCI, 1: DET
TROFF - Cursor time roundoff, in minutes
EXT_CURSOR - Flag (1/0) to extend cursor line
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
GROUP = widget id of calling widget program
MODAL = freeze calling program
STATUS = 0 if user quit and wants to abort
CALLS: ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], CW_BSELECTOR, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2]
DATATYPE [3], FREE_POINTER, GET_CALLER, GET_DFONT [1], GET_DFONT [2], GET_POINTER
GET_SOHO_INST, GREP, HAVE_WIDGETS [1], HAVE_WIDGETS [2], JOIN_STRUCT [1]
JOIN_STRUCT [2], MAKE_POINTER, MK_DFONT, MK_SOHO_CUSTOM_EVENT, REP_TAG_VALUE
SET_POINTER, SPLIT_STRUCT, TAG_EXIST [1], TAG_EXIST [2], TAI2UTC, UTC2TAI, XACK
XALIVE, XKILL, XMANAGER, XMENU [1], XMENU [2], XREALIZE, XSHOW
CALLED BY:
MK_SOHO
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, April 20, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC. Written
Version 2, January 24, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Modified such that no carriage return is needed for start
time string
Version 3, March 13, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Made the widget centered at screen
Version 4, April 25, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Modified such that entries for CELIAS, SWAN, and ERNE appear
as JOP, SOC, and CAMPAIGN respectively
Version 5, June 24, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Added option to turn of color when drawing plan entries
CONTACT:
Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC (Liyun.Wang.1@gsfc.nasa.gov)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - CDS/SUMER
NAME:
MK_SOHO_EDP
PURPOSE:
Clone a given plan entry to other instruments
CATEGORY:
Planning
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
mk_soho_edp, plan, soho_splan
CALLED BY:
MK_SOHO
EXAMPLES:
INPUTS:
PLAN - Plan structure to be cloned
SOHO_SPLAN - SOHO wide Science plan entries
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None, but SOHO_SPLAN may be changed
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
STATUS
GROUP
MODAL
ERROR
CALLS: ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], EXIST
GET_CENT_OFF, GET_DFONT [1], GET_DFONT [2], GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_SOHO_INST, GREP
MK_PLAN_ADD, MK_PLAN_CHANGE, MK_PLAN_WRITE, MK_SOHO_EDP_EVENT, MK_SOHO_EXTPLAN
REP_TAG_VALUE, XKILL, XMANAGER, XMENU [1], XMENU [2]
COMMON:
@mk_soho_com
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
SOHO_PLANS is changed.
HISTORY:
Version 1, August 31, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC. Written
CONTACT:
Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC (Liyun.Wang.1@gsfc.nasa.gov)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - CDS/SUMER
NAME:
MK_SOHO_EXTPLAN
PURPOSE:
Extract science plans for a given instrument from SOHO SCI plans
CATEGORY:
Planning
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
mk_soho_extract_plan, soho_splan, instrume, inst_plans, other_plans
INPUTS:
SOHO_SPLAN - SOHO wide SCIENCE plan entries
INSTRUME - Instrument name (in long form)
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
INST_PLANS - Extracted SCI plan entries for INSTRUME
OTHER_PLANS - Othe SCI plan entries in SOHO_SPLAN except INST_PLANS
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
None.
CALLS: ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3]
DELVARX [4], DPRINT, GET_SOHO_INST, delvarx [5]
CALLED BY:
MK_SOHO, MK_SOHO_EDP
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, August 31, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC. Written
CONTACT:
Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC (Liyun.Wang.1@gsfc.nasa.gov)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - CDS/SUMER
NAME:
MK_SOHO_SBASE
PURPOSE:
Create widget fields for SOHO DET plans
CATEGORY:
Planning
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
mk_soho_dbase, parent, child
INPUTS:
PARENT - parent widget upon which to construct widgets
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
CHILD - Widget ID of the created child widget
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
MAP - 1/0 for visible/invisible
LFONT - font for label widgets
CALLS: ***
CW_BSELECTOR2, GET_DFONT [1], GET_DFONT [2], MK_SOHO_DBASE
CALLED BY:
MK_SOHO
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, August 21, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC. Written
Version 2, May 6, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Added N_POINT text widget
CONTACT:
Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC (Liyun.Wang.1@gsfc.nasa.gov)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - CDS/SUMER
NAME:
MK_SOHO_SBASE
PURPOSE:
Create widget fields for SOHO SCI plans
CATEGORY:
Planning
EXPLANATION:
SYNTAX:
mk_soho_sbase, parent, child
INPUTS:
PARENT - parent widget upon which to construct widgets
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
CHILD - Widget ID of the created child widget
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
MAP - 1/0 for visible/invisible
LFONT - font for label widgets
CALLS: ***
CW_BSELECTOR2, GET_DFONT [1], GET_DFONT [2]
CALLED BY:
MK_SOHO
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, August 21, 1995, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC. Written
CONTACT:
Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC (Liyun.Wang.1@gsfc.nasa.gov)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO
NAME:
MK_SOHO_SETUP
PURPOSE:
Set up things for SOC people to run MK_SOHO *more* easily
CATEGORY:
Planning, utility
SYNTAX:
mk_soho_setup [, /resume]
INPUTS:
None required.
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
RESUME - Resume original settings
GO - Set this keyword to launch MK_SOHO (no effect if
RESUME keyword is set)
CALLS: ***
DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3], DELVARX [4], EXIST, FIX_ZDBASE, MK_SOHO
STREP [1], STREP [2], STREP [3], STREP [4], STREP [5], delvarx [5]
COMMON:
SETUP4MKSOHO (for internal use)
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
Values of several system variables are changed. To restore
them, run this procedure with the RESUME keyword.
HISTORY:
Version 1, March 5, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC. Written
CONTACT:
Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC (Liyun.Wang.1@gsfc.nasa.gov)
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - CDS/SUMER
NAME:
MK_SOHO_TARGET
PURPOSE:
Create an HTML file listing all SOHO plan targets
CATEGORY:
Planning, utility
EXPLANATION:
This program creates an HTML target page for SOHO plan
entries for given start DATE.
The created file contains SOHO plans and
DSN schedule for a specific operational day.
SYNTAX:
mk_soho_target [, date]
INPUTS:
None required.
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
DATE - Starting date (in any ECS format) on which the targets
to be listed; if missing, the current date is assumed
FILE - output file name [def = soho_plan.YYYYMMDD, where YYYYMMDD
represents the date
OUTPUTS:
None.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
DIRECTORY - Name of the directory in which output files are created;
if missing, the current IDL working directory is used
VERBOSE - Set this keyword to get more informative prompts
from the program
SCIPLAN - print SCI_PLAN (default = DETAILS)
NODSN - don't list DSN
ERR - error string
NOAA - get latest NOAA line drawing
DAYS - # of DAYS to list [def=1]
CALLS: ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3]
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2]
DATATYPE [3], ESPAWN, EXIST, FIX_ZDBASE, GET_CAMPAIGN, GET_NOAA, GET_OBJECT
GET_PLAN_ITIME, GET_SOHO_INST, GET_SOHO_SUBMODE, GET_UTC, IS_STRING, LIST_DSN
LIST_PLAN, LIST_SOHO_DET, LOC_FILE [1], LOC_FILE [2], LOC_FILE [3], OS_FAMILY
PRINT_DSN, PRINT_ENTRY, SEC2DHMS, STR2ARR [1], STR2ARR [2], TAG_EXIST [1]
TAG_EXIST [2], TEST_DIR, TRIM, UNIQ [1], UNIQ [2], UNIQ [3], WHERE_VECTOR
break_file [4], concat_dir [4], is_number [1], is_number [2]
CALLED BY:
MK_PLAN_FORM, UPDATE_SOHO_TARGETS
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
None.
HISTORY:
Version 1, March 22, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC. Written
Version 2, April 26, 1996, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC
Modified so that targets for CELIAS, SWAN, and ERNE appear
as JOP, SOC, and Campaign, respectively
Version 3, June 6 1996, Dominic Zarro, GSFC
Modified to show DETAILED pointing and FOV
Added call to UPDATE_KAP
Version 4, November 26 1996, Dominic Zarro, GSFC
Added file/directory write protection checks and ERR keyword
Version 5, Jan 6 1997, Dominic Zarro, GSFC
Made HTML the norm
CONTACT:
Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC (Liyun.Wang.1@gsfc.nasa.gov)
[Previous]
[Next]
MK_STDIM
Form a "Standard" mask image from the current image set
Usage:
mk_stdim[, stdim, stexp=stexp, filename=filename]
Arguments:
filename string input The name to give to the image. If
unset, then use "stdim.fts"
Keywords:
stexp float output The integrated exposures of each
pixel.
save ?? input If set, then save the generated image
to disk
Effects:
A "standard" average image is generated and added to the end
of the list of loaded images. Most of its header information
is derived from the first image of the set. N.B. The image is
NOT saved to disk, use one of the SAVE options in DISPLAY to
do this.
WARNING:
It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the image
set being used is homogeneous.
CALLS: ***
CHANDLE, CHK_DIR [1], CHK_DIR [2], OCCLTR_CNTR, OFFSET_BIAS, SXADDPAR [1]
SXADDPAR [2], SXADDPAR [3], SXPAR [1], SXPAR [2], SXPAR [3], WRITEFITS [1]
WRITEFITS [2], mask_out, mk_stdim_hdr, scan4limb, sigma_mask
CALLED BY:
w_mk_stdim
History:
Original: Mar 96, SJT
Reduce number of arrays to try to speed it up: 4/4/96; SJT
Use NO_COPY handle extraction instead of GHANDLE for the same
reason: 22/4/96; SJT
[Previous]
[Next]
MK_STDIM_HDR
Make the fits header for a standard image.
Usage:
mk_stdim_hdr, head, last_head
Arguments:
head string in/out The header to be updated - must be
derived
from the
first image
of the set
if it is to
work
properly
last_head str input The header of the last image of the
set.
image float input The standard image to be described by
the header
filename string input The name of the file to include in the
header.
nim int input The number of images incorporated.
Keyword:
rebin ??? input If set & non-zero, then the image may
have been rebinned if it was a
low-resolution image.
Effects:
The FITS header is updated.
CALLS: ***
STDEV, SXADDPAR [1], SXADDPAR [2], SXADDPAR [3], SXDELPAR [1], SXDELPAR [2]
SXDELPAR [3], SXPAR [1], SXPAR [2], SXPAR [3], TAI2UTC, fractile
CALLED BY:
mk_minim, mk_stdim, mk_stdim_list
History:
Original: 4/6/96; SJT
[Previous]
[Next]
MK_STDIM_LIST
Form a "Standard" mask image from a list or more usually from
a set of parameters to be matched.
Usage:
mk_stdim[, stdim, {list|<keys>}]
Arguments:
filename string input The name to give to the image. If
unset, then use "stdim.fts"
list string input An array with a list of filenames to
be used in forming the average image.
Keywords: (all input)
coronagraph int - Which coronagraph (1, 2 or 3)
exposure float - 1-elements use exposures */10%,
2-elements use exposures in given
range, absent: use any exposure.
filter string - Specify the filter or FP setting
required (default "Clear")
polarizer string - Specify the polarizer setting to be
used (default clear)
pixels int - Specify the size of image to use
2-element array (default [1024,
1024]).
dir_pattern string - Specify a restricted set of
directories in which to find the
images (if used, this must be in a
form acceptable as an argument to
"find")
interact ?? - If set, then display each image
(reduced by a factor 2 if the larger
dimansion is > 512) and ask the user
whether to include it - tedious but
sometimes
needed.
upper_left int - Specify the location of the
upper-left corner of the image
(useful to distingush (say)
half-resolution-whole-field images
from full-resolution-quarter-field
images, 2-element array (default [20,1]).
save ?? - If set, then save the generated image
to disk
clevel float - Specify the minimum correlation with
the first image for the image to be
used. When this is specified the
first image is displayed as in
INTERACT and you are prompted whther
to use it; this continues until an
image is accepted. Thereafter all
images better correlated with the
initial image than the given value
are accepted - a typical level might
be in the range .98
to .99.
slevel int - Specify a pixel value to be
considered as saturated (default
16383). This is needed as some
images show "soft saturation" at a
level below 16383 counts.
centre_pick ?? - If set, then determine a Sun-centre
and radius, manually - else get a
centre from OCCLTR_CNTR
Effects:
A "standard" average image is generated and added to the end
of the list of loaded images. Most of its header information
is derived from the first image of the set. N.B. The image is
NOT saved to disk, use one of the SAVE options in DISPLAY to
do this.
WARNING:
It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the image
set being used is homogeneous.
CALLS: ***
CHANDLE, CHK_DIR [1], CHK_DIR [2], FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2], LOADCT, OCCLTR_CNTR
OFFSET_BIAS, READFITSL, RSTRPOS, SXADDPAR [1], SXADDPAR [2], SXADDPAR [3], SXPAR [1]
SXPAR [2], SXPAR [3], WRITEFITS [1], WRITEFITS [2], cc0, mask_out, min_nz [1]
min_nz [2], mk_stdim_hdr, scan4limb, sigma_mask
CALLED BY:
w_stdim_list
History:
Original (modified from mk_stdim): 26/4/96, SJT
Substantially improved: 14/5/96; SJT
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_STUDY
Purpose : Create CDS studies
Use : mk_study
Inputs : None.
Opt. Inputs : STUDY = complete study definition
Outputs : STUDY = new study
Keywords :
GROUP = event id of widget that calls mk_study
Explanation : Creates a new CDS study by combining rasters or modifying
a user-supplied structure definition.
Category : Widgets, planning
Modified : Changed location of .pdm new data file. CDP, 29-Jul-96
Written : Zarro ARC/GSFC) 10 October 1994
Modified, 27 Dec 1999, Zarro (SM&A/GSFC) -- added TIMER
check for return output from MK_RASTER
============================================================================
pro mk_study_event, event ;event driver routine
common mk_study_com0,prast,vrast,sel_praster,sel_vraster,out_raster,sval,$
prlist,vrlist,srlist,wtags,wbase,wvtags,wvbase,remb,addb,writeb,$
sname,stext,svtext,out_study,view_details,xptext,yptext,gdef,rptext,$
info,repb,cds_det,cbutt,pbutt,rbutt,tittext,sidtext,svatext,n_repeat_r,$
pcol1,nrepb,popt,popts,sdur,ztext,ibutt,zlabel,texist,lfont,export_dir,$
tried_and_failed,slit_no,tplanb2,cur_db,sel_study,sav_db,relist_xstudy,$
id_text,var_text
widget_control, event.id, get_uvalue = uservalue
if (exist(uservalue) eq 0) then uservalue=''
CALLS:
CALLED BY
MK_CDS_PLAN
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME :
MK_SUMER_CAT
PURPOSE :
Create or update a SUMER catalog file
CALLING SEQUENCE :
MK_SUMER_CAT, sumer_files, cat_file
INPUTS :
SUMER_FILES : the list of SUMER fits files to be catalogued
CAT_FILE : catalog file. If it alredy exits, it is updated.
Otherwise, it is created.
KEYWORDS:
None
CALLS: ***
BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2], HEADFITS [1]
HEADFITS [2], HEADFITS [3], SUMER_FULL_FILENAME, XDISPLAYFILE [1]
XDISPLAYFILE [2], break_file [4]
CALLED BY:
XSEL_PD_EVENT
COMMON BLOCKS :
None
REQUIRED ROUTINES:
SUMER_FULL_FILENAME
HEADFITS FXPAR
RESTRICTIONS:
This works only in SUMER machines which allows access
to SUMER fits disks
SIDE EFFECTS:
Display the content in the catalog file
MODIFICATION HISTORY
March 1997 Jongchul Chae
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - SUMER
Name : MK_SUMER_DBASE
Purpose : Make site database of SUMER FITS file locations
Category : analysis,planning
Syntax : IDL> mk_sumer_dbase,root,dbase,ext=ext,direc=direc
Inputs : ROOT = root or top directory containing FITS files
(SUMER_FITS_DATA is checked if root is not given)
Outputs : DBASE = array of {file: FITS filename (with path);
time: FITS obs time (UTC)}
Keywords : EXT = FITS file extensions to search for (def =['.fits',',fts'])
DIREC = output list of directories searched under root.
CALLS: ***
APPEND_ARR, BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], CHKLOG [1], CHKLOG [2]
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2]
DATATYPE [3], DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3], DELVARX [4], FID2TIME
FIND_ALL_DIR [1], FIND_ALL_DIR [2], FIND_ALL_DIR [3], LIST_MONTHS, MERGE_STRUCT
TEST_DIR, break_file [4], concat_dir [4], delvarx [5], savegen [1], savegen [2]
str_replace [1], str_replace [2]
History : Version 1, 20-NOV-1998, D.M. Zarro (SM&A), Written
Contact : DZARRO@SOLAR.STANFORD.EDU
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME : mk_sumer_dbase_ff
PURPOSE : To assemble a list of available sumer flat field
files
CALLING SEQUENCE : dbase = mk_sumer_dbase_ff()
INPUTS : None.
OPTIONAL INPUTS : None.
KEYWORDS : verbose - generate a listing of available files
OUTPUTS : A structure containing information on the
available flat field files.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS : err - returns error messages, if any
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], FILE_EXIST [2], HAVE_PROC, STR_SEP
TRIM, anytim [1], anytim [2], anytim [3], anytim [4], anytim [5], anytim2dd79
concat_dir [4], file_exist [1], file_exist [3], filename2time, fmt_tim [1]
fmt_tim [2], rd_sumer [1], rd_sumer [2], sgt_detector, str_replace [1]
str_replace [2]
COMMON BLOCKS : None
EXAMPLE :
IDL> db=mk_sumer_dbase_ff(/verbose)
% MK_SUMER_DBASE_FF: 32 Flat field images found.
% MK_SUMER_DBASE_FF: Constructing database of flat field images . . .
FILE NAME FILE TIME DETECTOR
sumff_960131_213144.fts 31-JAN-96 21:31:44 A
sumff_960202_004227.fts 2-FEB-96 00:42:27 A
sumff_960213_002157.fts 13-FEB-96 00:21:57 A
sumff_960221_020036.fts 21-FEB-96 02:00:36 A
sumff_960228_142057.fts 28-FEB-96 14:20:57 A
sumff_960406_203811.fts 6-APR-96 20:38:11 A
sumff_960407_050743.fts 7-APR-96 05:07:43 A
sumff_960409_103722.fts 9-APR-96 10:37:22 A
sumff_960515_042304.fts 15-MAY-96 04:23:04 A
sumff_960724_081413.fts 24-JUL-96 08:14:13 A
sumff_960725_030512.fts 25-JUL-96 03:05:12 A
sumff_960911_162034.fts 11-SEP-96 16:20:34 A
sumff_960923_143205.fts 23-SEP-96 14:32:05 A
sumff_960924_023126.fts 24-SEP-96 02:31:26 B
sumff_961021_233806.fts 21-OCT-96 23:38:06 B
sumff_961218_173204.fts 18-DEC-96 17:32:04 B
sumff_970126_235413.fts 26-JAN-97 23:54:13 B
sumff_970227_041442.fts 27-FEB-97 04:14:42 B
sumff_970322_002905.fts 22-MAR-97 00:29:05 B
sumff_970424_145906.fts 24-APR-97 14:59:06 B
sumff_970610_072306.fits 10-JUN-97 07:23:06 B
sumff_970610_072306.fts 10-JUN-97 07:23:06 B
sumff_970812_210207.fts 12-AUG-97 21:02:07 B
sumff_980219_113316.fits 19-FEB-98 11:33:16 B
sumff_980219_113316.fts 19-FEB-98 11:33:16 B
sumff_980227_015534.fits 27-FEB-98 01:55:34 A
sumff_980227_015534.fts 27-FEB-98 01:55:34 A
sumff_980616_034600.fits 16-JUN-98 03:46:00 B
sumff_980616_034600.fts 16-JUN-98 03:46:00 B
sumff_981107_010010.fits 7-NOV-98 01:00:10 B
sumff_990311_000204.fits 11-MAR-99 00:02:04 A
sumff_990318_090210.fits 18-MAR-99 09:02:10 B
IDL> help,/str,db
** Structure <1f1f598>, 4 tags, length=28, refs=1:
FILENAME STRING 'sumff_970610_072306.fts
TIME STRING '10-JUN-97 07:23:06'
DDAY79 LONG 6736
DETECTOR STRING 'B'
SPECIAL CALLS : None
History : Written by HPW
HPW 31-MAR-99 : Modified to find only .fts and .fits files
HPW 16-AUG-99 : Modified to look in the directory defined by
$SUMER_DBASE. Added header. Added utim tag.
[Previous]
[Next]
Project:
SOHO - SUMER
Name:
mk_sumer_map
Purpose:
Make an image map from SUMER data structure
Explanation
This program is analigous to mk_cds_map. The default output is
a structure containing a single 2-D map and other information
suitable of entering in certain CDS image manipulation programs
Catagory:
Imaging
Use:
map= mk_sumer_map(index,data,col)
Inputs
index - The index structure returned from rd_sumer.
data - data structrure from rd_sumer
col - column to use in making map. If not specified, the user will
be prompted.
Output
Map = {data:data,xp:xp,yp:yp,id:id,time:time,soho:soho,rot:rot_num}
where
DATA = 2d image array
XP,YP = 2d cartesian coordinate arrays
ID = Wavelength and BTE of map (from data tagname)
TIME = start time of image
SOHO = 1, flag identifying that image is SOHO-viewed
ROT_NUM = Direction input used for ROTATE function
or, if the keyword IMAGE_ONLY is used, return only the 2d map
Input Keywords:
Peak - make map at wavelength of peak intesity. The default is to
sum over the wavelength range
WPRange - the range in pixels in the wavelength direction to use.
Default is the entire range.
Image_Only - return a 2d image rather than the default, a strucuture
plot_image - Return an altrnate data structure with PLOT_IMAGE
inputs:
Map = {data:data,origin:origin,scale:scale,id:id,time:time,$
soho:soho,rot:rot_num}
where
DATA = 2d image array
ORIGIN = coordinates of bottom Left corner of map
SCALE = scale of map in the X and Y directions
ID = Wavelength and BTE of map (from data tagname)
TIME = start time of image
SOHO = 1, flag identifying that image is SOHO-viewed
ROT_NUM = Direction input used for ROTATE function
Calls: ***
ANYTIM2TAI, ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2]
DATATYPE [3], MK_MAP_NEW, get_sum_column, sgt_det_y, sgt_dettime, sgt_dims
sgt_solar_x
Common:
None
Written:
Terry Kucera, Oct 23, 1996.
Modifications:
"Time" tag now correct for sumer data with more than one raster.
Dominic Zarro, May 15, 1997
"PLOT_IMAGE" keyword added. TAK Oct 6, 1997
Added conversion to new map format - Zarro (SM&A), 29-Dec-98
Contact:
tkucera@solar.stanford.edu
[Previous]
[Next]
Project:
SOHO - SUMER
Name:
mk_sumer_map
Purpose:
Make an image map from SUMER data structure
Explanation
This program is analigous to mk_cds_map. The default output is
a structure containing a single 2-D map and other information
suitable of entering in certain CDS image manipulation programs
Catagory:
Imaging
Use:
map= mk_sumer_map(index,data,col)
Inputs
index - The index structure returned from rd_sumer.
data - data structrure from rd_sumer
col - column to use in making map. If not specified, the user will
be prompted.
Output
Map = {data:data,xp:xp,yp:yp,id:id,time:time,soho:soho,rot:rot_num}
where
DATA = 2d image array
XP,YP = 2d cartesian coordinate arrays
ID = Wavelength and BTE of map (from data tagname)
TIME = start time of image
SOHO = 1, flag identifying that image is SOHO-viewed
ROT_NUM = Direction input used for ROTATE function
or, if the keyword IMAGE_ONLY is used, return only the 2d map
Input Keywords:
Peak - make map at wavelength of peak intesity. The default is to
sum over the wavelength range
WPRange - the range in pixels in the wavelength direction to use.
Default is the entire range.
Image_Only - return a 2d image rather than the default, a strucuture
plot_image - Return an altrnate data structure with PLOT_IMAGE
inputs:
Map = {data:data,origin:origin,scale:scale,id:id,time:time,$
soho:soho,rot:rot_num}
where
DATA = 2d image array
ORIGIN = coordinates of bottom Left corner of map
SCALE = scale of map in the X and Y directions
ID = Wavelength and BTE of map (from data tagname)
TIME = start time of image
SOHO = 1, flag identifying that image is SOHO-viewed
ROT_NUM = Direction input used for ROTATE function
Calls: ***
ANYTIM2TAI, ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2]
DATATYPE [3], MK_MAP_NEW, get_sum_column, sgt_det_y, sgt_dettime, sgt_dims
sgt_solar_x
Common:
None
Written:
Terry Kucera, Oct 23, 1996.
Modifications:
"Time" tag now correct for sumer data with more than one raster.
Dominic Zarro, May 15, 1997
"PLOT_IMAGE" keyword added. TAK Oct 6, 1997
Contact:
tkucera@solar.stanford.edu
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_SUMMARY
Purpose : Produce CDS summary data
Category : Class3, CDS, Operations
Explanation : Call MK_SYNOPTIC and WRITE_CIF to produce CDS summary data.
Intended to be used in an automatic cron job. Since synoptic
scans are run around 0h UT, the most optimal time to run this
cron job would be between 12h and 18h UT.
Syntax : MK_SUMMARY
CALLED BY:
jitter_gif_xyimg
Examples :
Inputs : None.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : The summary data files are written out to the directory
CDS_SUMMARY_DATA_W.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : START_TIME = Start of time range to look for synoptic scans in.
If not passed, then looks for data in the last 84
hours.
Also used to pass the start time to the routine
WRITE_CIF. For that application, the default is
yesterday.
END_TIME = End of time range to look for synoptic scans in.
If not passed, then defaults to now.
SHOW = If set, then MK_SYNOPTIC displays the image data
as it is being processed.
ALL = If set, then MK_SYNOPTIC processes all the
the synoptic scans in the requested time range.
Calls : ***
ANYTIM2TAI, GET_UTC, LIST_MAIN, MK_SYNOPTIC, TRIM, WRITE_CIF
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Prev. Hist. : None.
History : Version 1, 20-May-1996, William Thompson, GSFC
Version 2, 24-Jul-1996, William Thompson, GSFC
Make earliest synoptic, rather than latest. This is
more robust.
Version 3, 20-Aug-1996, William Thompson, GSFC
Fixed bug with sort.
Version 4, 29-Oct-1998, Ron Yurow, SM&A
Added the keyword, ALL, to process all the synoptic
scans in the requested time range.
Version 5, 03-Dec-1998, Ron Yurow, SM&A
Changed the defualt time to look back when processing
synoptic scans.
Contact : WTHOMPSON
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_SYNOPTIC
Purpose : Puts together the CDS Meridian NIS synoptic scans.
Explanation : Each day the CDS takes 9 4'x4' rasters running down the
solar meridian. This routine takes those data and rearranges
them to form images at the 4 wavelengths observed (8 if
SYNOP_HI is used during high telemetry rate periods). It then
writes them to summary FITS files.
Use : IDL> mk_synoptic, file_number
Inputs : file_number - the study (or equivalently FITS file) number
from which the data are to be read. There
are 9 rasters associated with each study.
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : None
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : SHOW - if present the image data are displayed
COMP - check for compressed data files
CLEAN - apply cosmic ray removal routine
Calls : ***
ANYTIM2CAL, AVERAGE, BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], CDS_NEW_SPIKE
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], EXPTV, FIND_WITH_DEF [1]
FIND_WITH_DEF [2], FIND_WITH_DEF [3], FMT_VECT, FXADDPAR [1], FXADDPAR [2]
FXHMAKE [1], FXHMAKE [2], FXWRITE [1], FXWRITE [2], GT_DIMENSION, GT_WINDATA, NTRIM
READCDSFITS, SETIMAGE, SIGRANGE [1], SIGRANGE [2], TRIM, VALID_NUM [1]
VALID_NUM [2], VALID_NUM [3], VDS_CALIB, VDS_DEBIAS, break_file [4]
concat_dir [4]
CALLED BY:
MK_SUMMARY, REGEN_SYNOP
Common : None
Restrictions: None
Side effects: None
Category : Data analysis
Prev. Hist. : None
Written : C D Pike, RAL, 7-May-96
Modified : Version 2, 7-May-1996, William Thompson, GSFC
Write out to FITS files.
Added more FITS headers etc.. CDP, 8-May-96
Pad array if rasters missing, sort display. CDP, 9-May-96
Cut out debugging 'stop' CDP, 16-May-96
Version 6, 21-May-1996, William Thompson, GSFC
Added FITS keywords TELESCOP and INSTRUME, as well as
standard FITS pointing keywords.
Version 7, 31-May-1996, William Thompson, GSFC
Removed pointing keywords, as not really applicable to
synoptic data.
Version 8, Fixed typo in use of missing value. CDP, 24-Jul-96
Version 9, SV Haugan, UiO, 30 July 1996
Using gt_windata instead of direct detdata access.
Version 10, William Thompson, GSFC, 16 December 1996
Fixed bug where wrong files could be found.
Version 11, William Thompson, GSFC, 14 September 1997
Accommodate study SYNOP_HI
Verison 12, Jeff Payne, RAL, 16 October 1997
Modified to handle standard 4 lines from
SYNOP or 8 lines with HI_SYNOP
Verison 13, Jeff Payne, RAL, 27 November 1997
Bug fixed when generating filename for line 600
Version 14, 23-Dec-1997, William Thompson, GSFC
Handle only 1 line from SYNOP_LP
Version 15, 20-Jan-1998, William Thompson, GSFC
Fixed sorting bug where input files are on several
disks.
Version 16, 29-Jun-1998, William Thompson, GSFC
Support version 4 of SYNOP_F
Call FIND_WITH_DEF instead of FIND_FILES
Version 17, 26-Apr-2000, CDP, add COMP & CLEAN keywords.
Relax start time to avoid
late start problems
Version 18, 11-Jul-2003, William Thompson, GSFC
Handle upside-down images.
Version : Version 18, 11-Jul-2003
[Previous]
[Next]
pro mk_tfi, fname, qdebug=qdebug
PURPOSE: To create an index file for specified data set
PARAMETERS: fname - Data set name
CALLS: ***
BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], break_file [4], dec2sun [1]
dec2sun [2], file_list [1], file_list [2], get_host [1], get_host [2]
CALLED BY:
list_tfi, mdifocus2, nimg_in_tfr fnam [1], rdtfr
HISTORY:
Written 1994 by D.Mathur
31-Mar-95 (MDM) - Modified to write the end record number
properly for compressed data and for cases
of non-compressed when no fill is used
- Added SeqID to the info saved
31-Mar-95 (MDM) - Modified to have the proper end record number
for the case where the EOF is causing the write.
Added "+eof(lun_tfr)"
18-Apr-95 (MDM) - Added /QDEBUG
- Changed the format statement slightly
- Corrected the 31-Mar-95 patch (it did not
handle the case where EOF was found but there
was one fill record after the data product --
ie: two matched for the end of DP cases)
25-Apr-95 (MDM) - Added capability to get around FINDFILE
limitations which were causing a false failure
13-Nov-95 (MDM) - Added RefTime and FrameNum to the header info
8-Aug-96 (MDM) - Added code to handle reading Stanford sci160k files
22-Aug-96 (MDM) - Added code to handle cases of over 100 files
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mk_timarr
PURPOSE:
Since there are cases when there is only one time tag for
2,4,8,16 or 32 values, this routine will return a time vector
that can be used with UTPLOT.
CALLING SEQUENCE:
timarr = mk_timarr(index, 8)
timarr = mk_timarr(index, data.pc.sxs_pc11, /wbs)
timarr = mk_timarr(index, data.pc.sxs_pc11, /wbs, ref_time)
then use: utplot, timarr, data.pc.sxs_pc11, index(0)
or utplot, timarr, data.pc.sxs_pc11, ref_time
INPUT:
index - the index structure that goes with the data
y - either (1) the number of repeats per DATA SET or
(2) the data array that is to be plotted. If (1)
is used, it must be the number of repeats per data
set. Since WBS data takes two major frames per data
set, be sure to use the correct number. For example,
data.pc.sxs_pc11 has 8 samples per major frame, but
that is 16 samples per data set.
OPTIONAL INPUT:
ref_time- a reference time to use to generate the time array.
If it is not passed, then index(0) is used as the
reference
wbs - if set, then the number of samples in the data array
took TWO major frames to accumulate and adjust
accordingly.
OUTPUT:
returns an floating point array with the number of seconds
past the reference time for each data point.
OPTIONAL KEYWORD OUPTUT:
ok_map - A byte array the same size/dimention as the output
array saysing where there is data or not.
CALLS: ***
anytim2ints [1], anytim2ints [2], bits [1], bits [2], deriv_arr [1], deriv_arr [2]
dprate2sec [1], dprate2sec [2], fmt_tim [1], fmt_tim [2], int2secarr [1]
int2secarr [2]
CALLED BY:
AVE_CTS, AVE_CTS2 [1], AVE_CTS2 [2], AVE_CTS2 [3], fix_hxtindex, grs32_fsp, grsl_fsp
hxs_chsums, hxt_chsums, rd_sxs_pha [1], rd_sxs_pha [2], rd_wbs_pha [1]
rd_wbs_pha [2]
HISTORY:
Written 31-May-92 by M.Morrison
29-Apr-93 (MDM) - Added check for WBS missing data
- Added output OK_MAP
- Added check for duplicate WBS data
- Added STRUCT option
11-Aug-93 (MDM) - Corrected an error which was not allowing
"y" to be a scalar
23-Nov-93 (JMM) - Allows index to have only one element.
7-Jun-94 (MDM) - Corrected error which was happening when
"y" was a simple 1-D vector, or an
array 1xN, and "nx" was supposed to be 1
(it was being set to "N")
9-Jun-94 (MDM) - Furthur correction to 7-Jun-94 mod
(ok_map subscript out of range)
17-Jun-94 (MDM) - Added some comments
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mk_title
PURPOSE:
Put Time titles on a multi-panel image plot using Yohkoh
data structures
CALLING SEQUENCE:
mk_time_title,index
mk_time_title,index,xsize=xsize,ysize=ysize
mk_time_title,index,numx,numy,ss=ss,xoff=xoff,yoff=yoff
INPUTS:
index - Yohkoh roadmap or index
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
numx,numy - Number of panels in the x and y directions
OPTIONAL INPUT KEYWORDS:
ss - Subscript array
xoff,yoff - X offset and Y offset in device coordinates
xsize,ysize - Size of each panels in device coordinates
align - For call to xyouts (def = 0.5)
charsize - Character size
charthick - Character thickness
font - To specify Hershey character font style
color - Color of title
CALLS: ***
MK_TIME_TITLE, gt_time [1], gt_time [2]
CALLED BY:
mk_nvs_movie, ptv_sxt
RESTRICTIONS:
Only works for X device
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
12-jul-94, Louise Harra Murnion MSSL, Written.
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MK_WAVECAL
Purpose : To allow loading of CDS wavelength coefficients to database.
Explanation : Allows user to type in CDS wavelength coefficients and to
enter them into the databases.
Use : IDL> mk_wavecal
Inputs : None - all done via text widget entry
Opt. Inputs :
Outputs : None
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : NC - either structure for NIS calibration or a simple
NIS coefficient array. The former is as returned by
get_wavecal. If supplied the values will be loaded
into the displays on startup.
GC - same as above only for GIS details.
Calls : ***
ADD_WAVECAL, ANYTIM2TAI, ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], BREAK_FILE [1]
BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], Bell, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3]
GET_UTC, GET_WAVECAL, MK_WAVECAL_EVENT, TAG_EXIST [1], TAG_EXIST [2], TAI2UTC, TRIM
VALID_NUM [1], VALID_NUM [2], VALID_NUM [3], XANSWER, XINPUT, XMANAGER, XMENU [1]
XMENU [2], break_file [4]
Common : MK_WCAL - internal to routines in this file.
Restrictions: Needs write access to wavelength calibration databases if
entries are to be stored.
Side effects: None
Category : Data analysis, wavelength calibration
Prev. Hist. : None
Written : C D Pike, RAL, 8-Mar-96
Modified : Make NIS quadratic. CDP, 23-Jul-96
Version 3, 18-Apr-1997, William Thompson, GSFC
Include entry for effective date
Version : Version 3, 18-Apr-1997
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MKAUXDESC()
Purpose : Return auxiliary data descriptor of correct type.
Explanation : Based the dimenstionality of the data in DATA the correct
type of auxiliary data descriptor is returned,
with the descriptor values from DATA copied
into the new structure.
Use : AUXDESCRIPTOR = MKAUXDESC(DATA)
Inputs : DATA = a structure variable of the form that
is returned by READ_CDS
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : IDL auxiliary data descriptor, see CDS QL Data Format.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
TRIM
CALLED BY:
AUXREAD
Common : None.
Restrictions: DATA must adhere to the format returned by READ_CDS
Normally used by AUXREAD()
Side effects: None.
Category : Data_Handling, I_O, FITS, CDS, QuickLook
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Stein Vidar Haugan, 27 September 1993
Modified :
Version : 1.0
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: MKDARR
PURPOSE: To make an array having two elements such as:
[(a0,b0),(a0,b1),,,(a0,bn),(a1,b0),(a1,b1),,,(a1,bn),,,
(am,b0),(am,b1),,,(am,bn)] out of [a0,,,am] and
[b0,,,bn], or, with xy switch,
[(a0,b0),(a1,b0),,,(am,b0),(a0,b1),(a1,b1),,,(am,b1),,,
(a0,bn),(a1,bn),,,(am,bn)] out of [a0,,,am] and [b0,,,bn].
CATEGORY:
CALLING SEQUENCE: c = mkdarr(a,b)
INPUTS: a = arbitraty 1-d array.
b = arbitraty 1-d array.
OPTIONAL INPUTS: none.
OUTPUTS: result = c = two-element array [(a0,b0),(a0,b1),...,(a0,bn),
(a1,b0),(a1,b1),...,(a1,bn),...(am,b0),(am,b1),
....,(am,bn)] or, with xy switch [(a0,b0),,,(am,bn),
,,,,(a0,bn),,,(am,bn)].
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS: none.
CALLED BY:
ACGAUNT [1], ACGAUNT [2], FIND_LIMB_INIT, str_perm
COMMON BLOCKS: none.
SIDE EFFECTS: none.
RESTRICTIONS: none.
MODIFICATIONS: written by N.Nitta, March 1991.
modified to handle scalar inputs and the order of the
inputs, by NN, March 1992
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MKDETWDESC()
Purpose : Return detector data descriptor of correct type.
Explanation : Based on DETECTOR (= 'NIS'/'GIS') and the dimensionality of
the data in DATA the correct type of detector data descriptor
is returned, with the descriptor values from DATA copied into
the new structure.
Use : DETDESCRIPTOR = MKDETWDESC(DETECTOR,DATA)
Inputs : DETECTOR = 'NIS' / 'GIS'
DATA = a structure variable of the form that
is returned by READ_CDS
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : IDL detector data descriptor, see CDS QL Data Format.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
TRIM
CALLED BY:
DETREAD, DETSELECT
Common : None.
Restrictions: DATA must adhere to the format returned by READ_CDS
Normally used by DETREAD()
Side effects: None.
Category : Data_Handling, I_O, FITS, CDS, QuickLook
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Stein Vidar Haugan, 27 September 1993
Modified : SVHH, 21 October 1993
Added Max/Min tags (for use by display routines)
SVHH, 3 November 1993
Fixed bugs concerning GIS data (TDETY)
SVHH, Version 1.2, 8-June-1994
SVHH, 25 August 1994,
Fixed another bug concerning GIS/TDETY etc..
(DetY : Data.Detx)
PB, 26 August 1994,
Changed DetZ --> DetY
DetY --> DetX
SVHH, 21-Aug-1995, Version 2
Added BinX/BinY tags.
Version 3, SVHH, 12 August 1996
Compatible with both old and new data storage system.
(Added tag HANDLE added an X in struct name).
Version 4, 24 September 1996
Added PADDING tag.
Versiom 5, 7 April 1997
Made MISSING tag FLOAT for GIS data.
Version : 5, 7 April 1997
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO/EIT
Name : MKDI_C1
Purpose : Make C1 image of the day.
Explanation : This procedure will make C1 image of the day.For selected day
this routine will find the last pair of on-line and off-line
images and will process them to lasco 'level .99'.
Use : IDL> MKDI_C1 [,DAY=day [,/SCREEN [,/GIF ,....]]]
Without any inputs, program will use default values.
Keyword parameters:
DAY: Selected day: day='960703' (string)
FILTER: The filter: filter='Fe XIV' (string) , default value
POLAR: The polarizer: polar='Clear' (string) , default value
ROWS: The number of rows in image: rows=640 (integer), default value
COLS: The number of cols in image: cols=768 (integer), default value
LEBP: The LEB program: lebp = 'Sum/Diff' (string)
WAVE: The off-line and on-line wave length: wave=[5309.2,5302.4]
SCREEN: Display result to the X-Window: /screen
FITS: Write result as a FITS file: /fits
PS: Write result as a PostScript file: /ps
GIF: Write result as a GIF file: /gif
ARCHIVE:Write result as a GIF file in 'lastimage.gif' format
QL: Make daily C1 image from Quick Look data: /ql
LZ: Make daily C1 image from Lasco_lz data: /lz
COSMIC: Remove cosmic rays: /cosmic
OWNCT: Use own color table: ownct (structure: ownct.r,ownct.g,ownct.b)
LCT: Load IDL color table: lct=8 GREEN/WHITE LINEAR
GCT: Gamma_ct: gct=.25
UP: To cut an image at a certain upper value of its histogram: up =.9996
LOW: To cut an image at a certain lower value of its histogram: low=.01
MINBOX: To cut an image at the median minimum of the background: /minbox
TIME: Get closest image to this time: TIME='8:00' (string)
Example : IDL> MKDI_C1
Without any keywords program will use default values.
Or you can use keywords:
Example : IDL> MKDI_C1,DAY='971031',LEBP='Line Sca',/COSMIC
Calls : ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], CCOSMICS, CUT_IMG, FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2], GAMMA_CT
GETSUNCEN, GET_ARRAY, GET_BIAS, LASCO_FITSHDR2STRUCT, LASCO_READFITS [1]
LASCO_READFITS [2], LAYOUT, LOADCT, MASK_INX, PATH_FILE, READFITS [1], READFITS [2]
READFITS [3], STDEV, SXPAR [1], SXPAR [2], SXPAR [3], UTC2TAI, WRITEFITS [1]
WRITEFITS [2], WRITE_GIF, WRITE_LAST_C1, WRITE_PS, YYMMDD, mk_query [1]
mk_query [2]
Side effects : None.
Category : Image Display. Data analysis.
Written : Borut Podlipnik, MPAe Oct. 15 1997.
Modified : BP 13 Jan 1998 - Added keyword TIME.
Version : 1.0 10/15/97 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO/EIT
Name : MKMOVIE0 (obsolete version of mkmovie.pro)
Purpose : Load FITS files into pixmaps and call WRUNMOVIE for animation.
Explanation : This procedure sorts the images by time, reads them, and
normalizes to the exposure time of the first image.
WRUNMOVIE is called to start a widget interface for the
animation sequence. The on_off_diff keyword results in a movie
where each on line image is displayed with a nearby offband image
subtracted.
Use : MKMOVIE, list, bmin, bmax, /TIMES, /DIFF, /NO_NORMAL, /NO_SORT, $
UNSHARP=unsharp, PAN=pan, COORDS=coords, BOX=box, $
/RATIO, /USE_MODEL,/FLAT_FIELD,/ON_OFF_DIFF,/MASK_OCC,/LG_MASK_OCC
/RUNNING_DIFF, /RADIAL, /DEGRID, /FIXGAPS, /LOG_SCL, /SQRT_SCL, $
FILL_COL=fill_col, SAVE=save
Example: IDL> MKMOVIE, 'list960123', -100, 100, /DIFF
Example: If you want to display BYTARR images straight from the FITS files without
any scaling use:
IDL> MKMOVIE, 'list', 0, 255, /NO_NORMAL, /NO_SORT
Inputs : list : Name of file containing names of FITS files.
Or a STRARR of the image names.
bmin, bmax : Minimum and maximum DN for BYTSCL.
Outputs : None.
Keywords : The following keywords apply to all telescopes (C1,C2,C3,EIT)
/BAD_SKIP : Skip bad images based on NZ median
/DBIAS : Adjust image bias by given amount
/NOEXPCORR : Don't do exposure time correction, but subtract bias
/OUTER : Set along with MASK_OCC to fill in outer mask only
/STAIND : Start with this position in the input file (for output filenames)
/NX,/NY : Output size in pixels (superceded by PAN)
/VIDEO : Generate frames ready to be saved as PICT files for video
/SDIR : Directory to save video frames in
/CREM : Remove cosmic rays using REMOVE_CR (2 image) procedure;
Set CREM = 2 if you wish to define an area not to do CR removal
/LOGO ; Add LASCO logo to bottom right corner
/AUTOMAX : Compute bmin and bmax based on median
/LEE_FILT : Apply Leefilt function to filter noise.
/TIMES : Set this keyword to display date and time in images.
/DIFF : Set this keyword to make a difference movie. The
first image is subtracted from all subsequent images.
/RUNNING_DIFF : Make a difference movie, subracting the preceding image.
/NO_NORMAL : Don't normalize exposure times to that of the first image.
/NO_SORT : Don't sort by time in header.
UNSHARP : Set this keyword to make a movie of unsharp masked images.
The value of the keyword if any is set to the size of the
unsharp mask, default=25
Example: A value of 9 would form a 9x9 unsharp mask
/RATIO : If using diff or running_diff display data as ratio of image/reference frame
/MASK_OCC : applies a sun sized circle and removes the internal part of the image
/LG_MASK_OCC:applies a sun sized circle and removes the part of the field to 1.2Rsun
for C1 (especially good for the longer 100s exposures).
For C3 the pylon is masked
/LOG_SCL : Applies ALOG10() function to image before byte scaling
/SQRT_SCL : Applies SQRT() function to image before byte scaling
/FIXGAPS : Set to 1 to fill data gaps in image with color specified by FILL_COL
Set to 2 to fill data gaps in image with values from previous image
FILL_COL : Set this keyword to the color index to use for data gaps and occ masks.
SAVE : For use in batch mode. Set this keyword to the name of the .mvi file
to save as. Routine will save movie and then exit.
PAN : Default is to resize images to pixel size of the first image. Set this
keyword to perform additional scaling. Example: set to 0.5 for 2x2 rebinning.
COORDS : Set to 4 element array of image coordinates to use relative to 1024x1024 image.
Example: COORDS=[0,1023,128,895] for C2 Equatorial Field
BOX : Set to 4 element array of image coordinates to use for box normalization
relative to 1024x1024 image. Images are scaled relative to average counts
in box of first image. Example: BOX=[461,560,641,740]
REF_BOX : Set to avg counts specified in BOX otherwise first image is used
: The following keywords apply only to C1
/ON_OFF_DIFF: differences each on line image with an image taken at a continuum wavelength
/FLAT_FIELD : normalizes each image by a door closed image to remove the solar spectrum
/RADIAL : applies a radial filter
: The following keywords apply only to C2 and C3
/USE_MODEL : If using diff or running_diff use background corona model
as base frame. USE_MODEL=1 for closest average (any_year) monthly model
USE_MODEL=2 for closest monthly model
USE_MODEL=3 for for overall yearly model
: The following keywords apply only to EIT
/DEGRID : applies the degridding algorithm
Calls : ***
ADD_LASCO_LOGO, BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], C2_WARP, C3_WARP
CONGRID [1], CONGRID [2], CONGRID [3], DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3]
EIT_DEGRIDN, EIT_FLATN, FILE_EXIST [2], FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2], GETBKGIMG
GET_EXP_FACTOR [1], GET_EXP_FACTOR [2], GET_SEC_PIXEL, GET_SOLAR_RADIUS
GET_SUN_CENTER [1], GET_SUN_CENTER [2], GET_SUN_CENTER [3], L1_RDFTS
LASCO_FITSHDR2STRUCT, LASCO_READFITS [1], LASCO_READFITS [2], LEEFILT, MAXMIN
MKMOVIE0, OFFSET_BIAS, READFITS [1], READFITS [2], READFITS [3], REDUCE_STD_SIZE
REMOVE_CR, RSTRPOS, SHARPEN, STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3], STRUCT2FITSHDR
TAI2UTC, TRIM, TVCIRCLE, UTC2STR, UTC2TAI, WRITE_PICT, WRUNMOVIE [1], WRUNMOVIE [2]
break_file [4], file_exist [1], file_exist [3]
Side effects: Creates multiple pixmaps.
Category : Image Display.
See Also : WMKMOVIE.PRO is a widget front-end to this procedure.
(SCCS variables), ** diverges from new version
AEE 4 May 99 - Added /SH keyword to spawn command
CMK 16 Feb 97 - added all C1 related features and changed the procedure name to mkc1movie2
Change fhsize
GENERIC_MOVIE.PRO reads in bytescaled fits or gif files and creates a movie.
Jan 1996.
Modified : SEP 29 May 96 - Place frames into multiple pixmaps instead of 1 large
NBR Apr 00 - Skip files with READFITS errors
NBR Feb 00 - Move GET_SUN_CENTER to after REDUCE_STD_SIZE
NBR Jan 00 - Change !D.N_COLORS to !D.TABLE_SIZE
NBR Mar 00 - Change USE_MODEL options to use ANY_YEAR instead of ALL; fix C1 ON_OFF_DIFF; convert C1 hdr to structure; do not multiply by 100 for C1 log scale
NBR Nov 99 - Move subtract bias to before REDUCE_STD_SIZE; Fix problem with ind00
NBR 1 Aug 00 - Fix USE_MODEL if/then in for loop; modify for MK4 images (img0_x1
NBR 3 Aug 00 - Modify for MK4 images (arcs
NBR 3 Jun 99 - Move rebin/congrid to end; fix hsize
NBR 3 May 99 - Fix header/time offset problem when movie starts w/ 2nd frame
NBR 5 Apr 99 - Add CREM keyword before BYTSCL; add VIDEO keyword; refresh
NBR 5 May 99 - Move image resize, NBR 8 Feb 99 - Add AUTOMAX keyword
NBR 9 Apr 99 - Move initialization of yloc
NBR 06 Nov 98 - Change default fillcol to median(image); change LG_MASK_OCC for c3 to use C3clearmask2.dat
NBR 10 Mar 99 - Update AUTOMAX keyword
NBR 11 Feb 99 - Move up first call of REDUCE_STD_SIZE
NBR 14 May 99 - Changed dumim line for determining ind00 in EIT case; change check for img_hdr.txt file; change coords for MK3; add time to tai_all
NBR 15 Oct 99 - Fix initialization of prev
NBR 16 Dec 98 - Add LEEFILT keyword
NBR 17 Feb 99 - Do not divide by lebxsum^2 (done in REDUCE_STD_SIZE)
NBR 19 Mar 99 - Add LOGO keyword
NBR 19 May 99 - Fix problem with box_ref when it hits all gap
NBR 22 Oct 99 - Change C2 AUTOMAX settings
NBR 26 Aug 99 - Add DBIAS keyword, NBR 26 Mar 99 - Add DISTORT keyword
NBR 27 Aug 99 - IF exptime LT 15 sec then dbias = -7; BAD_SKIP keyword; change win_index incrementation
NBR 29 Apr 99 - Read obs. times from img_hdr.txt instead of file headers for
NBR 30 Apr 99 - Fix fhsize problem; put AUTOMAX in loop, NRL
Prev. Hist. : None.
RAH 02 Feb 98 - Now normalizes to calculated exposure time (if data exists).
RAH 13 Dec 96 - added check for daily median image which doesn't have bias
RAH/SEP 14 Mar 97 - integrated mkc1movie2 features into mkmovie
SEP 9 Jul 96 - Read in img headers as structures and pass to wrunmovie
SEP 01 Oct 97 - added /SUM keyword to OFFSET_BIAS call
SEP 13 Nov 97 - Added /FLAT_FIELD for EIT
SEP 18 Oct 96 - Add option to pass in STRARR of image names instead of filename.
SEP 21 Mar 97 - corrected bias subtraction for LEB summed images
SEP 22 Oct 97 - fixed divide by zero error for /RATIO option
SEP 24 Oct 96 - added /RATIO and /USE_MODEL options
SEP 31 Oct 97 - Binned images are scaled (/bin^2) for level_05 images only
Version: 09/24/03 @(#)mkmovie0.pro 1.1 - NRL LASCO IDL Library
Written : Scott Paswaters, added /NEW flag to EIT_DEGRIDN
bias subtraction, dbiasx), fvsize assignment, ind0/ind00 assignment;
of at beginning, pixmap because of limitations on window size in IDL.
print time stats
ref image for longer movies; allow arbitrary final size (NX by NY)
sec_pix; update AUTOMAX keyword, sec_pixel
sorting; read other header info when image is read in instead
update LEE_FILT keyword, vsize so PAN works for subfields; fix suncen, x2)
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO/EIT
Name : MKMOVIE
Purpose : Load FITS files into pixmaps and call WRUNMOVIE for animation.
Explanation : This procedure sorts the images by time, reads them, and
normalizes to the exposure time of the first image.
WRUNMOVIE is called to start a widget interface for the
animation sequence. The on_off_diff keyword results in a movie
where each on line image is displayed with a nearby offband image
subtracted. Default is to rectify images by CROTA1.
Use : MKMOVIE, list, bmin, bmax, /TIMES, /DIFF, /NO_NORMAL, /NO_SORT, $
UNSHARP=unsharp, PAN=pan, COORDS=coords, BOX=box, $
/RATIO, /USE_MODEL,/FLAT_FIELD,/ON_OFF_DIFF,/MASK_OCC,/LG_MASK_OCC
/RUNNING_DIFF, /RADIAL, /DEGRID, /FIXGAPS, /LOG_SCL, /SQRT_SCL, $
FILL_COL=fill_col, SAVE=save
CALLED BY:
DAILY_MOVIE
Example: IDL> MKMOVIE, 'list960123', -100, 100, /DIFF
Example: If you want to display BYTARR images straight from the FITS files without
any scaling use:
IDL> MKMOVIE, 'list', 0, 255, /NO_NORMAL, /NO_SORT
Inputs : list : Name of file containing names of FITS files.
Or a STRARR of the image names.
bmin, bmax : Minimum and maximum DN for BYTSCL.
Outputs : None.
Keywords : The following keywords apply to all telescopes (C1,C2,C3,EIT)
DBIAS = amount (DN) to subtract from raw image, in addition to bias
/VERBOSE : Print more info about each frame
LABELPOS : Set equal to 2-d array containing x-pos and y-pos of lower left
corner of label printed on each frame; default is [10,10] for full frame
/NORECTIFY : DO NOT Rectify images to solar north up based on roll value in
$ANCIL_DATA/attitude/roll
/KEEP : Tell wrunmovie not to erase pixmaps
/TIFF : Save movie as TIFF frames
/BAD_SKIP : Skip bad frames based on nz median
/C23 : Use occulter mask for C2
/NOCAM : Do not print detector name with time
/HIDE_PYLON: hide pylon based on pixel values
/SQUARE : Makes square 480x480 frames for video (also set /VIDEO)
/NOEXPCORR : Don't do exposure time correction, but subtract bias
/OUTER : Set along with MASK_OCC to fill in outer mask only
/STAIND : Start with this position in the input file (for output filenames)
/NX,/NY : Output size in pixels (superceded by PAN)
/VIDEO : Generate frames ready to be saved as PICT files for video
/SDIR : Directory to save video frames in
/CREM : Remove cosmic rays using REMOVE_CR (2 image) procedure;
Set CREM = 2 if you wish to define an area not to do CR removal
/LOGO ; Add LASCO logo to bottom right corner
/AUTOMAX : Compute bmin and bmax based on median
/LEE_FILT : Apply Leefilt function to filter noise.
/TIMES : Set this keyword to display date and time in images.
/DIFF : Set this keyword to make a difference movie. The
first image is subtracted from all subsequent images.
/RUNNING_DIFF : Make a difference movie, subracting the preceding image.
/NO_NORMAL : Don't normalize exposure times to that of the first image or subtract bias
/NO_SORT : Don't sort by time in header.
UNSHARP : Set this keyword to make a movie of unsharp masked images.
The value of the keyword if any is set to the size of the
unsharp mask, default=25
Example: A value of 9 would form a 9x9 unsharp mask
/RATIO : If using diff or running_diff display data as ratio of image/reference frame
/MASK_OCC : applies a sun sized circle and removes the internal part of the image
/LG_MASK_OCC:applies a sun sized circle and removes the part of the field to 1.2Rsun
for C1 (especially good for the longer 100s exposures).
For C3 the pylon is masked
/LOG_SCL : Applies ALOG10() function to image before byte scaling
/SQRT_SCL : Applies SQRT() function to image before byte scaling
/FIXGAPS : Set to 1 to fill data gaps in image with color specified by FILL_COL
Set to 2 to fill data gaps in image with values from previous image
FILL_COL : Set this keyword to the color index to use for data gaps and occ masks.
SAVE : For use in batch mode. Set this keyword to the name of the .mvi file
to save as. Routine will save movie and then exit.
PAN : Default is to resize images to pixel size of the first image. Set this
keyword to perform additional scaling. Example: set to 0.5 for 2x2 rebinning.
COORDS : Set to 4 element array of image coordinates to use relative to 1024x1024 image.
Example: COORDS=[0,1023,128,895] for C2 Equatorial Field
BOX : Set to 4 element array of image coordinates to use for box normalization
relative to (rectified) 1024x1024 image. Images are scaled relative to average counts
in box of first image. Example: BOX=[461,560,641,740]
REF_BOX : Set to avg counts specified in BOX otherwise first image is used
: The following keywords apply only to C1
/ON_OFF_DIFF: differences each on line image with an image taken at a continuum wavelength
/FLAT_FIELD : normalizes each image by a door closed image to remove the solar spectrum
/RADIAL : applies a radial filter
: The following keywords apply only to C2 and C3
USE_MODEL : If using diff or running_diff use background corona model
as base frame. USE_MODEL=1 for closest average (any_year) monthly model
USE_MODEL=2 for closest monthly model
USE_MODEL=3 for for overall yearly model
USE_MODEL= array to do subtraction or ratio with
: The following keywords apply only to EIT
/DEGRID : applies the degridding algorithm
Calls : ***
ADD_LASCO_LOGO, BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], C2_WARP, C3_WARP
CONGRID [1], CONGRID [2], CONGRID [3], DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3]
EIT_PREP, FILE_EXIST [2], FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2], GETBKGIMG, GET_EXP_FACTOR [1]
GET_EXP_FACTOR [2], GET_SEC_PIXEL, GET_SOLAR_RADIUS, GET_SUN_CENTER [1]
GET_SUN_CENTER [2], GET_SUN_CENTER [3], L1_RDFTS, LASCO_FITSHDR2STRUCT
LASCO_READFITS [1], LASCO_READFITS [2], LEEFILT, MAXMIN, OFFSET_BIAS, READFITS [1]
READFITS [2], READFITS [3], REDUCE_STD_SIZE, REMOVE_CR, REVERSE, ROLL_TIMES, RSTRPOS
SHARPEN, STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3], TAI2UTC, TRIM, TVCIRCLE, UTC2STR
UTC2TAI, WRITE_PICT, WRUNMOVIE [1], WRUNMOVIE [2], break_file [4], file_exist [1]
file_exist [3]
Side effects: Creates multiple pixmaps.
Category : Image Display.
See Also : WMKMOVIE.PRO is a widget front-end to this procedure.
** diverges from library version
- Change HIDE_PYLON and LG_MASK_OCC; fix C1 ON_OFF_DIFF;, - add DBIAS
- convert C1 hdr to structure; do not multiply by 100 for C1 log scale
AEE 4 May 99 - Added /SH keyword to spawn command
CMK 16 Feb 97 - added all C1 related features and changed the procedure name to mkc1movie2
Change fhsize
GENERIC_MOVIE.PRO reads in bytescaled fits or gif files and creates a movie.
HIDE_PYLON keywords; add toobig variable to ind00; add NOCAM keyword
Implement BIAS keyword with REDUCE_STD_SIZE; futz with ind0 and ind00
Jan 1996., KarlB 050824 - Minor bug fix just before call to wrunmovie
KarlB 060712 - Just some tidying up of comments -- no actual code changes
Modified : SEP 29 May 96 - Place frames into multiple pixmaps instead of 1 large
Move CREM to before diff or ratiopl
NBR Feb 00 - Change R to P for determining img0_x1 etc.; Move GET_SUN_CENTER to after REDUCE_STD_SIZE
NBR Jun 99 - let USE_MODEL be set to model you want to use
NBR Mar 00 - Switch USE_MODEL options ALL and ANY_YEAR;
NBR Apr 00 - Skip files with READFITS errors
NBR Aug 00 - MK4 compatibility; pylon changes (box_x1
NBR Jan 01 - Rebin c3mask and c3 corner box; change AUTOMAX values for daily mvis;
NBR Jul 99 - Fixed problem with COORDS
NBR Jun 00 - Compute dbias for C3 based on pylon values
NBR May 99 - Add SQUARE keyword; check for img_hdr.txt file;
NBR Oct 99 - Add RUNNING_DIFF check in FIXGAPS; change c2 values for AUTOMAX; move 'fill gap with
NBR Sep 99 - Move ADD LOGO to before REBIN; use updated EIT_DEGRID and EIT_FLAT
NBR Dec 99 - Add TIFF keyword;
NBR Jan 00 - Mask edge of all images;
NBR 3 May 99 - Fix header/time offset problem when movie starts w/ 2nd frame
NBR 5 Apr 99 - Add CREM keyword before BYTSCL; add VIDEO keyword; refresh
NBR 5 May 99 - Move image resize, NBR 8 Feb 99 - Add AUTOMAX keyword
NBR 9 Apr 99 - Move initialization of yloc
NBR 01/03/02 - Add RECTIFY keyword
NBR 01/07/02 - Add caching function; add LABELPOS keyword; VERBOSE keyword
NBR 02/21/02 - Modify behavior of zero files
NBR 03.09.22 - Call wrunmovie with RECTIFIED keyword; correct suncenter and BOX if rectified
NBR 03.09.25 - Fix DOFULL, NBR 03.10.09 - Fix NORECTIFY error
NBR 04.01.08 - Fix md0 (missing block) error, NBR 04.03.10 - If fits error
NBR 04.04.19 - Add /PNG; /VIDEO does not determine output format
NBR 06 Nov 98 - Change default fillcol to median(image); change LG_MASK_OCC for c3 to use C3clearmask2.dat
NBR 09/19/02 - Fix parts problem for files in current directory; fixed problem with subfields
NBR 10 Mar 99 - Update AUTOMAX keyword
NBR 11 Feb 99 - Move up first call of REDUCE_STD_SIZE
NBR 11/19/01 - Use EIT_PREP; subtract bias in REDUCE_STD_SIZE (if not EIT or NO_NORM or monthly)
NBR 11/20/01 - Test image times for rolled condition (disabled)
NBR 11/21/02 - Removed file caching
NBR 11/9/01 - Don't subtract bias if /NO_NORMAL
NBR 12/20/01 - Do rebin after subimage extraction; add FULL keyword
NBR 14 May 99 - Change dumhdr line for determining ind00 in EIT case
NBR 16 Dec 98 - Add LEEFILT keyword
NBR 17 Feb 99 - Do not divide by lebxsum^2 (done in REDUCE_STD_SIZE)
NBR 19 Mar 99 - Add LOGO keyword, NBR 26 Mar 99 - Add DISTORT keyword
NBR 29 Apr 99 - Read obs. times from img_hdr.txt instead of file headers for
NBR 3/21/01 - Use /ORIG for degrid
NBR 3/23/01 - Don't skip any frames unless BAD_SKIP set (messes up headers)
NBR 30 Apr 99 - Fix fhsize problem; put AUTOMAX in loop
NBR 4/12/01 - Fixed ind0; increased c2 r_occ_out by 0.3
NBR 4/6/01 - Don't subtract bias in REDUCE_STD_SIZE; move REDUCE_STD_SIZE down
NBR 6/7/01 - Omit ORIG in EIT_DEGRID call to make compatible with new version
NBR 9/20/01- Use fvsize instead of vsize when resizing images, NRL
Prev. Hist. : None., Put readfits in REPEAT loop
RAH 02 Feb 98 - Now normalizes to calculated exposure time (if data exists).
RAH 13 Dec 96 - added check for daily median image which doesn't have bias
RAH/SEP 14 Mar 97 - integrated mkc1movie2 features into mkmovie
SCCS variables for IDL use
SEP 9 Jul 96 - Read in img headers as structures and pass to wrunmovie
SEP 01 Oct 97 - added /SUM keyword to OFFSET_BIAS call
SEP 13 Nov 97 - Added /FLAT_FIELD for EIT
SEP 18 Oct 96 - Add option to pass in STRARR of image names instead of filename.
SEP 21 Mar 97 - corrected bias subtraction for LEB summed images
SEP 22 Oct 97 - fixed divide by zero error for /RATIO option
SEP 24 Oct 96 - added /RATIO and /USE_MODEL options
SEP 31 Oct 97 - Binned images are scaled (/bin^2) for level_05 images only
Version: 07/12/06 @(#)mkmovie.pro 1.42 : NRL LASCO IDL Library
Written : Scott Paswaters, added /NEW flag to EIT_DEGRIDN
bias subtraction, corrected for exp time;, etc and pylon2), fvsize assignment
img_pan bug, ind0/ind00 assignment;
jake 030717 added lines to read hdr.CROTA1 to determine if image is rolled and compensate
oNBR Jun 99 - Move rebin/congrid to end; fix hsize
oNBR Nov 99 - Move subtract bias to before REDUCE_STD_SIZE; Fix problem with ind00
oNBR Dec 99 - use c3clearmask2.fts with C3 LG_MASK_OCC
oNBR Jan 00 - change !D.N_COLORS to !D.TABLE_SIZE
oNBR 27 Aug 99 - IF exptime LT 15 sec then dbias = -7; BAD_SKIP keyword; change win_index incrementation
of at beginning, pause instead of stop
pixmap because of limitations on window size in IDL.
previous image' to before take ratio; Move USE_SHARP outside of RATIO group and combine
print time stats
ref image for longer movies; allow arbitrary final size (NX by NY)
sec_pix;, sorting; read other header info when image is read in instead
update LEE_FILT keyword, vsize so PAN works for subfields; fix suncen
with UNSHARP (both options use POINT_FILTER and subtract stray light)
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO/EIT
Name : MKMOVIE_kpd
Purpose : Load FITS files into a pixmap and call WRUNMOVIE for animation.
Explanation : This procedure sorts the images by time, reads them, and
normalizes to the exposure time of the first image. The
images are loaded into pixmap 9 and WRUNMOVIE is called
to start a widget interface for the animation sequence.
Use : MKMOVIE, list, bmin, bmax, /TIMES, /DIFF, /NO_NORMAL, /NO_SORT, $
IMG_REBIN=[nx,ny], IMG_COORDS='(x1:x2,y1:y2)'
Example: IDL> MKMOVIE, 'list960123', -1000, 2000, /DIFF, IMG_REBIN=[512,512]
Example: IDL> MKMOVIE, 'list960123', 400, 13000, /TIMES, IMG_COORDS='(0:511,*)'
Inputs : list : Name of file containing names of FITS files.
bmin, bmax : Minimum and maximum DN for BYTSCL.
Outputs : None.
Keywords : /TIMES : Default is to display image names in widget,
set this keyword to display TIME_OBS.
/DIFF : Set this keyword to make a difference movie. The
first image is subtracted from all subsequent images.
/RUNNING_DIFF : Make a difference movie, subracting the preceeding image.
/NO_NORMAL : Don't normalize exposure times to that of the first image.
/NO_SORT : Don't by time in header.
UNSHARP : Set this keyword to make a movie of unsharp masked images.
The value of the keyword if any is set to the size of the
unsharp mask, default=25
Example: A value of 9 would form a 9x9 unsharp mask
IMG_REBIN : Set this keyword to the size you want to REBIN all images to.
Example: [512,512] would REBIN a full field, full resolution
image down to 512x512.
IMG_COORDS : Set this keyword to select a partial field of all images.
Example: '(*,0:511)' would select the bottom 1/2 of a full
field full resolution (1024x1024) image.
SQRT_SCL: to square root scaling of the image (kpd)
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], EIT_DEGRIDN, EIT_SCALE, FXPAR [1]
FXPAR [2], HEADFITS [1], HEADFITS [2], HEADFITS [3], L_RDFTS, RSTRPOS, STR2UTC [1]
STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3], SXPAR [1], SXPAR [2], SXPAR [3], TAI2UTC, UTC2STR, UTC2TAI
WRUNMOVIE [1], WRUNMOVIE [2]
Restrictions: IMG_REBIN is applied before IMG_COORDS if both are selected.
Side effects: Creates pixmaps in windows 9 and 0.
Category : Image Display.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Scott Paswaters, NRL, Jan 1996.
Modified :
Version :
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO/EIT
Name : MKMOVIEM
Purpose : Load FITS files into pixmaps and call WRUNMOVIEM for animation.
Explanation : This procedure sorts the images by time, reads them, and
normalizes to the exposure time of the first image.
WRUNMOVIEM is called to start a widget interface for the
animation sequence.
Use : MKMOVIEM, list, bmin, bmax, /TIMES, /DIFF, /NO_NORMAL, /NO_SORT, $
IMG_REBIN=[nx,ny], IMG_COORDS='(x1:x2,y1:y2)', UNSHARP=unsharp
Example: IDL> MKMOVIEM, 'list960123', -100, 200, /DIFF, IMG_REBIN=[512,512]
Example: IDL> MKMOVIEM, 'list960123', 400, 13000, /TIMES, IMG_COORDS='(0:511,*)'
Example: If you want to display BYTARR images straight from the FITS files without
any scaling use:
IDL> MKMOVIEM, 'list', 0, 255, /NO_NORMAL, /NO_SORT
Inputs : list : Name of file containing names of FITS files.
bmin, bmax : Minimum and maximum DN for BYTSCL.
Outputs : None.
Keywords : /TIMES : Default is to display image names in widget,
set this keyword to display TIME_OBS.
/DIFF : Set this keyword to make a difference movie. The
first image is subtracted from all subsequent images.
/RUNNING_DIFF : Make a difference movie, subracting the preceding image.
/NO_NORMAL : Don't normalize exposure times to that of the first image.
/NO_SORT : Don't by time in header.
IMG_REBIN : Set this keyword to the size you want to REBIN all images to.
Example: [512,512] would REBIN a full field, full resolution
image down to 512x512.
IMG_COORDS : Set this keyword to select a partial field of all images.
Example: '(*,0:511)' would select the bottom 1/2 of a full
field full resolution (1024x1024) image.
UNSHARP : Set this keyword to make a movie of unsharp masked images.
The value of the keyword if any is set to the size of the
unsharp mask, default=25
Example: A value of 9 would form a 9x9 unsharp mask
DERIV : Divide difference images by time difference
between frames. Set value to the number of hours,
on average, between frames.
/NOSTARS : Attemps to remove stars using POINT_FILTER by Mike Andrews
/FIXGAPS : Sets data gaps so they appear as neutral grey in difference images
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], LASCO_READFITS [1], LASCO_READFITS [2]
OFFSET_BIAS, REDUCE_STD_SIZE, RSTRPOS, STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3]
TAI2UTC, UTC2STR, UTC2TAI, WRUNMOVIEM, point_filter
Restrictions: IMG_REBIN is applied before IMG_COORDS if both are selected.
Side effects: Creates multiple pixmaps.
Category : Image Display.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Scott Paswaters, NRL, Jan 1996.
Modified : SEP 29 May 96 - Place frames into multiple pixmaps instead of 1 large
pixmap because of limitations on window size in IDL.
SEP 9 Jul 96 - Read in img headers as structures and pass to wrunmovie
SHH 12 Jul 96 - Display each frame after it's processed
Use FIXEXP function rather than exposure times for image normalization
Scale images absolutely, rather than using TVSCL
SHH 23 Jul 96 - Added DERIV keyword
SEP 29 Sep 96 - Placed frames in 1024x1024 image window.
Version : 3.1
@(#)mkmoviem.pro 1.1 10/12/96 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO/EIT
Name : MKMOVIEWLC
Purpose : Load FITS files into pixmaps and call WRUNMOVIE for animation.
Explanation : This procedure sorts the images by time, reads them, and
normalizes to the exposure time of the first image.
WRUNMOVIE is called to start a widget interface for the
animation sequence.
Use : MKMOVIEWLC, list, bmin, bmax, /TIMES, /DIFF, /NO_NORMAL, /NO_SORT, $
IMG_REBIN=[nx,ny], IMG_COORDS='(x1:x2,y1:y2)', UNSHARP=unsharp, $
/RATIO, /USE_MODEL, ROLL=roll, /MASK, /SUNMASK
Example: IDL> MKMOVIEWLC, 'list960123', -100, 200, /DIFF, IMG_REBIN=[512,512]
Example: IDL> MKMOVIEWLC, 'list960123', 400, 13000, /TIMES, IMG_COORDS='(0:511,*)'
Example: If you want to display BYTARR images straight from the FITS files without
any scaling use:
IDL> MKMOVIEWLC, 'list', 0, 255, /NO_NORMAL, /NO_SORT
Inputs : list : Name of file containing names of FITS files.
Or a STRARR of the image names.
bmin, bmax : Minimum and maximum DN for BYTSCL.
Outputs : None.
Keywords : /TIMES : Default is to display image names in widget,
set this keyword to display TIME_OBS.
/DIFF : Set this keyword to make a difference movie. The
first image is subtracted from all subsequent images.
/RUNNING_DIFF : Make a difference movie, subracting the preceding image.
/NO_NORMAL : Don't normalize exposure times to that of the first image.
/NO_SORT : Don't by time in header.
IMG_REBIN : Set this keyword to the size you want to REBIN all images to.
Example: [512,512] would REBIN a full field, full resolution
image down to 512x512.
IMG_COORDS : Set this keyword to select a partial field of all images.
Example: '(*,0:511)' would select the bottom 1/2 of a full
field full resolution (1024x1024) image.
UNSHARP : Set this keyword to make a movie of unsharp masked images.
The value of the keyword if any is set to the size of the
unsharp mask, default=25
Example: A value of 9 would form a 9x9 unsharp mask
/RATIO : If using diff or running_diff display data as ratio
/USE_MODEL : If using diff or running_diff use background corona model
as base frame.
ROLL : Set this keyword to rotate the image by the roll angle. If
set to 1 then read in the roll angle from the date file
/MASK : Set this keyword to put a mask at the edge of the field
at 9 R (13.4 pixels per radius)
/SUNMASK : Set this keyword to put a circle where the sun should be
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], GETBKGIMG, MAXMIN, RSTRPOS, STR2UTC [1]
STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3], TVCIRCLE, UTC2STR, UTC2TAI, WRUNMOVIE [1], WRUNMOVIE [2]
Restrictions: IMG_REBIN is applied before IMG_COORDS if both are selected.
Side effects: Creates multiple pixmaps.
Category : Image Display.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Scott Paswaters, NRL, Jan 1996.
Modified : SEP 29 May 96 - Place frames into multiple pixmaps instead of 1 large
pixmap because of limitations on window size in IDL.
SEP 9 Jul 96 - Read in img headers as structures and pass to wrunmovie
SEP 18 Oct 96 - Add option to pass in STRARR of image names instead of filename.
SEP 24 Oct 96 - added /RATIO and /USE_MODEL options
SEP 14 Nov 96 - Modified to read in solwind wlc images
RAH 14 May 98 - Modified to roll the image
NBF 7 Jun 00 - Read separate header files; insert wlc image in full frame; cancel !order=1
Version: 11/02/01 @(#)mkmoviewlc.pro 1.8 - LASCO NRL IDL Library
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MKQUERY
PURPOSE:
This procedure will generate a list of images for selected day, create
image reduce header catalog, sort images on date and time, write a list
of images in $HOME or ../work/$USER/list with name of the first
(first_last) processed day:
960704.lst (960704_960710.lst)
and write processed images on ../work/$USER/fits.
CATEGORY:
LASCO DATA ANALYSIS
CALLING SEQUENCE:
MKQUERY
INPUTS:
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
INST: A string for instrument: 'C1' is default.
DAY: A string array: day = ['960703','960704']
FILTER: A string for the filter: filter = 'Fe XIV'
POLAR: A string for the polarizer: polar = 'Clear'
WAVE: A float array for the wavelength: wave = [5309.2,5302.4]
PROCESS: If this keyword is set, C1 images will be processed.
CALLS: ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DIFF_OF
GET_ARRAY, HEADFITSL, HEAD_INFO, PATH_FILE, QUERYCAT, RSTRPOS, SXPAR [1], SXPAR [2]
SXPAR [3], UTC2TAI, WRT_ASC, YYMMDD, rd_asc
SIDE EFFECTS:
PROCEDURE:
EXAMPLE:
MKQUERY,day='960704'
MKQUERY,day=['960703','960704'],inst='C1',filter='Fe XIV'
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: B Podlipnik, 04 Jul 1996
Version: 1.0
@(#)mkquery.pro 1.1 11/02/01 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MKSUMWDESC()
Purpose : Return detector data descriptor of correct type.
Explanation : SUMER version of CDS routine MkDetWinDesc.
Based on the dimenstionality of the data in DATA the correct
type of detector data descriptor is returned, with the
descriptor values from DATA copied into the new structure.
Use : DETDESCRIPTOR = MKSUMWDESC(DATA)
Inputs : DATA = a structure variable of the form that
is returned by READSUMCOL
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : IDL detector data descriptor, see CDS QL Data Format.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : None.
Calls : ***
TRIM
CALLED BY:
SUMDETREAD, SUMDETSELECT
Common : None.
Restrictions: DATA must adhere to the format returned by READSUMCOL
Normally used by DETREAD()
Side effects: None.
Category : Data_Handling, I_O, FITS, CDS, SUMER, QuickLook
Prev. Hist. : Converted from MkDetWDesc by Stein Vidar Haugan
Written : William Thompson, GSFC, 5 July 1996
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 5 July 1996
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC, 8 July 1996
Add DetX and DetY to reflect changes in READSUMCOL.
Version : Version 2, 8 July 1996
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO
Name : MLO_FITSHDR2STRUCT
Purpose : Converts a FITS header into a structure similar to the LASCO structure
Use : IDL> mlo_hdr = MLO_FITSHDR2STRUCT(fits_hdr)
Inputs : fits_hdr FITS header, STRARR
Outputs : mlo_hdr MLO header structure.
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], FILEPATH, FXPAR [1], FXPAR [2]
STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3]
Category : Data_Handling, I_O
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : Russ Howard, NRL, Aug. 1998. (adapted from LASCO_FITSHDR2STRUCT)
Modified :
Version : Version 1.0, Aug. 22, 1998
@(#)mlo_fitshdr2struct.pro 1.5 11/05/01 :LASCO IDL LIBRARY
CALLED BY
GET_ROLL_OR_XY, GET_SEC_PIXEL, GET_SUN_CENTER [1], LASCO_READFITS [1]
PB_INVERTER, STDIMGPLOT, TELESCOPE_POINTING
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MLO_MASSIMG
PURPOSE:
This function subracts the input calibrated images into a mass image
CATEGORY:
CME
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Result = MLO_MASSIMG(Bn,Fn)
INPUTS:
Bn: String containing the filename of the base image
Fn: String containing the filename of the CME image
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
ONLY_NE:If set, then compute electron density rather than mass
NEW: If set, then process the base image, even if it has been done
OUTPUTS:
This function returns an image of the calculated mass
CALLS: ***
CALC_CME_MASS, FXADDPAR [1], FXADDPAR [2], LASCO_READFITS [1]
LASCO_READFITS [2], STRUCT2FITSHDR, WRITEFITS [1], WRITEFITS [2]
RESTRICTIONS:
Only works for calibrated images
EXTERNAL CALLS:
LASCO_READFITS, CALC_CME_MASS
PROCEDURE:
The files for the base and CME images are read in and calibrated.
The images are then adjusted to have the same area and summing.
The images are differenced. CALC_CME_MASS is called to
compute the CME mass.
EXAMPLE:
To find the mass of a CME, where the base image is '320004.fts' and
the CME image is in '320005.fts', and saving the total mass information
in 'mass.lst':
Massimg = MLO_MASSIMG ('320004.fts','320005.fts')
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: RA Howard, NRL, 8/28/98 from C3_MASSIMG
RAH 5/23/98, Make work and make similar to c3_cme_front
%W% %H% LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mmap_imgnum
PURPOSE:
To figure out which images are which in a Michelson tuning
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
mmap_imgnum, imgarr, idark, iobs, im1, im2, comment
INPUT:
imgarr - The integer array saying which images to use,
OR
the number of images in the cube. COMMENT is not
passed back if this is the case
OUTPUT:
idark - The subscript(s) in imgarr which signify the dark
image(s)
iobs - The subscript in imgarr which is the OBS image
im1 - The subscript in imgarr where the 10 position M1 tuning starts
im2 - The subscript in imgarr where the 10 position M2 tuning starts
comment - The comment line used in DISP_MMAP describing which images were used
COMMENTS:
29 set: 1 obs, 1 dark, 10 m1 varies, 10 m2 varies,
1 obs, 1 dark, 4 "nominal", 1 "continuum"
27 set: 1 obs, 4 "nominal", 1 dust (?), 1 dark
10 m1 varies, 10 m2 varies
21 set: 1 dark, 10 m1 varies, 10 m2 varies
22 set: 1 dark, 1 obs, 10 m1 varies, 10 m2 varies
CALLS: ***
ARR2STR [1], Arr2Str [2]
HISTORY:
Written 15-Jun-94 by M.Morrison (removed it from MAPLASER)
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mmap_unwrap
PURPOSE:
To look at an phase image and see if there is wrap around within
the image and to correct it if there is
INPUTS:
phas - the phase image
HISTORY:
Written 17-Jun-94 by M.Morrison (extracted from MAP_LASER)
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MOD_ALT()
Purpose : Modify entry in the alternate science plan database.
Explanation : Modifies an entry in the alternate science plan database.
The old entry is removed, and the new entry is added.
Use : Result = MOD_ALT( OLD_DEF, NEW_DEF )
IF NOT MOD_ALT(OLD_DEF,NEW_DEF) THEN ...
Inputs : OLD_DEF = Previous entry. This is a structure such as that
returned by GET_ALT, and has the tags:
PROG_ID = Program ID, linking one or more studies
together
STUDY_ID = Number defining the study
STUDYVAR = Number giving the study variation ID
SCI_OBJ = Science objective from the daily science
meeting
SCI_SPEC = Specific science objective from meeting
CMP_NO = Campaign number
OBJECT = Code for object planned to be observed
OBJ_ID = Object identification
START_TIME = Date/time of beginning of alternate plan,
in TAI format
END_TIME = Date/time of end of alternate plan, in
TAI format
ORIG_DUR = Original duration of the observation, in
seconds, before being truncated by
following time-tagged observations.
N_RASTERS1 = Variable number of rasters parameter
TRACKING = True (1) if feature tracking to be used,
or false (0) otherwise
N_POINTINGS= Number of pointings to use with study
N_REPEAT_S = Number of times to repeat study
GSET_ID = GSET ID number
GET_RAW = True if raw data should be collected.
If N_POINTINGS is greater than 0, then there will be the
additional tag POINTINGS. This is an array of pointing
positions. It itself is a structure, of type
PLAN_PNT_STRUC, with the following tags:
INS_X = Pointing in X relative to sun center
INS_Y = Pointing in Y relative to sun center
ZONE_ID = Pointing zone ID
NEW_DEF = New entry. It has the same structure as OLD_DEF.
Any field can be changed, including the start and end
times.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : The result of the function is a logical value representing
whether or not the operation was successful, where 1 is
successful and 0 is unsuccessful.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages will be
returned to the user in this parameter rather than
depending on the MESSAGE routine in IDL. If no errors
are encountered, then a null string is returned. In
order to use this feature, ERRMSG must be defined
first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
Result = MOD_ALT( ERRMSG=ERRMSG, ... )
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
ADD_ALT, DEL_ALT
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning, Databases.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC, 9 May 1995
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 9 May 1995
Version : Version 1, 9 May 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
PROJECT:
SOHO - CDS
NAME:
MOD_CAMPAIGN()
PURPOSE:
Modify a CDS campaign record in the database
CATEGORY:
Planning, Databases
EXPLANATION:
This procedure takes a CDS campaign entry and modify the
corresponding entry in database table CAMPAIGN. This database
contains a series of such entries, making a historical list.
SYNTAX:
Result = mod_campaign(DEF)
INPUTS:
DEF = This is an anonymous structure containing the following tags:
CMP_NO = Unique identifier number. If no matches
are found, then a simpler structure is
returned with this set to -1.
CMP_NAME = Name of the campaign.
CMP_TYPE = Campaign type, e.g. JOP, Intercal, etc.
CMP_DESC = Up to five lines of text (400 characters)
describing the campaign.
DATE_OBS = Starting date for the observing campaign
DATE_END = Ending data for the campaign
OBSERVER = Observer in overall charge of the campaign
COMMENT = A comment associated with the campaign
INSTITUTES = Structure containing information about the
institutes involved, with the following tags:
INSTITUT = The name of the institute.
OBSERVER = The name of the observer at that institute
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
None.
OUTPUTS:
The result of the function is a logical value representing
whether or not the operation was successful, where 1 is
successful and 0 is unsuccessful.
OPTIONAL OUTPUTS:
None.
KEYWORDS:
ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages will be
returned to the user in this parameter rather than
depending on the MESSAGE routine in IDL. If no errors are
encountered, then a null string is returned. In order to
use this feature, ERRMSG must be defined first, e.g.
errmsg = ''
Result = mod_campaign(errmsg=errmsg, ... )
IF errmsg NE '' THEN ...
CALLS: ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DBBUILD [1], DBBUILD [2], DBBUILD [3]
DBCLOSE [1], DBCLOSE [2], DBCLOSE [3], DBDELETE [1], DBDELETE [2], DBDELETE [3]
DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3], DBOPEN [1], DBOPEN [2], DBOPEN [3], DBSORT [1]
DBSORT [2], DBSORT [3], DBUPDATE [1], DBUPDATE [2], DBUPDATE [3], DBUPDATE [4]
GET_CAMPAIGN, TAG_EXIST [1], TAG_EXIST [2], TRIM, TRIM_CAMPAIGN
CALLED BY:
UPDATE_CAMPAIGN
COMMON:
None.
RESTRICTIONS:
Only this routine and ADD_CAMPAIGN can be used to update or add
SOHO campaigns to or from the database.
Modifying the database by hand could corrupt its integrity.
The data types and sizes of the structure elements must match
the definitions in the database.
SIDE EFFECTS:
The dates in the structure are rounded off to millisecond
accuracy.
HISTORY:
Version 1, 10-Sep-1996, William Thompson, GSFC
Converted from SUMER version by Liyun Wang
Version 2, 23-Sep-1996, William Thompson, GSFC
Added campaign type, changed string lengths.
Version 3, 21-Nov-1996, William Thompson, GSFC
Fixed bug when modification would add a comment that didn't
exist before.
Version 4, 22-Nov-1996, Zarro, GSFC
Added check for modified CMP_TYPE and call to TRIM_CAMPAIGN
Version 5, 22-Nov-1996, William Thompson, GSFC
Fixed bug when modification would add an institute when there
weren't any before.
Version 6, 19-Dec-1996, William Thompson, GSFC
Allow COMMENTS tag to be optional.
CONTACT:
WTHOMPSON
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MOD_CATALOG()
Purpose : Modify a catalog entry
Category : Catalog
Explanation : Called from XCAT to modify a catalog entry. The routines
MOD_MAIN and MOD_EXPER are called to modify the database
entries.
Syntax : Result = MOD_CATALOG( OLD, NEW )
Examples : IF NOT MOD_CATALOG( OLD, NEW ) THEN ...
Inputs : OLD = Old data structure, as returned by GET_EXPER or
LIST_EXPER.
NEW = New data structure, as modified by the XSTRUCT program.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : The result of the function is either 1 for success or 0 for
failure.
NEW: If the modification is unsuccessful, then the NEW
structure is replaced with the OLD structure. This can then be
redisplayed with XSTRUCT.
OLD: If the modification is successful, then the OLD structure
is reread from the database. This can then be put back into
the array stored in the XCAT common block.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages will be
returned to the user in this parameter rather than
depending on the MESSAGE routine in IDL. If no errors
are encountered, then a null string is returned. In
order to use this feature, ERRMSG must be defined
first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
Result = MOD_CATALOG( ERRMSG=ERRMSG, ... )
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
GET_EXPER, GET_MAIN, MOD_EXPER, MOD_MAIN, TRIM
Common : None.
Restrictions: Not all parameters can be modified. The parameters PROG_NUM,
SEQ_NUM, and SEQ_IND cannot be changed, because they refer to
the location of the data in the database. This routine also
cannot be used to change the COMMENTS or DATE_MOD
parameter--any changes in the structure will be ignore.
Must have write privilege into catalog database files.
Side effects: None.
Prev. Hist. : None.
History : Version 1, 06-Mar-1996, William Thompson, GSFC
Version 2, 11-Mar-1996, William Thompson, GSFC
Times are TAI in both new and old structures.
Version 3, 02-Apr-1996, William Thompson, GSFC
Modified for version 3 of the catalog databases.
Contact : WTHOMPSON
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MOD_DETAIL()
Purpose : Modifies an entry in the science plan database.
Explanation : Modifies an entry in the science plan database. There are two
possible calling sequences. One way to call this is to pass
the old database entry, and the new PROG_NUM value through the
keyword. In this mode, the old entry remains, and only the
PROG_NUM value is updated.
The second way this routine can be called is to pass an old
entry and a new entry, without a PROG_NUM keyword. In this
mode, the old entry is removed, and the new entry is added.
Use : Result = MOD_DETAIL( OLD_DEF, PROG_NUM=PROG_NUM)
Result = MOD_DETAIL( OLD_DEF, NEW_DEF )
IF NOT MOD_DETAIL(OLD_DEF,NEW_DEF) THEN ...
Inputs : OLD_DEF = Previous entry. This is a structure such as that
returned by GET_DETAIL or LIST_DETAIL.
Opt. Inputs : NEW_DEF = New entry, as used by ADD_DETAIL. It has the tags
PROG_ID = Program ID, linking one or more studies
together
STUDY_ID = Number defining the study
STUDYVAR = Number giving the study variation ID
SCI_OBJ = Science objective from the daily science
meeting
SCI_SPEC = Specific science objective from meeting
CMP_NO = Campaign number
OBJECT = Code for object planned to be observed
OBJ_ID = Object identification
DATE_OBS = Date/time of beginning of observation,
in TAI format
DATE_END = Date/time of end of observation, in TAI
format
ORIG_DUR = Original duration of the observation, in
seconds, before being truncated by
following time-tagged observations.
N_RASTERS1 = Variable number of rasters parameter
TIME_TAGGED= True (1) if the start of the study is to
be a time-tagged event. Otherwise, the
study will begin immediately after the
previous study.
TRACKING = True (1) if feature tracking to be used,
or false (0) otherwise
N_POINTINGS= Number of pointings to use with study.
N_REPEAT_S = Number of times to repeat study.
FLAG_MASTER= Nonzero if flag master.
GSET_ID = GSET ID number
GET_RAW = True if raw data should be collected.
PROG_NUM = Study counter number (negative is
predicted). This parameter is optional.
If N_POINTINGS is greater than 0, then there will be the
additional tag POINTINGS. This is an array of pointing
positions. It itself is a structure, of type
PLAN_PNT_STRUC, with the following tags:
INS_X = Pointing in X relative to sun center
INS_Y = Pointing in Y relative to sun center
ZONE_ID = Pointing zone ID
Any field can be changed, including the start and end
times. If the PROG_NUM keyword is not passed, then
NEW_DEF is a required input parameter.
Outputs : The result of the function is a logical value representing
whether or not the operation was successful, where 1 is
successful and 0 is unsuccessful.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : PROG_NUM = The new value for the PROG_NUM parameter. When
PROG_NUM is passed, then the NEW_DEF parameter must
be omitted.
ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages will be
returned to the user in this parameter rather than
depending on the MESSAGE routine in IDL. If no errors
are encountered, then a null string is returned. In
order to use this feature, ERRMSG must be defined
first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
Result = MOD_DETAIL( ERRMSG=ERRMSG, ... )
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
ADD_DETAIL, DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3], DBOPEN [1], DBOPEN [2], DBOPEN [3]
DBUPDATE [1], DBUPDATE [2], DBUPDATE [3], DBUPDATE [4], DEL_DETAIL, TRIM
CALLED BY:
PRED_PROG_NUM
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning, Databases.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC, 17 November 1994
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 17 November 1994
Version : Version 1, 17 November 1994
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MOD_EXPER()
Purpose : Modifies a CDS experiment entry in the as-run database
Explanation : This procedure takes a CDS raster-level (experiment) as-run
entry, compares it against that in the database "exper", and
makes any necessary modifications. Any parameter can be
modified, except PROG_NUM, SEQ_NUM, and SEQ_IND. (Note that
COMMENTS can only be changed from "N"(o) to "Y"(es).)
Use : Result = MOD_EXPER( OBS )
IF MOD_EXPER( OBS ) LT 0 THEN ...
Inputs : OBS = This is an anonymous structure containing the following
tags:
PROG_NUM = Study counter number.
SEQ_NUM = Unique sequence number. This serves as
the primary key to the database.
OBS_SEQ = A character string derived from the raster
number and the variation number,
e.g. "R4V3".
COUNT = The number of repeated observations making
up this experiment. Normally 1.
SEQ_IND = The raster counter
RAS_ID = The raster ID number
RAS_VAR = The raster variation index
EXPTIME = The exposure time, in seconds
OBS_MODE = The observing mode.
DW_ID = The data window ID number
DATE_OBS = Date/time of beginning of observation,
in TAI format
DATE_END = Date/time of end of observation, in TAI
format
OBT_TIME = Onboard date/time of beginning of
observation, in TAI format
OBT_END = Onboard date/time of end of observation,
in TAI format
XCEN = Center of instrument field-of-view in
solar X
YCEN = Center of instrument field-of-view in
solar Y
ANGLE = Angle of instrument relative to solar
north
IXWIDTH = Width of field-of-view in instrument X
IYWIDTH = Width of field-of-view in instrument Y
INS_X0 = The instrument origin pointing in X
INS_Y0 = The instrument origin pointing in Y
INS_ROLL = The instrument roll angle
SC_X0 = The spacecraft pointing in X
SC_Y0 = The spacecraft pointing in Y
SC_ROLL = The spacecraft roll
WAVEMIN = The minimum wavelength of observation, in
Angstroms.
WAVEMAX = The maximum wavelength, in Angstroms
TRACKING = True if tracking is on
SER_ID = The series ID number
OPSLBITS = The OPS-L status bits at the start of the
observation.
OPSRBITS = The OPS-R status bits at the start of the
observation.
SLIT_POS = The slit position at the start of the
observation.
MIR_POS = The mirror position at the start of the
observation.
EV_ENAB = True if event recognition enabled
COMP_ERR = True if a compression error was
encountered.
VDS_PMCP = The VDS MCP programmable voltage setting
VDS_MODE = The VDS readout mode.
VDS_ORI = True if the VDS telemetry data is oriented
by columns
VDS_ACC = True if VDS is operated in accumulate mode
GSET_ID = GIS Setup ID
DETECTOR = Either N or G for NIS/GIS.
ZONE_ID = Pointing zone ID
SLIT_NUM = Slit number
FILENAME = FITS file name
SEQVALID = True for valid science data
DATASRC = Data source, either Q(uicklook) or F(inal
distribution).
COMMENTS = Either Y or N
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : The result of the function is the number of parameters that
were modified. If an error occurs, then -1 is returned
instead.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages will be
returned to the user in this parameter rather than
depending on the MESSAGE routine in IDL. If no errors are
encountered, then a null string is returned. In order to
use this feature, ERRMSG must be defined first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
Result = MOD_EXPER( ERRMSG=ERRMSG, ... )
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
CDS_MESSAGE, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DBCLOSE [1], DBCLOSE [2]
DBCLOSE [3], DBEXT [1], DBEXT [2], DBEXT [3], DBEXT [4], DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2]
DBFIND [3], DBOPEN [1], DBOPEN [2], DBOPEN [3], DBUPDATE [1], DBUPDATE [2]
DBUPDATE [3], DBUPDATE [4], FIND_WITH_DEF [1], FIND_WITH_DEF [2]
FIND_WITH_DEF [3], GET_DATAWIN, GET_EXPER, GET_RASTER, GET_UTC, LOCK_DATABASE, TRIM
UNLOCK_DATABASE, UTC2TAI
CALLED BY:
ADD_EXP_COMM, FIX_OBS_SEQ, MOD_CATALOG
Common : None.
Restrictions: Only this routine can be used to modify entries in the MAIN
database. Modifying the database by hand could corrupt its
integrity.
The data types and sizes of the structure elements must match
the definitions in the database.
!PRIV must be 2 or greater to use this routine.
Side effects: The dates in the structure are rounded off to millisecond
accuracy.
Category : Planning, Databases.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC, 3 July 1995
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 3 July 1995
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC, 21 February 1996
Modified to be more robust. It will complain about not
finding IDs in the databases, but will modify the
catalog entry anyway.
Version 3, William Thompson, GSFC, 23 February 1996
Modified for version 2 of the experiment databases.
Version 4, William Thompson, GSFC, 27 March 1996
Added parameter DATASRC
Version 5, William Thompson, GSFC, 9 April 1996
Added calls to LOCK_DATABASE, UNLOCK_DATABASE
Version 6, William Thompson, GSFC, 12 April 1996
Look in both experiment* and fexperiment*
Version 7, William Thompson, GSFC, 26 April 1996
Fixed bug introduced in version 6 for MOD_DATE
Version 8, William Thompson, GSFC, 1 June 1998
Look for entries in "_year" files
Version : Version 8, 1 June 1998
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MOD_FLAG()
Purpose : Modify entry in the flag receiver science plan database.
Explanation : Modifies an entry in the flag receiver science plan database.
The old entry is removed, and the new entry is added.
Use : Result = MOD_FLAG( OLD_DEF, NEW_DEF )
IF NOT MOD_FLAG(OLD_DEF,NEW_DEF) THEN ...
Inputs : OLD_DEF = Previous entry. This is a structure such as that
returned by GET_FLAG, and has the tags:
PROG_ID = Program ID, linking one or more studies
together
STUDY_ID = Number defining the study
STUDYVAR = Number giving the study variation ID
SCI_OBJ = Science objective from the daily science
meeting
SCI_SPEC = Specific science objective from meeting
CMP_NO = Campaign number
OBJECT = Code for object planned to be observed
OBJ_ID = Object identification
RCVR_START = Date/time of beginning of receiver status,
in TAI format
RCVR_STOP = Date/time of end of receiver status, in
TAI format
ORIG_DUR = Original duration of the observation, in
seconds, before being truncated by
following time-tagged observations.
N_RASTERS1 = Variable number of rasters parameter
TRACKING = True (1) if feature tracking to be used,
or false (0) otherwise
N_POINTINGS= Number of pointings to use with study.
Can be either 0 or 1.
REPOINT = Either 1 to allow repoints or 0 to
disallow.
GSET_ID = GSET ID number
If N_POINTINGS is greater than 0, then there will be the
additional tag POINTINGS. This is an array of pointing
positions. It itself is a structure, of type
PLAN_PNT_STRUC, with the following tags:
INS_X = Pointing in X relative to sun center
INS_Y = Pointing in Y relative to sun center
ZONE_ID = Pointing zone ID
NEW_DEF = New entry. It has the same structure as OLD_DEF.
Any field can be changed, including the start and end
times.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : The result of the function is a logical value representing
whether or not the operation was successful, where 1 is
successful and 0 is unsuccessful.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages will be
returned to the user in this parameter rather than
depending on the MESSAGE routine in IDL. If no errors
are encountered, then a null string is returned. In
order to use this feature, ERRMSG must be defined
first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
Result = MOD_FLAG( ERRMSG=ERRMSG, ... )
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
ADD_FLAG, DEL_FLAG
Common : None.
Restrictions: None.
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning, Databases.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC, 13 February 1995
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 13 February 1995
Version : Version 1, 13 February 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MOD_GSET()
Purpose : Modifies a GIS setup definition in the database
Explanation : This procedure allows one to modify certain parameters in the
definition of a GIS setup.
Use : Result = MOD_GSET( GSET_ID, keywords=... )
IF NOT MOD_GSET( GSET_ID, keywords=... ) THEN ...
Inputs : GSET_ID = GIS setup ID. This parameter simply allows the
relevant entry to be found in the database. The
modifications are passed through keyword parameters.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : The result of the function is a logical value representing
whether or not the operation was successful, where 1 is
successful and 0 is unsuccessful.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
RAW_ID = ID number of associated raw science files (4)
GSET_DESC = Free format descriptions (4)
The above keywords specify the modifications to be made to the
database.
ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages will be
returned to the user in this parameter rather than
depending on the MESSAGE routine in IDL. If no errors are
encountered, then a null string is returned. In order to
use this feature, ERRMSG must be defined first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
Result = MOD_GSET( ERRMSG=ERRMSG, ... )
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DBCLOSE [1], DBCLOSE [2], DBCLOSE [3]
DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3], DBOPEN [1], DBOPEN [2], DBOPEN [3], DBUPDATE [1]
DBUPDATE [2], DBUPDATE [3], DBUPDATE [4], TRIM
CALLED BY:
mk_gset
Common : None.
Restrictions: Only this routine can be used to modify GIS setup definitions
in the database. Modifying the database by hand could corrupt
its integrity.
The data types and sizes of the modifications must match the
definitions in the database. The string lengths must not
exceed the lengths defined in the database.
!PRIV must be 2 or greater to use this routine.
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning, Databases.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC, 8 September 1995
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 8 September 1995
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC, 7 February 1996
Fixed several bugs.
Version : Version 2, 7 February 1996
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MOD_LINELIST()
Purpose : Modifies a linelist definition in the database
Explanation : This procedure allows one to modify certain parameters in the
definition of a linelist.
Use : Result = MOD_LINELIST( LL_ID, keywords=... )
IF NOT MOD_LINELIST( LL_ID, keywords=... ) THEN ...
Inputs : LL_ID = Linelist ID number.
The above parameters simply allow the relevant entry to be
found in the database. The modifications are passed through
keyword parameters.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : The result of the function is a logical value representing
whether or not the operation was successful, where 1 is
successful and 0 is unsuccessful.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
CEN_PIX = Array of central pixel positions for the lines in the
linelist.
The keywords specify the modifications to be made to the
database. Currently, only modifications of CEN_PIX is
supported.
ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages will be
returned to the user in this parameter rather than
depending on the MESSAGE routine in IDL. If no errors are
encountered, then a null string is returned. In order to
use this feature, ERRMSG must be defined first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
Result = MOD_LINELIST( ERRMSG=ERRMSG, ... )
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DBCLOSE [1], DBCLOSE [2], DBCLOSE [3]
DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3], DBOPEN [1], DBOPEN [2], DBOPEN [3], DBUPDATE [1]
DBUPDATE [2], DBUPDATE [3], DBUPDATE [4], GET_LINELIST, TRIM
CALLED BY:
FIX_LINELIST
Common : None.
Restrictions: Only this routine can be used to modify linelist definitions in
the database. Modifying the database by hand could corrupt its
integrity.
The data types and sizes of the structure elements must match
the definitions in the database.
!PRIV must be 2 or greater to use this routine.
Side effects: Once a linelist definition has been added to the database, it
must never be removed.
Category : Planning, Databases.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC, 20 November 1995
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 20 November 1995
Version 2, Fix typo on parameter checking. CDP, 27-Nov-95
Version : Version 2, 27 November 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MOD_MAIN()
Purpose : Modifies a CDS main entry in the as-run database
Explanation : This procedure takes a CDS study-level (main) as-run entry,
compares it against that in the database "main", and makes any
necessary modifications. Any parameter can be modified, except
PROG_NUM. (Note that COMMENTS can only be changed from "N"(o)
to "Y"(es).)
Use : Result = MOD_MAIN( OBS )
IF MOD_MAIN( OBS ) LT 0 THEN ...
Inputs : OBS = This is an anonymous structure containing the following
tags:
PROG_NUM = Study counter number. This forms the
primary key for this database.
PROG_ID = Program ID, linking one or more studies
together
PROG_IND = An index, reflecting one's position within
a repeated sequence of studies via the
N_REPEAT_S mechanism.
STUDY_ID = Number defining the study
STUDYVAR = Number giving the study variation ID
OBS_PROG = Name of the study
DETECTOR = Detector, "N", "G", or "B"(oth).
SCI_OBJ = Science objective from the daily science
meeting
SCI_SPEC = Specific science objective from meeting
CMP_NO = Campaign number
OBJECT = Code for object planned to be observed
OBJ_ID = Object identification
DATE_OBS = Date/time of beginning of observation,
in TAI format
DATE_END = Date/time of end of observation, in TAI
format
OBT_TIME = Onboard date/time of beginning of
observation, in TAI format
OBT_END = Onboard date/time of end of observation,
in TAI format
XCEN = Center of instrument field-of-view in
solar X
YCEN = Center of instrument field-of-view in
solar Y
ANGLE = Angle of instrument relative to solar
north
IXWIDTH = Width of field-of-view in instrument X
IYWIDTH = Width of field-of-view in instrument Y
SEQ_FROM = Start of range of observing sequence
numbers.
SEQ_TO = End of range of observing sequence
numbers.
COMMENTS = Either Y or N
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : The result of the function is the number of parameters that
were modified. If an error occurs, then -1 is returned
instead.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages will be
returned to the user in this parameter rather than
depending on the MESSAGE routine in IDL. If no errors are
encountered, then a null string is returned. In order to
use this feature, ERRMSG must be defined first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
Result = MOD_MAIN( ERRMSG=ERRMSG, ... )
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
CDS_MESSAGE, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DBCLOSE [1], DBCLOSE [2]
DBCLOSE [3], DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3], DBOPEN [1], DBOPEN [2], DBOPEN [3]
DBUPDATE [1], DBUPDATE [2], DBUPDATE [3], DBUPDATE [4], GET_CAMPAIGN, GET_MAIN
GET_OBJECT, GET_PROGRAM, GET_STUDY, GET_UTC, LOCK_DATABASE, TRIM, UNLOCK_DATABASE
UTC2TAI
CALLED BY:
FIX_MAIN_TIMES, MOD_CATALOG
Common : None.
Restrictions: Only this routine can be used to modify entries in the MAIN
database. Modifying the database by hand could corrupt its
integrity.
The data types and sizes of the structure elements must match
the definitions in the database.
!PRIV must be 2 or greater to use this routine.
Side effects: The dates in the structure are rounded off to millisecond
accuracy.
Category : Planning, Databases.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC, 30 June 1995
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 30 June 1995
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC, 21 February 1996
Modified to be more robust. It will complain about not
finding IDs in the databases, but will modify the
catalog entry anyway.
Version 3, William Thompson, GSFC, 2 April 1996
Modified for version 3 of the catalog.
Version 4, William Thompson, GSFC, 9 April 1996
Added calls to LOCK_DATABASE, UNLOCK_DATABASE
Version 5, William Thompson, GSFC, 16 September 1997
Converted TRIM to STRTRIM in tests (remove trailing
blanks only).
Added STRTRIM to test for OBS_PROG.
Version : Version 5, 16 September 1997
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MOD_PLAN()
Purpose : Modifies an entry in the science plan database.
Explanation : Modifies an entry in the science plan database. The old entry
is removed, and the new entry is added.
Use : Result = MOD_PLAN( OLD_DEF, NEW_DEF )
IF NOT MOD_PLAN(OLD_DEF,NEW_DEF) THEN ...
Inputs : OLD_DEF = Previous entry. This is a structure such as that
returned by GET_PLAN, and has the tags:
SCI_OBJ = Science objective from the daily science
meeting
SCI_SPEC = Specific science objective from meeting
NOTES = Further notes about the observation
START_TIME = Date/time of beginning of observation,
in TAI format
END_TIME = Date/time of end of observation, in TAI
format
OBJECT = Code for object planned to be observed
OBJ_ID = Object identification
PROG_ID = Program ID, linking one or more studies
together
CMP_NO = Campaign number
XCEN = Center(s) of instrument FOV along X
axis, given as a character string.
YCEN = Center(s) of instrument FOV along Y
axis, given as a character string.
DISTURBANCES = Description of any disturbances
NEW_DEF = New entry. It has the same structure as OLD_DEF.
Any field can be changed, including the start and end
times.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : The result of the function is a logical value representing
whether or not the operation was successful, where 1 is
successful and 0 is unsuccessful.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords : INSTRUMENT = Instrument to modify plan entry for. Can be
passed either as the instrument name or as a
single character code value. Normally, this
routine is used for modifying CDS records.
However, the use of the INSTRUMENT keyword allows
it to be used with the SOC planning tool.
ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages
will be returned to the user in this parameter
rather than depending on the MESSAGE routine in
IDL. If no errors are encountered, then a null
string is returned. In order to use this feature,
ERRMSG must be defined first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
Result = MOD_PLAN( ERRMSG=ERRMSG, ... )
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : DEL_PLAN, ADD_PLAN
Common : None.
Restrictions: The INSTRUMENT keyword must *only* be used with the SOC
planning tool. Its use disables some CDS-specific checks.
Side effects: None.
Category : Planning, Databases.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC, 17 November 1994
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 17 November 1994
Version 2, William Thompson, GSFC, 16 May 1995
Added keyword INSTRUMENT.
Version : Version 2, 16 May 1995
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MOD_V_RASTER()
Purpose : Modifies a raster variation definition in the database
Explanation : This procedure allows one to modify certain parameters in the
definition of a raster variation.
Use : Result = MOD_V_RASTER( RAS_ID, RAS_VAR, keywords=... )
IF NOT MOD_V_RASTER( RAS_ID, RAS_VAR, keywords=... ) THEN ...
Inputs : RAS_ID = Raster ID number.
RAS_VAR = Raster variation index.
The above parameters simply allow the relevant entry to be
found in the database. The modifications are passed through
keyword parameters.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : The result of the function is a logical value representing
whether or not the operation was successful, where 1 is
successful and 0 is unsuccessful.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
TEL_RATE = Estimated required telemetry rate, Low/Medium/High
DURATION = Estimated duration of the raster, in seconds.
USABLE = Either "Y" or "N" to signal whether or not the
raster is usable. Normally "Y".
The keywords specify the modifications to be made to the
database.
ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages will be
returned to the user in this parameter rather than
depending on the MESSAGE routine in IDL. If no errors are
encountered, then a null string is returned. In order to
use this feature, ERRMSG must be defined first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
Result = MOD_V_RASTER( ERRMSG=ERRMSG, ... )
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DBCLOSE [1], DBCLOSE [2], DBCLOSE [3]
DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3], DBOPEN [1], DBOPEN [2], DBOPEN [3], DBUPDATE [1]
DBUPDATE [2], DBUPDATE [3], DBUPDATE [4], TRIM
CALLED BY:
FREEZE_RAS_DUR, UPDATE_RAS_DUR
Common : None.
Restrictions: Only this routine can be used to modify raster variation
definitions in the database. Modifying the database by hand
could corrupt its integrity.
The data types and sizes of the structure elements must match
the definitions in the database. The string lengths must not
exceed the lengths defined in the database.
!PRIV must be 2 or greater to use this routine.
Side effects: Once a raster definition has been added to the database, it
must never be removed.
Category : Planning, Databases.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC, 5 April 1994
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 4 May 1994
Version 2, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, September 22, 1994
Added the keyword ERRMSG.
Version 3, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 December 1994
Fixed bug when inputs are bytes.
Version 4, William Thompson, GSFC, 15 March 1995
Changed TEL_RATE to character
Version 5, William Thompson, GSFC, 11 December 1997
Removed TEL_RATE value check, to allow for additional
values besides L/M/H.
Version : Version 5, 11 December 1997
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MOD_V_STUDY()
Purpose : Modifies a study variation definition in the database
Explanation : This procedure allows one to modify certain parameters in the
definition of a study variation.
Use : Result = MOD_V_STUDY( STUDY_ID, STUDYVAR, keywords=... )
IF NOT MOD_V_STUDY( STUDY_ID, STUDYVAR, keywords=... ) THEN ...
Inputs : STUDY_ID = Study ID number.
STUDYVAR = Study variation index.
The above parameters simply allow the relevant entry to be
found in the database. The modifications are passed through
keyword parameters.
Opt. Inputs : None.
Outputs : The result of the function is a logical value representing
whether or not the operation was successful, where 1 is
successful and 0 is unsuccessful.
Opt. Outputs: None.
Keywords :
DURATION0 = Fixed part of the study duration, in seconds.
DURATION1 = Number of seconds/raster for the variable part of
the study duration.
USABLE = Either "Y" or "N" to signal whether or not the
study is usable. Normally "Y".
ZONE_ID = Pointing zone ID.
The above keywords specify the modifications to be made to the
database.
ERRMSG = If defined and passed, then any error messages will be
returned to the user in this parameter rather than
depending on the MESSAGE routine in IDL. If no errors are
encountered, then a null string is returned. In order to
use this feature, ERRMSG must be defined first, e.g.
ERRMSG = ''
Result = MOD_V_STUDY( ERRMSG=ERRMSG, ... )
IF ERRMSG NE '' THEN ...
Calls : ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], DBCLOSE [1], DBCLOSE [2], DBCLOSE [3]
DBFIND [1], DBFIND [2], DBFIND [3], DBOPEN [1], DBOPEN [2], DBOPEN [3], DBUPDATE [1]
DBUPDATE [2], DBUPDATE [3], DBUPDATE [4], TRIM
CALLED BY:
UPDATE_STUDY_DUR
Common : None.
Restrictions: Only this routine can be used to modify study variation
definitions in the database. Modifying the database by hand
could corrupt its integrity.
The data types and sizes of the structure elements must match
the definitions in the database. The string lengths must not
exceed the lengths defined in the database.
!PRIV must be 2 or greater to use this routine.
Side effects: Once a study definition has been added to the database, it
must never be removed.
Category : Planning, Databases.
Prev. Hist. : None.
Written : William Thompson, GSFC, 29 April 1994
Modified : Version 1, William Thompson, GSFC, 3 May 1994
Version 2, Liyun Wang, GSFC/ARC, September 22, 1994
Added the keyword ERRMSG.
Version 3, William Thompson, GSFC, 29 December 1994
Fixed bug when inputs are bytes.
Version 4, William Thompson, GSFC, 12 May 1995
Modified to split off separate study_title database
Version 5, William Thompson, GSFC, 8 May 1996
Added keyword ZONE_ID
Version : Version 5, 8 May 1996
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mon_health
PURPOSE:
To generate the health monitoring data
CALLS: ***
FILE_EXIST [2], LOADCT, MONH_GENERAL, MONH_HK_PLOT, MONH_IMAGES, MONH_IMAGES_RANGE
MONH_LOI_IMG, MONH_LOI_PLOT, MONH_OUTFIL, PAUSE [1], RD_LOI_MMAD, RFITS [1]
RFITS [2], RFITS [3], RFITS2 [1], RFITS2 [2], SSW_FILE_DELETE, SXPAR [1], SXPAR [2]
SXPAR [3], UNIQ [1], UNIQ [2], UNIQ [3], UTPLOT [1], UTPLOT [2], UTPLOT [3]
UTPLOT [4], UTPLOT [5], UTPLOT [6], anytim2ints [1], anytim2ints [2], bits [1]
bits [2], disp_sci5k, file_exist [1], file_exist [3], file_list [1], file_list [2]
fmt_tim [1], fmt_tim [2], int2secarr [1], int2secarr [2], iperr_sea, log_health
mk_dpc_image, pause [2], plot_pzt_corr, plottime [1], plottime [2]
quick_hkplot [1], quick_hkplot [2], sxpar2 [1], sxpar2 [2], tv2 [1], tv2 [2]
ut_time [1], ut_time [2], xyouts2 [1], xyouts2 [2], zbuff2file [1], zbuff2file [2]
HISTORY:
Written 23-May-96 by M.Morrison
24-May-96 (MDM) - Added the HK plotting stuff
28-May-96 (MDM) - Added creation of SCI5K page
- Added creation of IP Error output
- Broke out the main program part
28-May-96 (MDM) - Modified to set the range for the LOI-V and LOI-C plots
- Changed to not force the yrange for iperr count
28-May-96 (MDM) - Added plotting the raw PZT voltages
29-May-96 (MDM) - Modified how the filtering of loi-v and loi-c plots work
30-May-96 (MDM) - Added edac_summary plot
5-Jun-96 (MDM) - Added PZT adjustment plots in arcseconds
- Added 60 day plots for the HK data
- Reduced the number of mnemonics plotted for temperature
and voltages
- Added IP error search for the last 30 days
7-Jun-96 (MDM) - Added /clean to the quick_hkplot call to drop
out the bad data points
7-Jun-96 (MDM) - Changed long time span IP error listing to be 20 days
10-Jun-96 (MDM) - Added plotting the velocity trend stuff
- Also added simple velocity and continuum plot for long
time period
11-Jun-96 (MDM) - Modified to plot IP error word with the IP error count
- Modified to plot SEQID and VC flags together.
11-Jun-96 (MDM) - Made the Z buff routine also make JPEG files
13-Jun-96 (MDM) - Correction to actually plot new EDAC data
20-Jun-96 (MDM) - Added plotting current month EDAC
- Moved EDAC plot generation to once per day
1-Jul-96 (MDM) - Cleaned up the LOI time plot (use RD_LOI_MMAD)
29-Jul-96 (MDM) - Increased contrast of mag images
2-Aug-96 (MDM) - Moved EDAC mission plot generation to bit8
7-Aug-96 (MDM) - Changed LOI image per day to 64x64
- MOved per day and per hour to gen once a day
27-Aug-96 (MDM) - Modified to have month of EDAC summary be
a point per 10 minutes instead of a point per
hour
29-Aug-96 (MDM) - Added /PRIME30 and /clean switches to plot_pzt_corr
12-Sep-96 (MDM) - Delete the GIF output file first to make sure there
are no protection problems
7-Oct-96 (MDM) - Modified disp_sci5k calls to keep trying until
there is a match (up to 3 tries)
16-Oct-96 (MDM) - Modified to use PLOT_LOI_MMAD
28-Oct-96 (MDM) - Added 10 day HK and LOI plots
29-Oct-96 (MDM) - Moved LOI days image generation to run on diapason
18-Dec-96 (MDM) - Added "log_health" and a couple more gif
file generations
6-Jan-97 (MDM) - Added LOG_FILE to EDAC_SUMMARY call
6-Jan-97 (MDM) - Corrected mission long plot (10-Jan-96 versus 10-Jan)
4-Feb-97 (MDM) - Modified how EDAC_SUMMARY is called (use times
instead of filter on a file name)
1-Jul-97 (MDM) - Added writing of limb_figure_now.gif file
14-Oct-98 (CED) - Fixed some contingencies
18-Nov-98 (CED) - Added error message generation to monh_outfil
24-Nov-98 (CED) - Clear the ZBUFFER on monh_outfil,1
5-May-99 (RIB) - Modified plot_mtm_shift plots to 5, 50 & 500 days
Began mission long plot on 1-Apr-96
21-May-99 (CED) - Added 2-day and 30-day PZT plots.
24-Nov-99 (RIB) - Changed /mdisw/data/health to /mdisw/health/loi_images
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
mon_health
PURPOSE:
To generate the health monitoring data
CALLS: ***
FILE_EXIST [2], LOADCT, MONH_GENERAL, MONH_HK_PLOT, MONH_IMAGES, MONH_IMAGES_RANGE
MONH_LOI_IMG, MONH_LOI_PLOT, MONH_OUTFIL, MON_HEALTH_SVM, PAUSE [1], RD_LOI_MMAD
RFITS [1], RFITS [2], RFITS [3], RFITS2 [1], RFITS2 [2], SSW_FILE_DELETE, SXPAR [1]
SXPAR [2], SXPAR [3], UNIQ [1], UNIQ [2], UNIQ [3], UTPLOT [1], UTPLOT [2], UTPLOT [3]
UTPLOT [4], UTPLOT [5], UTPLOT [6], anytim2ints [1], anytim2ints [2], bits [1]
bits [2], disp_sci5k, file_exist [1], file_exist [3], file_list [1], file_list [2]
fmt_tim [1], fmt_tim [2], int2secarr [1], int2secarr [2], iperr_sea, log_health
mk_dpc_image, pause [2], plot_pzt_corr, plottime [1], plottime [2]
quick_hkplot [1], quick_hkplot [2], sxpar2 [1], sxpar2 [2], tv2 [1], tv2 [2]
ut_time [1], ut_time [2], xyouts2 [1], xyouts2 [2], zbuff2file [1], zbuff2file [2]
HISTORY:
Written 23-May-96 by M.Morrison
24-May-96 (MDM) - Added the HK plotting stuff
28-May-96 (MDM) - Added creation of SCI5K page
- Added creation of IP Error output
- Broke out the main program part
28-May-96 (MDM) - Modified to set the range for the LOI-V and LOI-C plots
- Changed to not force the yrange for iperr count
28-May-96 (MDM) - Added plotting the raw PZT voltages
29-May-96 (MDM) - Modified how the filtering of loi-v and loi-c plots work
30-May-96 (MDM) - Added edac_summary plot
5-Jun-96 (MDM) - Added PZT adjustment plots in arcseconds
- Added 60 day plots for the HK data
- Reduced the number of mnemonics plotted for temperature
and voltages
- Added IP error search for the last 30 days
7-Jun-96 (MDM) - Added /clean to the quick_hkplot call to drop
out the bad data points
7-Jun-96 (MDM) - Changed long time span IP error listing to be 20 days
10-Jun-96 (MDM) - Added plotting the velocity trend stuff
- Also added simple velocity and continuum plot for long
time period
11-Jun-96 (MDM) - Modified to plot IP error word with the IP error count
- Modified to plot SEQID and VC flags together.
11-Jun-96 (MDM) - Made the Z buff routine also make JPEG files
13-Jun-96 (MDM) - Correction to actually plot new EDAC data
20-Jun-96 (MDM) - Added plotting current month EDAC
- Moved EDAC plot generation to once per day
1-Jul-96 (MDM) - Cleaned up the LOI time plot (use RD_LOI_MMAD)
29-Jul-96 (MDM) - Increased contrast of mag images
2-Aug-96 (MDM) - Moved EDAC mission plot generation to bit8
7-Aug-96 (MDM) - Changed LOI image per day to 64x64
- MOved per day and per hour to gen once a day
27-Aug-96 (MDM) - Modified to have month of EDAC summary be
a point per 10 minutes instead of a point per
hour
29-Aug-96 (MDM) - Added /PRIME30 and /clean switches to plot_pzt_corr
12-Sep-96 (MDM) - Delete the GIF output file first to make sure there
are no protection problems
7-Oct-96 (MDM) - Modified disp_sci5k calls to keep trying until
there is a match (up to 3 tries)
16-Oct-96 (MDM) - Modified to use PLOT_LOI_MMAD
28-Oct-96 (MDM) - Added 10 day HK and LOI plots
29-Oct-96 (MDM) - Moved LOI days image generation to run on diapason
18-Dec-96 (MDM) - Added "log_health" and a couple more gif
file generations
6-Jan-97 (MDM) - Added LOG_FILE to EDAC_SUMMARY call
6-Jan-97 (MDM) - Corrected mission long plot (10-Jan-96 versus 10-Jan)
4-Feb-97 (MDM) - Modified how EDAC_SUMMARY is called (use times
instead of filter on a file name)
1-Jul-97 (MDM) - Added writing of limb_figure_now.gif file
16-Sep-98 (SDW) - Added writing of hkplot1_quick_svmtemp.gif file
as code 5 to support plotting gifs of SVM monitors
of MDI temperatures
[Previous]
[Next]
CALLS: ***
ARR2STR [1], Arr2Str [2], DECODE_SCI5K, DELVARX [1], DELVARX [2], DELVARX [3]
DELVARX [4], DISPLOI_MON5K, ISVALID [1], ISVALID [2], ISVALID [3], MASK, STR2ARR [1]
STR2ARR [2], UNSIGN, anytim [1], anytim [2], anytim [3], anytim [4], anytim [5]
anytim2ints [1], anytim2ints [2], delvarx [5], fmt_tim [1], fmt_tim [2]
gt_time [1], gt_time [2], rd_tfile [1], rd_tfile [2], str_replace [1]
str_replace [2], timstr2ex [1], timstr2ex [2], ut_time [1], ut_time [2]
wc_where [1], wc_where [2]
CALLED BY:
redo_disploi, redo_mon_sci5k
OPTIONAL KEYWORD INPUT:
simple - If set, then simply display the first 21 words of the data segment
fill_cnt- How often to put a message out that there were fill packets
in a row. Default is 100
disp_loi - If set, then display the LOI images
nofile - If set, then don't write an output file
log - If set, then save summary information to log directory
file - If set, then write an output file
daily - If set, then reset the output files daily near midnight.
HISTORY:
Written Sep-95 by M.Morrison
15-Sep-95 (MDM) - Renamed from PR_SCI5K_HEADS to MON_SCI5K
- Added command echo and memory dump modes
- Added changes from Mathur's off-line version
18-Sep-95 (MDM) - Added changes from Mathur's off-line version
21-Sep-95 (DM) - Modifications to allow the results to be saved
to a file in addition to coming to the screen
28-Sep-95 (MDM) - Modified how the NONE_CNT worked
- Added keyword to say how often to mark when
no non-fill sci5k packets are seen in a row
17-Nov-95 (MDM) - Broke the routine into two parts to allow the
logic to be used on a readback basis from a
sci5k file.
- Added a flush call for each packet
16-Jan-96 (MDM) - Changed output file name to be UT, not local
24-Jan-96 (MDM) - Added /DISP_LOI option
30-Apr-96 (MDM) - Added option to not write to output file
23-May-96 (MDM) - Added /LOG option
6-Jun-96 (MDM) - Added /FILE option and made /nofile the default
25-Jun-96 (MDM) - Modified to work with EGSE 5.1
11-May-99 (CED) - Some roll-logging fixes; /daily flag added.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
monitor_center
PURPOSE:
To use the function POSITION to find and log the center location of the sun
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
monitor_center
monitor_center, '/md82/log/sci160k/960205_225108'
monitor_center, infil, last, outfil='monitor_center.iss_offset'
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], STDEV, SXPAR [1], SXPAR [2]
SXPAR [3], concat_dir [4], data_type [1], data_type [2], file_append [1]
file_append [2], get_last_tfr, gt_day [1], gt_day [2], list_tfi, mk_dpc_image
pointing, read_mdi
HISTORY:
Written Feb-96 by M.Morrison
7-Mar-96 (MDM) - Modified to not get last image
8-Apr-96 (MDM) - Modified to not do the waiting if using /nowait
- Modified to write out the Sequence ID in the output file
8-Apr-96 (MDM) - Changed default OUTFIL
23-May-96 (CED) - Added new DPC
13-Sep-96 (MDM) - Added DPC 404b1fc0
- Allowed image to be cropped
- Added removing the square-root compression
18-Sep-96 (MDM) - Changed call to POINTING to use "contrast=.4"
- Added DPC 46481fc0
- Modified to use image min for outside of the crop circle
- Write out the DPC in addition to the SeqID
8-Nov-96 (CED) - Added DPCs 46451fc0 & 46051fc0
27-Mar-97 (JFC) - Changed wait time to 1 minute Per Craig's request
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
monitor_center
PURPOSE:
To use the function POSITION to find and log the center location of the sun
SAMPLE CALLING SEQUENCE:
monitor_center
monitor_center, '/md82/log/sci160k/960205_225108'
monitor_center, infil, last, outfil='monitor_center.iss_offset'
HISTORY:
Written Feb-96 by M.Morrison
7-Mar-96 (MDM) - Modified to not get last image
8-Apr-96 (MDM) - Modified to not do the waiting if using /nowait
- Modified to write out the Sequence ID in the output file
8-Apr-96 (MDM) - Changed default OUTFIL
23-May-96 (CED) - Added new DPC
13-Sep-96 (MDM) - Added DPC 404b1fc0
- Allowed image to be cropped
- Added removing the square-root compression
18-Sep-96 (MDM) - Changed call to POINTING to use "contrast=.4"
- Added DPC 46481fc0
- Modified to use image min for outside of the crop circle
- Write out the DPC in addition to the SeqID
8-Nov-96 (CED) - Added DPCs 46451fc0 & 46051fc0
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MONITOR_EXP
PURPOSE:
This procedure reads all the files for a given date and processes
the image to give statistical information for exposure monitoring.
CATEGORY:
DATA_ANAL
CALLING SEQUENCE:
MONITOR_EXP,Date,Lz
INPUTS:
Date: Gives the date to be processed in one of the following formats:
YYMMDD, 6 character string
YYYY/MM/DD, 10 character string
CDS Date Structure
Long Word of the modified julian date
Lz: 0 for Quick-look, 1 for Level-0
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
Tel: The telesope designation (string): c1, c2, c3, c4/eit
The default is all three LASCO telescopes.
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
None
OUTPUTS:
None.
CALLS: ***
DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], GET_UTC, MONITOR_EXP_IMG, STR2UTC [1]
STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3], UTC2YYMMDD
CALLED BY:
MAKE_ALL_MONEXP
SIDE EFFECTS:
Appends the information to files in $MON_EXP with the file name
telstr_monexp_YYMMDD.dat, where telstr is a string denoting the telscope
and YYMMDD are 6 digits giving the year, month and day of the data:
eg. c1_monexp_961231.dat
c2_monexp_961231.dat
c3_monexp_961231.dat
(records) in the .dat file.
RESTRICTIONS:
PROCEDURE:
EXAMPLE:
To process the exposure monitoring information for 1 Sep 1996 quick
look data:
MONITOR_EXP,'960901',0
or
MONITOR_EXP,'1996/09/01',0
or
MONITOR_EXP,mjd,0
or
MONITOR_EXP,mjd.mjd,0
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: R.A. Howard, NRL, 10/3/96
Modified by: J. S. Morrill, NRL, 4/8/97
Modified by: RAH, 5/22/97, error handling for missing directories
Modified by: RAH, 5/22/97, split out loop to monitor_exp_img
@(#)monitor_exp.pro 1.7 06/02/97 :NRL Solar Physics
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MONITOR_EXP_IMG
PURPOSE:
This procedure reads the specified file and processes
the image to give statistical information for exposure monitoring.
CATEGORY:
DATA_ANAL
CALLING SEQUENCE:
MONITOR_EXP_IMG,Fn
INPUTS:
Fn: String containing the file name to process
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
SAVEDIR Specify directory to save output to besides $MON_EXP
OUTPUTS:
None.
CALLS: ***
BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], COMPUTE_STD_VALS, GET_UTC
LASCO_READFITS [1], LASCO_READFITS [2], STRPAD, UTC2YYMMDD, break_file [4]
CALLED BY:
MONITOR_EXP, REDUCE_LEVEL_05
SIDE EFFECTS:
Appends the information to files in $MON_EXP with the file name
telstr_monexp_YYMMDD.dat, where telstr is a string denoting the telscope
and YYMMDD are 6 digits giving the year, month and day of the data:
eg. c1_monexp_961231.dat
c2_monexp_961231.dat
c3_monexp_961231.dat
(records) in the .dat file.
RESTRICTIONS:
PROCEDURE:
EXAMPLE:
To process the exposure monitoring information for the image specified
by 120050001.fts:
MONITOR_EXP_IMG,'120050001.fts'
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: R.A. Howard, NRL, 10/3/96
Modified by: J. S. Morrill, NRL, 4/8/97
Modified by: RAH, 5/22/97, error handling for missing directories
RAH 5/24/97, Extracted from MONITOR_EXP to be able to handle single images
NBR 1/10/01, Extract filename from input
NBR 1/15/02, Add SAVEDIR keyword; convert nleb and nccd to type LONGWORD
K Battams 051021 Add ,/swap_if_little_endian keyword to OPEN calls
@(#)monitor_exp_img.pro 1.4 10/21/05 :NRL Solar Physics
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: monitor_scratch
Purpose: monitor scratch areas; optionally move old files to designated area
History:
13-May-1994 (SLF) Written
CALLS: ***
CONCAT_DIR [1], CONCAT_DIR [2], CONCAT_DIR [3], FILE_STAT [1], FILE_STAT [2]
concat_dir [4], dir_since, file_stat [3], get_logenv [1], get_logenv [2], mail [1]
mail [2], rsh, strsplit
Restrictions:
user must have rsh priviledge to software account
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - CDS
Name : MONO_SPEC()
Purpose : Plots a spectrum chosen graphically by user.
Explanation : A spectrum from the QLDS at a user-supplied location
is plotted. The user graphically selects
the spectrum to be displayed - a sort of click and look
utility.
Use : IDL> spec = mono_spec(qlds [,image=image, window=window, $
layout=layout, $
fixedscale=fixedscale])
Inputs : qlds - the standard data structure as given by READCDSFITS
Opt. Inputs : None
Outputs : Function returns the last spectrum chosen
Opt. Outputs: None
Keywords : WINDOW - if supplied it defines the spectral extraction window
from which to plot the spectrum. Note this is not
the "general" window ie NIS1/2 but rather the
data extraction window number (use GT_WLIMITS to see
those available). Defaults to window=0
IMAGE - if supplied this can be any 2-d array of the same
dimensions as an image that would be created from the
QLDS supplied. Eg it could be a velocity map, so
that this routine could be used to inspect the raw
spectrum at any place in the map. If this parameter
is not supplied then an image is created from the
spectral information in "window".
LAYOUT - defines the layout for the spectral plots.
Must be a 2-element array giving
[plots in X, plots in Y] (cf !p.multi)
FIXEDSCALE - fix spectral plot maximum to this value.
Calls : ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], Bell, CIRCLE_SYM, DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2]
DATATYPE [3], FMT_VECT, GT_DIMENSION, GT_WINDATA, GT_WLIMITS, LOAD_WAVECAL, PIX2WAVE
PLOT_IMAGE, SAME_DATA [1], SAME_DATA [2], TRIM
Common : None
Restrictions: None
Side effects: None
Category : Data analysis, spectral
Prev. Hist. : based on POLY_SPEC
Written : C D Pike, RAL, 05-Apr-95
Modified : Hardcoded data extraction for speed. CDP, 10-Apr-96
Trap missing or bad data. CDP, 27-Apr-96
Add extra info message. CDP, 17-May-96
Convert to use of gt_windata. SVHH, 31-Jul-96
Cut out missing keyword in plot_image and
assume it is set via SETFLAG. CDP, 20-Nov-96
Cut out sigrange call in image display. CDP, 4-Feb-97
Version : Version 7, 4-Feb-97
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
Month_id
PURPOSE:
Return the month number (1-12) as a function of the 3 letter
Month string.
CATEGORY:
Time format manipulation.
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Numbers = Month_id( Months )
CALLED BY:
Utime
INPUTS:
Months, a string array or scalar
OUTPUTS:
none explicit, only through commons;
CALLED BY:
UTIME [1], UTIME [2], eit_files, eit_mirror, get_selsis
RESTRICTIONS:
Months must be given as strings with the first three letters spelled
explicitly, i.e. ['Jan','Feb',...].
PROCEDURE:
Converts months to uppercase and then 3 byte vectors. Arithmetic
operations then return a unique number for each month which is
used as the index into an array to return the number, 1-12. A
returned value of 0 indicates that the string was not a valid
input. It is possible for for invalid strings to return a number
from 1-12. Written to replace looping "where" statements. Output
has the same dimensions as the input, scalar returned as scalar.
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
03-May-93, RAS
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MONTHNAMES
PURPOSE:
Returns a string array of month names.
CATEGORY:
CALLING SEQUENCE:
mnam = monthnames()
INPUTS:
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
OUTPUTS:
mnam = string array of 13 items: out
['Error','January',...'December']
CALLED BY:
DT_TM_MAK [1], DT_TM_MAK [2], DT_TM_MAK [3], SUN [1], SUN [2]
COMMON BLOCKS:
NOTES:
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
R. Sterner, 18 Sep, 1989
Copyright (C) 1989, Johns Hopkins University/Applied Physics Laboratory
This software may be used, copied, or redistributed as long as it is not
sold and this copyright notice is reproduced on each copy made. This
routine is provided as is without any express or implied warranties
whatsoever. Other limitations apply as described in the file disclaimer.txt.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MORE
PURPOSE:
Display a text array using the MORE method.
CATEGORY:
CALLING SEQUENCE:
more, txtarr
INPUTS:
txtarr = string array to display. in
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
Keywords:
/NUMBERS means display line numbers.
FORMAT=fmt specify format string (def=A).
Useful for listing numeric arrays, ex:
more,a,form='f8.3' or more,a,form='3x,f8.3'
OUTPUTS:
CALLS: ***
FILEPATH
CALLED BY:
ANNOUNCEMENTS, BATSE_ONTIMES, FLARE_XRAY_MODEL, FLDISPLAY, FLIST, FSPLOT, GD
GE_WINDOW [1], HSI_SPECTROSCOPY_LIST, LATEST_SFDS_GIF, N511_VS_HVSPEC, OCC_DBASE
PULSE_SPREAD, QLDISPLAY, RAWDUMP, RESP_CALC response calculation, batse_menu
doc_library2 [1], doc_library2 [2], eit_getobs, fastdoc [1], fastdoc [2]
go_lasdisk golaserdisk, go_lasdisk2 golaserdisk, hsi_ui_img, hsi_ui_spec
mk_sfc [1], mk_sfc [2], mo_init [1], mo_init [2], op_bdr_opt, op_term_score
plot_eit_mirror, pr_his_index [1], pr_his_index [2], pr_his_index [3]
pr_logwindows, pr_status [1], pr_status [2], prcols [1], prcols [2], prcols [3]
pro ratesdump, prstr [1], prstr [2], read_spartan, search_obs, spectral_ratio [1]
spectral_ratio [2], ssw_conflicts, sswloc, sxt_get_grill [1], sxt_get_grill [2]
tbb_info [1], tbb_info [2], teambb [1], teambb [2]
COMMON BLOCKS:
NOTES:
Note: when screen is full output will pause
until user presses SPACE to continue.
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
R. Sterner, 26 Feb, 1992
Jayant Murthy murthy@pha.jhu.edu 31 Oct 92 --- added FORMAT keyword.
R. Sterner, 29 Apr, 1993 --- changed for loop to long int.
25-Apr-94 (M.Morrison) - Added "on_ioerror" because it was crashing
on SGI machine at "FREE_LUN" command (even though it closed properly)
Copyright (C) 1992, Johns Hopkins University/Applied Physics Laboratory
This software may be used, copied, or redistributed as long as it is not
sold and this copyright notice is reproduced on each copy made. This
routine is provided as is without any express or implied warranties
whatsoever. Other limitations apply as described in the file disclaimer.txt.
[Previous]
[Next]
Name: moreidl
Purpose: simulate (kindof) more function for strarray
Input Parameters:
strarray - string array to display
Ouput Parameters:
quit - boolean to let caller know if quit was requested
Optional Keyword Paramters:
lcount - lincount (size of display page in rows)
lun - if set, output is to current open file on lun
Method: if terminal, display pages, otherwise print to file,lun
CALLED BY:
get_doc [1], get_doc [2], get_doc [3], soup_info
History: slf, 10-Aug-1992
slf, 15-mar-1993 ; page size default changed
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MOTOR_DECODE
PURPOSE:
This function returns a structure array containing the decoded motor
status.
CATEGORY:
PACKETS
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Result = MOTOR_DECODE (Hk,Tel)
INPUTS:
Hk: A 2D byte array containg the LASCO HK packets (at least HK #2)
Tel: An integer (0..3) giving the telescope number
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
FOCUS: Set for the focus motor
FILTER: Set for the filter wheel motor
POLAR: Set for the polarizer wheel motor
SECTOR: Set for the sector wheel motor
SHUTTER: Set for the shutter motor
DOOR: Set for the door motor
IOCSX: Set for the IOCS-X motor
IOCSY: Set for the IOCS-Y motor
LEG1: Set for the leg #2 motor
LEG2: Set for the leg #2 motor
FPLL: Set for the FP launch lock motor
OUTPUTS:
This function returns an array of structures
pos
rate
adv
status
coil
mode
dir
ok
channel
CALLS: ***
TMPOINT, gethkn
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: S.E. Paswaters, NRL, 1995
@(#)motor_decode.pro 1.2 08/17/01 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
17 Aug 2001 RAH Corrected some compilation errors
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MOVE_REDUCE_LOG
PURPOSE:
This procedure moves the log and db files produced by the pipeline
processing from the directory pointed to by $REDUCE_LOG into
subdirectories by process date.
CATEGORY:
REDUCE
CALLING SEQUENCE:
MOVE_REDUCE_LOG
OPTIONAL INPUTS:
Dte: String giving the date to be processed in the format YYMMDD.
The default is to process all files.
OUTPUTS:
None
SIDE EFFECTS:
Moves files into a subdirectory
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: R.A. Howard, NRL, 25 Apr 1996
2002.02.01, NBR - Add /SH to SPAWN
@(#)move_reduce_log.pro 1.2 02/01/02 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: MOVIE
PURPOSE: Show a cyclic sequence of images stored in a 3D array.
CATEGORY: Image display
CALLING SEQUENCE:
Movie, Images [,Rate]
INPUTS:
Images = (n,m,nframes) byte array of image data, consisting of
nframes images, each of n by m. This array should be
stored with the top row first, (order = 1) for maximum
efficiency.
OPTIONAL INPUT PARAMETERS:
Rate = initial rate, in APPROXIMATE frames per second. If
omitted, the inter-frame delay is set to 0.01 second.
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
Order = image ordering. Order = 0 for images ordered bottom up,
(the default) or = 1 for images ordered top down.
OUTPUTS:
No explicit outputs.
CALLED BY:
imspec [10], imspec [11], imspec [12], imspec [13], imspec [14], imspec [15]
imspec [16], imspec [17], imspec [18], imspec [19], imspec [1], imspec [20]
imspec [21], imspec [22], imspec [23], imspec [24], imspec [25], imspec [26]
imspec [27], imspec [28], imspec [29], imspec [2], imspec [30], imspec [31]
imspec [32], imspec [33], imspec [34], imspec [35], imspec [36], imspec [3]
imspec [4], imspec [5], imspec [6], imspec [7], imspec [8], imspec [9]
COMMON BLOCKS:
None.
SIDE EFFECTS:
Images are displayed in the lower left corner of the currently
selected window.
RESTRICTIONS:
As SunView has no zoom or pan, we have to write each image to
the display. Restricting the maximum rate, etc. Experience has
shown that you can count on a rate of approximately 10 frames / second
with 192 by 192 images. This varies according to the type of
computer, amount of physical memory, and number of frames.
The amount of available memory also restricts the maximum amount
of data that can be displayed in a loop.
PROCEDURE:
Straightforward.
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
DMS, Nov, 1988.
JRL, Oct 1991, Changed !order default to !order=0
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MOVIE_MAKER
PURPOSE:
This procedure will create EIT movies (IDL Save Sets).
The user interactively selects a series of FITS images,
scales them, and saves them.
CATEGORY:
WIDGET interface
CALLING SEQUENCE:
MOVIE_MAKER
INPUTS: None. The default is to list files from todays QKL catalog.
User can select date and/or LZ catalog as well as other
selection criteria.
KEYWORD PARAMETERS: None
OUTPUTS:
This routine creates an IDL save set in MOVIE_DIR or current
directory.
CALLS: ***
ANYTIM2UTC [1], ANYTIM2UTC [2], CW_BGROUP, CW_FIELD, DEFROI [1], DEFROI [2]
EIT_CATRD [1], EIT_CATRD [2], EIT_FXPAR, EIT_IMAGE, EIT_MOVIE, EIT_RESCALE
FAKE_MISSING_BLOCKS, HEADFITS [1], HEADFITS [2], HEADFITS [3], HELPOUT1, KILLHELP1
LABEL_IMAGE, LOADCT, MINMAX [1], MINMAX [2], MOVMK_EVENT, MYSAVE_MOVIE, PUT
READFITS [1], READFITS [2], READFITS [3], REVERSE, SCALEIT, SHOWEIT1, STDEV, SXPAR [1]
SXPAR [2], SXPAR [3], TIME_STAMP, XIN, XLOADCT [1], XLOADCT [2], XLOADCT [3], XMANAGER
eit_catrd [3], eit_dark, eit_file2path, eit_lzsort, is_fits [1], is_fits [2]
COMMON BLOCKS:
common filestuff1,dirspec,flist,index,list7,save_file
common parms,dateit,dateend,nxit,nyit,waveit,outfit,halfres,sclit,rbin,qres,
reproducible_top_value
common parms2,fresit,fmark,use_qkl,use_lz,new_flist,save_index,numfiles
common params,date_start,date_end,n_x,n_y,wavel,top_val
common ratio_par,ratioit,save_195,save_171,s195,s171,mk_ratio,$
title_start,title_end,stamp_time,mk_diff
SIDE EFFECTS:
unsure if common block must be re-initialized after each run.
RESTRICTIONS:
Serious memory hog, especially if display movies
PROCEDURE:
A widget is displayed. The user uses the various text widgets
to input selection criterion. The user can display or delete
any of the selected images. The user selects the scaling procedure,
setting a minimum value and maximum value, the movie is then
saved to an IDL save set in movie_dir or current directory.
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by: J. Newmark Date. Apr. 1996
Ratio movie change: D.M. fecit 1996 July 12
Scaling changes J. Newmark 1996 Jul 17
Changed RESCALE calls to EIT_RESCALE. D.M. fecit 1996 Sept. 13
Significant changes:
Changed date format in title, added hourglass. J. Newmark 1996 Sept 27
Add flat fielding, allow inclusion of 1024x1024 images in
sequences of 512x512. J. Newmark 1996 Sept. 27
Add Histogram Scaling, changed scaling algorithm to account
for total exptime, added comments. J. Newmark 1996 Sep 30
v2.0 1996 October 01
Cleaned up code, combined scaleit, roiit J. Newmark 1996 Oct 2
Handle Level-Zero Data - Substantial changes to work with
files which contain 3D data. J Newmark 1996 Oct 7
Allow input of image size in blocks if lt 32, list number of
selected files. J. Newmark 1996 Oct 08
v3.0 1996 October 08
Desensitize SAVE MOVIE button until after images are scaled.
J. Newmark 1996 December 04
Change scaling 284 images, too faint for alog10. J. Newmark 1996 Dec 08
USe fake_missing_blocks,/high for ratio movies J. Newmark 1996 Dec 09
Change rebin from 512x512 to 2 times. J Newmark 1996 10 Dec
Add Quarter resolution output. J Newmark 1996 Dec 23
Remove darks, cal lamps from movies J Newmark 1997 Jan 16
Add inclusion of 4x4 binned with full field J. Newmark 1997 Jan 28
Changed/fixed scaling for image totals J. Newmark 1997 Jan 30
Don't use images with many missing blocks in histogram scale.
J. Newmark 1997 Apr 14
Add ability to make CRUDE difference movies. J. Newmark 1997 Apr 21
Made default for rebin /SAMPLE. D.M. fecit 1997 May 23
Save time stamp in STRARR in save set. J. Newmark 1997 OCt. 30
[Previous]
[Next]
MPEG_WID
Widget interface for make_mpeg.
Usage:
mpeg_wid[, group=group]
Keyword:
group long input The id of the group leader.
CALLS: ***
CW_BGROUP, CW_BSELECTOR, CW_FIELD, MPEG_EVENT, XMANAGER, XREGISTERED, make_mpeg
CALLED BY:
WIMG_INFO3, wsave2
History:
Original: 24/7/96; SJT
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME: Multi_draw
PURPOSE:
create multiple draw widgets for display
size of draw areas are variable
INPUT PARAMETERS (positional):
XSIZE - vector of draw widget X dimensions
YSIZE - [optional] - if present, vector of draw widget Y
dimenstion - if absent, all widgets are square
of size = (Xsize x Xsize)
OPTIONAL INPUT PARAMETERS (keyword):
Labels - string array containing label names
Title - title for top level widget - ignored if embedded
OUTPUT:
Function returns structure of type Multi_Draw
contains widget IDs of created widgets for control
CALLS: ***
FMT_TAG [1], FMT_TAG [2], MAKE_STR [1], MAKE_STR [2], XMENU [1], XMENU [2]
CALLED BY:
make_views, xspr [1], xspr [2]
History: slf, 7/91
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME : multi_gauss_fit
ARGUMENT :
INPUT
x : independent variable data
y : dependent variable data
w : weight of the data
Note that x, y, and w may be either 1 D arrays or
2 D arrays.
1 D : n_spectral elements
2 D : n_spectral x n_spatial elements.
par : Gaussian parameters (initial guess)
1 D : n_param elements
2 D : n_param x n_spatial elements
y(i,k) = par(0,k) + par(1,k)*(x(i,k)-par(4,k))/par(5,k)
+ par(2,k)*((x(i,k)-par(4,k))/par(5, k))^2 +
exp(alog(10)*par(3,k)-0.5*((x(i,k)-par(4,k))/par(5,k))^2) +
exp(alog(10)*par(6,k)-0.5*((x(i,k)-par(7,k))/par(8,k))^2)+...
i=0,1,.., n_spectral-1
k=0,1,.., nspatial-1
OUTPUT :
result fitted result
par :
sigma_par : probable error of parameters
KEYWORD
free_par : the indice of free parameters
default value = the indice of given parameters
free_expected : the expected values of free parameters
free_weight : the inverse of the variances of the difference
between the expected and the true free parameters.
itmax maximum number of iteration
sign : an array of signs (1 or -1) with numer of elements
equal to the number of Gaussian components
MODIFICATION HISTORY
April 1997 Jongchul Chae
May 1997 J. Chae : added keyword SIGN
CALLS:
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MULTI_INTERP
PURPOSE:
Performs a multiple 1D interpolation on a 2D image, along a set of
lines given by a map (for ex. parallel lines)
CALLING SEQUENCE:
interp_array = multi_interp (array, map, theta)
INPUTS:
array an array to interpolate; interpolation is performed
on missing values within the array (i.e. null values)
thanks to the correct values (non-null values)
map an array of the same dimensions, showing the location
of lines where to performs the multiple interpolations
The value of each pixel in that map is the number of
the line it belongs to (0, 1, ..., N-1) for N lines
theta the angle perpendicular to the parallel lines
OUTPUTS:
The interpolated array
CALLS:
CALLED BY
GRAD, HCIE_ZONE [2], MULTI_SMOOTH, hcie_zone [1]
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MULTI_SMOOTH
PURPOSE:
Performs a multiple 1D smoothing on a 2D image, along a set of
lines given by a map (for ex. parallel lines)
Multi-smooth works exactely in the same way than multi-interp
CALLING SEQUENCE:
smooth_array = multi_smooth (array, map, theta)
INPUTS:
array an array to smooth
map an array of the same dimensions, showing the location
of lines where to performs the multiple smoothing
theta the angle perpendicular to the parallel lines
OUTPUTS:
The smoothed array
CALLS:
CALLED BY
GRAD, HCIE_ZONE [2], MULTI_INTERP, hcie_zone [1]
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO/EIT
Name : MVI2DATA_CUBE
Purpose : Convert .mvi movie to data cube and header array
Use : IDL> MVI2DATA_CUBE, mvifile, images, headers, /SAVE
Inputs : mvifile ;** name of mvi movie file
Outputs : images ;** 3 dimensional bytarr of images (nx,ny,len)
headers ;** array of header structures
** {mvihdr, filename:'',detector:'',time_obs:'',date_obs:'',filter:'',polar:'',sector:'',exptime:0.0}
Keywords : /SAVE ;** saves images, headers, and r,g,b color vectors to IDL saveset (idlsave.dat)
Category : Image Conversion.
Written : Scott Paswaters, NRL May 1998.
Modified :
Version : 1.0
@(#)mvi2data_cube.pro 1.1 10/12/96 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
CALLS:
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO/EIT
Name : MVI2FRAMES
Purpose : Convert .mvi movie to GIF, TIFF, or PICT frames.
Use : IDL> MVI2FRAMES, mvifile, type, /LOGO, /TIMES, /VIDEO, FITS_HDR=fits_hdr
Inputs : mvifile ;** name of mvi movie file
: type: 0 = gif
1 = tiff
2 = pict
3 = fits
Keywords : /LOGO ;** add the LASCO logo in lower right corner
/TIMES ;** to have the date & time displayed
/VIDEO ;** to reduce to video resolution 640x480 or:
VIDEO=2 ;** to reduce to video resolution 480x480
FITS_HDR ;** strarr fits hdr of additional keyword/value pairs
;** to include with fits files.
/NAME ;** default is to name images date_time.ext, set this
;** keyword to 1 them after the mvi filename001.ext (etc)
;** or set it to a string to be named string001.ext (etc)
CALLS: ***
BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], CONGRID [1], CONGRID [2]
CONGRID [3], DATATYPE [1], DATATYPE [2], DATATYPE [3], MKHDR [1], MKHDR [2]
MVIHDR2STRUCT, READ_MVI, STR2UTC [1], STR2UTC [2], STR2UTC [3], STRUCT2FITSHDR
TIFF_WRITE, UTC2YYMMDD, WRITEFITS [1], WRITEFITS [2], WRITE_GIF, WRITE_PICT
break_file [4]
Side effects: Image files are written to current directory.
Be sure to have the color table loaded before calling.
Category : Image Conversion.
Written : Scott Paswaters, NRL Dec. 1997.
Modified : SEP 05 Feb 1997 - Mods for mvi version 1 format.
: SEP 14 Mar 1997 - Name images date_time.ext
Version : 2.0
@(#)mvi2frames.pro 1.1 10/12/96 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO/EIT
Name :
Purpose : Convert frames of .mvi movie file to individual GIFs
Use : IDL> MVI2GIF, InputMVIFilename, /TIMEANDCAM
Inputs : inputdir
Optional Inputs: None
Outputs : GIF files
Keywords : TIMEANDCAM Adds time and cam to filename instead of frame number
Comments :
CALLS: ***
BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], MVIHDR2STRUCT, READ_MVI, WRITE_GIF
break_file [4]
CALLED BY:
MAKE_DIFF_MPEG
Side effects:
Category : Image Display. Animation.
Modified:
June 2000 - B. Podlipnik
OCt 2000, N Rich - Load color table from MVI file
020207 Jake Added /TIMEANDCAM keyword
030715 jake added PNG keyword
030715 jake removed PNG rotate during write
Version :
;;; 11/02/01 @(#)mvi2gif.pro 1.3 - NRL/LASCO IDL LIBRARY
07/15/03 @(#)mvi2gif.pro 1.8 :LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
PRO MVI_SUMMARY, filename, ALL=all, MVI_ONLY=mvi_only
Keywords:
/ALL Show info for each frame, default is MVI only
Modified:
2003.08.28, nbr - Add /MVI_ONLY
2003.09.23, nbr - Make MVI_ONLY the default, add /ALL
09/24/03, @(#)mvi_summary.pro 1.2 : NRL LASCO Library
CALLS:
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MVIHDR2STRUCT
PURPOSE:
This function generates a mvi structure for a movie hdr frame.
CATEGORY:
LASCO/SECCHI MOVIE
CALLING SEQUENCE:
ahdr = MVIHDR2STRUCT(mvi_hdr)
INPUTS:
Mvihdr: mvi movie header
OUTPUTS:
Ahdr : LASCO/EIT = {mvihdr, filename:'',detector:'',time_obs:'',date_obs:'', $
filter:'',polar:'',sector:'',exptime:0.0}
SECCHI = {sccmvihdr, filename:'',detector:'',time_obs:'',date_obs:'', $
filter:'',polar:'',sector:'',exptime:0.0, $
xcen:0.0, ycen:0.0, cdelt1:0.0, rsun:0.0}
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
CALLED BY:
COMBINE_MVI, MAKE_DIFF_MPEG, MVI2DATA_CUBE, MVI2FRAMES, WRUNMOVIE [2], WRUNMOVIEM
WRUNMOVIEM3, WRUNMOVIEM_RT, mvi2gif, mvi_summary
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
Written by:
Modified : AEE 29 Sep 2006 - Added check for SECCHI (vs LASCO/EIT)
and extended ahdr for SECCHI.
AEE 24 Oct 2006 - Defined ahdr separately for LASCO and SECCHI headers.
10/24/06 @(#)mvihdr2struct.pro 1.2 : NRL LASCO IDL Library
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO/EIT
Name : MVIPLAY
Purpose : Widget tool to display animation sequence.
Explanation : This tool allows the user to view a series of images as
an animation sequence. The user can control the direction,
speed, and number of frames with widget controls.
Click any mouse button inside draw window to bring forward/hide
control widget.
Use : IDL> MVIPLAY [, mvifile, /DISK, /FITSCREEN, START=start, SKIP=skip, LENGTH=length]
Without any inputs, program will prompt user to select an existing .mvi file.
Example : IDL> MVIPLAY
Or you could have one argument, the .mvi file you want to load.
Example : IDL> MVIPLAY, 'mymovie.mvi'
Use keyword /DISK to play movie from disk instead of loading into RAM.
This option is useful for viewing large movies on systems with a limited
amount of RAM. The maximum speed of the movie will depend on the transfer
speed of the hard drive or CD-ROM and will be slower than loading into RAM.
Example : IDL> MVIPLAY, 'mymovie.mvi', /DISK
Use keyword /FITSCREEN to redimension image to 640x480 (does not work with /DISK)
Example : IDL> MVIPLAY, 'mymovie.mvi', /FITSCREEN
Use the keyword SKIP to skip every n frames (good for large movies).
Example : IDL> MVIPLAY, SKIP=1 ;* to skip every other frame
Use the keyword START to start reading movie at frame n (good for large movies).
Example : IDL> MVIPLAY, START=100 ;* frame 100 becomes 1st frame of movie
Use the keyword LENGTH to specify number of frames to read in (good for large movies).
Example : IDL> MVIPLAY, START=100, LENGTH=60 ;* to load frames 100-159
Use the keyword TIMES to display date & time on frames (if not already there).
Example : IDL> MVIPLAY, /TIMES ; does not work with /DISK keyword.
Use the keyword SPEED to preset playback speed. Range is 1-100. Default is 90.
Example : IDL> MVIPLAY, SPEED=80
Calls : ***
BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], CONGRID [1], CONGRID [2]
CONGRID [3], CW_BGROUP, READ_MVI, WRUNMOVIE_BGROUP0, WRUNMOVIE_DRAW0
WRUNMOVIE_EVENT0, XLOADCT [1], XLOADCT [2], XLOADCT [3], XMANAGER, break_file [4]
Side effects: None.
Category : Image Display. Animation.
Written : Scott Paswaters, NRL Dec. 2 1996.
Modified : SEP 10 Jan 1997 - Added SKIP,START,LENGTH,TIMES keywords.
SEP 05 Feb 1997 - Mods for mvi version 1 format.
SEP 04 Apr 1997 - Fixed swapflag for .mvi files written on big_endian workstations
SEP 22 Sep 1997 - Added current frame scrolling widget.
SEP 27 Jan 1998 - Added /DISK option for playing from disk.
NBR 5 May 1999 - Change PICKFILE to DIALOG_PICKFILE
NBR 5 Apr 2000 - Add /SPEED keyword and change default speed
NBR 1 Oct 2003 - Update READ_MVI
RAH 23 Sep 2004 - Mods for mvi version 5 (truecolor)
Version :
09/23/04 @(#)mviplay.pro 1.9 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
See Also : MKMOVIE.PRO
[Previous]
[Next]
Project : SOHO - LASCO/EIT
Name : MVIPLAY3
Purpose : Widget tool to display animation sequence.
Explanation : This tool allows the user to view a series of images as
an animation sequence. The user can control the direction,
speed, and number of frames with widget controls.
Click any mouse button inside draw window to bring forward/hide
control widget.
Use : IDL> MVIPLAY3 [, mvifile, /DISK, /FITSCREEN, START=start, SKIP=skip, LENGTH=length]
Without any inputs, program will prompt user to select an existing .mvi file.
CALLED BY:
BREAK_FILE [2]
Example : IDL> MVIPLAY3
Or you could have one argument, the .mvi file you want to load.
Example : IDL> MVIPLAY3, 'mymovie.mvi'
Use keyword /DISK to play movie from disk instead of loading into RAM.
This option is useful for viewing large movies on systems with a limited
amount of RAM. The maximum speed of the movie will depend on the transfer
speed of the hard drive or CD-ROM and will be slower than loading into RAM.
Example : IDL> MVIPLAY3, 'mymovie.mvi', /DISK
Use keyword /FITSCREEN to redimension image to 640x480 (does not work with /DISK)
Example : IDL> MVIPLAY3, 'mymovie.mvi', /FITSCREEN
Use the keyword SKIP to skip every n frames (good for large movies).
Example : IDL> MVIPLAY3, SKIP=1 ;* to skip every other frame
Use the keyword START to start reading movie at frame n (good for large movies).
Example : IDL> MVIPLAY3, START=100 ;* frame 100 becomes 1st frame of movie
Use the keyword LENGTH to specify number of frames to read in (good for large movies).
Example : IDL> MVIPLAY3, START=100, LENGTH=60 ;* to load frames 100-159
Use the keyword TIMES to display date & time on frames (if not already there).
Example : IDL> MVIPLAY3, /TIMES ; does not work with /DISK keyword.
Use the keyword SPEED to preset playback speed. Range is 1-100. Default is 90.
Example : IDL> MVIPLAY3, SPEED=80
Calls : ***
BREAK_FILE [1], BREAK_FILE [2], BREAK_FILE [3], CONGRID [1], CONGRID [2]
CONGRID [3], CW_BGROUP, READ_MVI3, WRUNMOVIE_BGROUP0, WRUNMOVIE_DRAW0
WRUNMOVIE_EVENT0, XLOADCT [1], XLOADCT [2], XLOADCT [3], XMANAGER, break_file [4]
Side effects: None.
Category : Image Display. Animation.
Written : Scott Paswaters, NRL Dec. 2 1996.
Modified : SEP 10 Jan 1997 - Added SKIP,START,LENGTH,TIMES keywords.
SEP 05 Feb 1997 - Mods for mvi version 1 format.
SEP 04 Apr 1997 - Fixed swapflag for .mvi files written on big_endian workstations
SEP 22 Sep 1997 - Added current frame scrolling widget.
SEP 27 Jan 1998 - Added /DISK option for playing from disk.
NBR 5 May 1999 - Change PICKFILE to DIALOG_PICKFILE
NBR 5 Apr 2000 - Add /SPEED keyword and change default speed
thejake 011109 - After testing, additions do not seem to have done any harm so adding
WRUNMOVIEM3, MVIPLAY3, WRITE_DISK_MOVIE3, and READ_MVI3 to library.
Once an MVI is written with the version 3 software, it will need to
be read with it as well.
Version : 2.2
See Also : MKMOVIE.PRO
07/09/03 @(#)mviplay3.pro 1.3 LASCO IDL LIBRARY
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MYTV
PURPOSE:
Overlay an image and a contour plot. of a second image
CATEGORY:
General graphics.
CALLING SEQUENCE:
tvcont, A, overl
INPUTS:
A = 2 dimensional array to display.
overl = 2 dimensional array to contour and overlay.
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
/WINDOW_SCALE = set to scale the window size to the image size,
otherwise the image size is scaled to the window size.
Ignored when outputting to devices with scalable pixels.
/ASPECT = set to retain image's aspect ratio. Assumes square
pixels. If /WINDOW_SCALE is set, the aspect ratio is
retained.
/INTERP = set to bi-linear interpolate if image is resampled.
title, set the image title
OUTPUTS:
No explicit outputs.
COMMON BLOCKS:
none.
SIDE EFFECTS:
The currently selected display is affected.
RESTRICTIONS:
None that are obvious.
PROCEDURE:
If the device has scalable pixels then the image is written over
the plot window.
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
PNM, May, 1993. Modified further...
PNM, Feb, 1990. Modified image_cont to use second image
DMS, May, 1988.
[Previous]
[Next]
NAME:
MYTVCONT
PURPOSE:
Overlay an image and a contour plot. of a second image
CATEGORY:
General graphics.
CALLING SEQUENCE:
MYtvcont, A, overl
INPUTS:
A = 2 dimensional array to display.
overl = 2 dimensional array to contour and overlay.
KEYWORD PARAMETERS:
/WINDOW_SCALE = set to scale the window size to the image size,
otherwise the image size is scaled to the window size.
Ignored when outputting to devices with scalable pixels.
/ASPECT = set to retain image's aspect ratio. Assumes square
pixels. If /WINDOW_SCALE is set, the aspect ratio is
retained.
/INTERP = set to bi-linear interpolate if image is resampled.
title, set the image title
delta, set the distance between contours
subtitle, set the subtitle
OUTPUTS:
No explicit outputs.
COMMON BLOCKS:
none.
SIDE EFFECTS:
The currently selected display is affected.
RESTRICTIONS:
None that are obvious.
PROCEDURE:
If the device has scalable pixels then the image is written over
the plot window.
MODIFICATION HISTORY:
PNM, May, 1993. Modified further...
PNM, Feb, 1990. Modified image_cont to use second image
DMS, May, 1988.